| Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine. | This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe. | At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow: |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2 | I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna. | If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1 | I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine. | About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter, |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2 | Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei. | who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.4 | I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka. | At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men. |
| Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.6 | A hiki ke aliʻi i ka hale, ua wahī ʻia ke kaikamahine i ke kapa keiki; kēnā koke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | The chief went to the house; the baby girl had been wrapped in swaddling clothes; Kahauokapaka at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.4 | ʻIke aʻela ʻo Kahauokapaka i ke kaikamahine e hiʻi ʻia mai ana, ua hōʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa keiki. | Kahauokapaka saw the baby girl in its mother's arms wrapped in swaddling clothes; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.5 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ilāmuku e pepehi. | then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ola iki kekahi o ia mau hānau ʻana o Mālaekahana; ua pau wale nō i ka pepehi ʻia e like me ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi. | but she could not save them from being killed at birth according to the chief's vow. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka hāpai hou ʻana o Mālaekahana i ke keiki, ʻo ka lima ia, a kokoke i nā lā hānau, hele akula kēlā a i mua o ke kahuna a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻĒ, ʻauhea ʻoe. | When for the fifth time Malaekahana conceived a child, near the time of its birth, she went to the priest and said, "Here! Where are you? |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2 | E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne. | Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAhā aʻe nei a māua keiki, ʻahā nō i ka make. | four children were mine, four are dead. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.4 | No laila, e nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei. | Therefore, look upon this womb of mine, which is with child; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.5 | Inā i ʻike ʻoe he kaikamahine, e ʻōmilomilo aʻe au, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole i hoʻokanaka aʻe ke keiki. | if you see it is to be a girl, I will kill it before it takes human shape. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.6 | Akā hoʻi, inā i ʻike mai hoʻi ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei a he keiki kāne, ʻaʻole ana.” | But if you see it is to be a boy, I will not do it." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo mai ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana, “O hoʻi a kokoke i ko lā hānau, a laila, hele mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i nānā aku au i kēia hāpai ʻana.” | The the priest said to Malaekahana, "Go home; just before the child is to be born come back to me that I may know what you are carrying." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.1 | A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna. | At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command. |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana. | When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, ʻānō ʻoe, e nānā mai ʻoe i kuʻu keiki e hāpai nei.” | look and see, then, what kind of child I am carrying." |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe. | As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign; |
| Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3 | ”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna. | The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna. | The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua. | When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, noi akula ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kahuna e noʻonoʻo mai i mea pono ai ka wahine a e ola ai hoʻi ke keiki. | then Malaekahana besought the priest to devise something to help the mother and save the child. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna mau ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ka hale. | Then the priest counseled Malaekahana, "Go back to the house; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.2 | Inā e hiki i ka wā e ʻaneʻane hānau ai, a laila ʻeā, e ʻono aʻe ʻoe i ka ʻōhua me ka ʻōlelo aku iā Kahauokapaka nāna ponoʻī nō e lawaiʻa. | when the child is about to be born, then have a craving for the manini spawn, and tell Kahauokapaka that he must himself go fishing, |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka iʻa ponoʻī nō e loaʻa ana ma kona lima, ʻo ia kāu iʻa e ʻono ai, no ka mea, he kanaka puni kaʻalau ʻōhua hoʻi ko kāne i lilo ai kēlā i ka lawaiʻa, ʻike ʻole ia i kou hānau ʻana. | get the fish you desire with his own hand, for your husband is very fond of the young manini afloat in the membrane, and while he is out fishing he will not know about the birth; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.2 sent.5 | I hoʻi mai ia, ua lilo iaʻu ke keiki, a inā e nīnau mai, haʻi aku ʻoe he keiki ʻaluʻalu, a laila pau wale.” | when he comes back, the child will be in my charge, and if he asks, tell him it was an abortion, nothing more." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Mālaekahana a hiki i ka hale. | At the end of this talk, Malaekahana went back to the house, |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia. | and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.1 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē! | When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka! |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2 | Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki. | the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child; |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAkahi wale nō oʻu hānau ʻino ʻana a me ka ʻono oʻu i ka ʻōhua, no laila, e hele koke aku ʻoe me nā kānaka i ka lawaiʻa.” | this is the first time my labor has been hard, and that I have craved the young of the manini; go quickly, therefore, to the fishing." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka koke aku ʻo Kahauokapaka a hele akula. | Then Kahauokapaka went out of the house at once and set out. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lākou e hele ana, hānau aʻela ua keiki nei he kaikamahine, a lilo aʻela iā Waka ka hānai a kapa ihola i ka inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | While they were gone the child was born, a girl, and she was given to Waka, and they named her Laieikawai. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1 | A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?” | After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?" |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.6 sent.2 | Ua kiola ʻia aku nei i ka moana.” | and have thrown it into the ocean." |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.1 | Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine. | Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth. |
| Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.2 | Mai ka hānau ʻana o Lāʻieikawai me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hekili e kani i loko o ʻIkuā, pēlā i ʻōlelo ʻia i loko o kēia moʻolelo. | At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first sounded in October, according to the legend. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ke kahuna, “E pono ʻoe ke hūnā loa i kāu hānai i loko o ke kiʻowai i Waiʻāpuka. | Said the priest, "You had better hide your foster child in the water hole of Waiapuka; |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2 | Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai. | a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child." |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3 | ”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai. | Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.4 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻielohelohe i uka o Wahiawā ma kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kūkaniloko. | Now, Kapukaihaoa took Laielohelohe to the uplands of Wahiawa, to the place called Kukaniloko. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei. | yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei. | Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu; |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila he iwakālua lā i kumu e ʻike maopopo ʻia ai ʻo ke ʻano o kāna mea e ʻike nei. | there he remained 20 days in order to be sure of the nature of the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni. | By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei. | Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.3 | Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia i Anahola, hoʻolimalima akula kēia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei. | He left the place and went to Anahola to bargain for a boat to go to Oahu, but he could not hire a boat to go to Oahu. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4 | Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola. | Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.1 | I ua makāula nei ma laila, lohe kēia, ʻo Poloʻula ka mea waʻa o Wailua, no ka mea, he aliʻi ia no ia wahi. | While the seer was there he heard that Poloula owned a canoe at Wailua, for he was chief of that place, |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.2 | Ake akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me Poloʻula me ka manaʻo e noi aku i ke aliʻi i waʻa e hiki ai i Oʻahu. | and he desired to meet Poloula to ask the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hulumāniani i hālāwai aku ai me Poloʻula, nonoi akula ʻo ia i waʻa e holo ai i Oʻahu nei, a laila, hāʻawi ʻia maila ka waʻa me nā kānaka. | When Hulumaniani met Poloula he begged of him a canoe to go to Oahu. Then the canoe and men were given to him. |
| Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.2 | I ia pō iho, i ka hiki ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, he ʻumikumamālima ko lākou nui, hiki mua maila lākou ma Kamaile i Waiʻanae. | That night when the canoe star rose they left Kauai, 15 strong, and came first to Kamaile in Waianae. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana. | On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2 | I ua makāula nei i hele ai, hiki mua kēia i luna pono o Maunalahilahi. | Before the seer went he first climbed clear to the top of Maunalahilahi |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.3 | ʻIke akula kēia i ke ānuenue e piʻo ana ma Koʻolau Loa e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā i luna o Kalalea. | and saw the rainbow arching at Koolauloa, as he saw it when he was on Kalalea. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi. | He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa naʻe a ka makāula i hiki ai i laila, ua nalo mua aku ʻo Waka ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Now, just as the seer arrived, Waka had vanished into that place where Laieikawai was concealed. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a ka makāula e kūnānā ana, a laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai o ko Waka luʻu ʻana aku. | As the seer stood looking, he saw the rippling of the water where Waka had dived. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai. | After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka. | Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again. |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.2 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, i ka manawa mōlehulehu, ala aʻela ʻo ia, ʻike akula kēlā i ka piʻo a ke ānuenue i uka o Kūkaniloko. | At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the rainbow above Kukaniloko, |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.3 | Haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, kaʻapuni kēia iā Oʻahu nei, ma Koʻolau Poko kona hele mua ʻana a ma Kona nei, a mai ʻaneʻi aku, hiki ma ʻEwa. | forsook this place, journeyed about Oahu, first through Koolaupoko; from there to Ewa |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki kēia i Honouliuli, ʻike akula ua makāula nei i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i uka i Wahiawā. | and Honouliuli, where he saw the rainbow arching over Wahiawa; |
| Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.5 | Piʻi loa akula ʻo ia a hiki i Kamaoha, a ma laila ʻo ia i moe ai a ao ia pō; ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea i ukali mai ai. | ascended Kamaoha, and there slept over night; but did not see the sign he sought. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1 | A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi. | When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, kaʻapuni hou iā Oʻahu nei, ʻo ka lua ia o kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana i mea e hiki ai iā ia ke ʻike maopopo i kāna mea e ukali nei, no ka mea, ua ʻano ʻē ka hana a ke ānuenue no ka holoholokē ʻana i kēlā wahi kēia wahi. | Then the seer left the place and journeyed around Oahu; a second time he journeyed around in order to be sure of the sign he was following, for the rainbow acted strangely, resting now in that place, now in this. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili. | On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o nā lā o ia nei ma laila, loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ana i Molokaʻi. | On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.2 | Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa. | He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa. | So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.1 | Hoʻohuli aʻela nā mea waʻa i ka waʻa i hope a holo i Oʻahu nei. | The paddlers turned the canoe around and sailed for Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei. | When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.1 | No laila, kaʻakaʻa aʻela nā maka o ka makāula, aia hoʻi, e hoʻi hou ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei. | Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana. | Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻāla aʻela nā mea waʻa iā ia nei, “E kēia kanaka e moe nei! | Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.3 | Kainoa paha he pono kāu i kau mai ai ma luna o ko māua waʻa, ʻaʻole kā! | We thought perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so! |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia nō ka moe a nei kanaka lā o uka,” a laila, ala aʻela ua makāula nei; e hoʻoiho ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei. | The man sleeps as if he were ashore." When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, nīnau akula ʻo ia i nā mea waʻa, “He aha iho nei kēia hana a ʻolua iaʻu i hoʻi hope ai ka waʻa? | Then he asked the paddlers: "What are you doing to me to take the canoe back again? |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.2 | Mai ka holo ʻana mai nei nō kā ke kulikuli a hiki i kēia manawa. | from the time we left until now the noise has kept up. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ka makāula, “Ua hewa ʻolua i kuʻu manaʻo. | The seer said: "You two are wrong, I think, |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.5 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kuʻu noho wale ke kumu o ka hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa o kākou i Oʻahu, a laila, ke ʻōlelo nei au ua hewa ka mea i luna o kua ʻiako, no ka mea, he noho wale iho no kāna, ʻaʻole āna hana.” | if you say the reason for your returning to Oahu was my idleness; for I tell you the trouble was with the man above on the seat, for he sat still and did nothing." |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.2 | Holo akula lākou a kau ma Haleolono i Molokaʻi. | and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma laila, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Koʻolau e like me kāna ʻike ʻana i kona mau lā ma luna o Kuamoʻokāne. | When they reached there, lo! the rainbow arched over Koolau, as he saw it from Kuamooakane; |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.7 sent.2 | Haʻalele kēia i nā mea waʻa, ake akula ʻo ia e ʻike i kāna mea i ukali mai ai. | he left the paddlers, for he wished to see the sign which he was following. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana, hiki mua kēia i Waiʻalalā ma luna pono aʻe o Kalaupapa. | He went first clear to the top of Waialala, right above Kalaupapa. |
| Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3 | Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa. | there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.1 | I ka makāula i haʻalele ai iā Waiʻalalā, hiki aku kēia ma Waikolu i lalo pono o Malelewaʻa. | After the seer left Waialala he went to Waikolu right below Malelewaa. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.2 | Aia naʻe, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi hiki ʻole iā ia ke hele aku, akā, ua noʻonoʻo ka makāula i kekahi manawa i wahi e hiki ai ke ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, a waiho aku i kāna kānaenae i hoʻomākaukau mua ai. | Sure enough, there was the rainbow arching where he could not go. Then he considered for some time how to reach the place to see the person he was seeking and offer the sacrifice he had prepared, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a ka makāula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, i ia pō iho, hiki mua ke kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane. | On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.2 | A puoho aʻela ʻo ia, he moeʻuhane, a laila, hoʻāla akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona kupuna wahine. | and when she awoke, it was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother, |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.3 | A ala aʻela, nīnau akula ke kupuna wahine i kāna moʻopuna i ke kumu o ka hoʻāla ʻana. | and the grandmother awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai. | The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli; |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana. | As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i ia wahi, hiki aku lāua ma Keawanui, kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalaeloa, a ma laila lāua i hālāwai ai me ke kanaka e hoʻomākaukau ana i ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi. | They left the place, went to Keawanui, to the place called Kaleloa, and there they met a man who was getting his canoe ready to sail for Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?” | When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?" |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo. | And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale. | When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.2 | I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi. | Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai. |
| Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.” | And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2 | ”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā. | At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike maopopo loa ʻana aku o ka mea waʻa iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, he nūhou ia i ka mea waʻa. | And when the paddler saw Laieikawai clearly, desire came to him afresh. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.4 | E noho ʻolua i ka hale nei. | live here in the house; |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1 | A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe? | When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ? |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2 | No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?” | for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole au e haʻalele ana iā ʻolua, akā, i manaʻo aʻe nei au e huli i kōkoʻolua noʻu e hoe aku ai iā ʻolua a pae i Lānaʻi.” | I shall not forsake you; but I must look for a mate to paddle you both to Lanai." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.” | And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.1 | A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu. | The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance." |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.6 sent.2 | ”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi. | Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo, haʻalele ihola ka mea waʻa iā lāua nei a hele akula e like me ka ʻōlelo hoʻoholo mua i loko ona. | When they had done speaking the paddler left them and went away as he had vowed. |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.2 | I ia hele ʻana, ma Kaluaʻaha kona hiki mua ʻana a moe aku ʻo ia i Hālawa. | As he went he came first to Kaluaaha and slept at Halawa, |
| Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.3 | A ma kēia hele ʻana a ia nei, ua kūkala aku ʻo ia i ka maikaʻi o Lāʻieikawai e like me kona manaʻo paʻa. | and here and on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, i ke kakahiaka nui, loaʻa iā ia ka waʻa e holo ana i Kalaupapa. | The next day, in the morning, he found a canoe sailing to Kalaupapa, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.2 | Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa, hiki mua ʻo ia i Pelekunu a me Wailau, a ma hope, hiki i Waikolu, kahi a ka makāula e noho ana. | got on board and went first to Pelekunu and Wailau; afterwards he came to Waikolu, where the seer was staying. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.1 sent.3 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai i Waikolu, ua hala mua aku ua makāula nei i Kalaupapa, akā, ʻo ka hana mau a ua wahi kanaka nei ke kūkala hele no Lāʻieikawai. | When he got to Waikolu the seer had already gone to Kalaupapa, but this man only stayed to spread the news of Laieikawai's arrival. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Kalaupapa, aia hoʻi, he ʻaha mokomoko e ʻākoakoa ana. | When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.2 | Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu. | he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.3 | Ua ʻike i nā mea nui, nā mea liʻiliʻi, nā kāne, nā wāhine, nā kaukaualiʻi kāne, nā kaukaualiʻi wahine, ka nīʻaupiʻo, ke ohi. | I have seen the high and the low, men and women; low chiefs, the kaukaualii, men and women; high chiefs, the niaupio, and the ohi; |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.” | but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly." |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa naʻe a ia nei e kāhea nei, ʻaʻole i lohe pono mai ka ʻaha, no ka mea, ua uhi ʻia kona leo e ka haukamumu leo o ka ʻaha a me ka nēnē no ka hoʻouka kaua. | Now when he shouted, he could not be heard, for his voice was smothered in the clamor of the crowd and the noise of the onset. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.2 | A no ko ia nei manaʻo i lohe pono ʻia mai kāna ʻōlelo, oi pono loa akula ia i waena o ke anaina, kū ihola ʻo ia i mua o ka ʻaha, a kuehu aʻela ʻo ia i ka lepo o kona ʻaʻahu, a haʻi hou aʻela i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mua ai. | And wishing his words to be heard aright, he advanced into the
midst of the throng, stood before the assembly, and held up the border of his garment and repeated the words he had just spoken. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.3 | I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi. | Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.1 | A laila haʻi maila kēlā i ke kumu o kona kāhea ʻana a me kona ʻoliʻoli i mua o ke aliʻi, “Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā i nehinei, e lawelawe ana wau i ka waʻa no ka manaʻo e holo i Lānaʻi, hōʻea mai ana kēia wahine me ke kaikamahine. | Then the man told why he shouted and why his face was glad in the presence of the chief: ''In the early morning yesterday, while I was working over the canoe, intending to sail to Lanai, a certain woman came with her daughter, |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike leʻa i ke ʻano o ua kaikamahine lā, akā, i loko o ko māua wā kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka maila ke kaikamahine i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana. | but I could not see plainly the daughter's face. But while we were talking the girl unveiled her face. |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula wau he kaikamahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o nā kaikamāhine aliʻi o Molokaʻi nei.” | Behold! I saw a girl of incomparable beauty who rivaled all the daughters of the chiefs of Molokai." |
| Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi. | When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia nei lā, ʻehā kīkoʻo i koe o ko ia ala maikaʻi iā ia nei, a laila, like aku me kēlā.” | "Your daughter must be in four points more beautiful than she is to compare with that other." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.2 sent.3 | Ke hōʻole aʻe nei ʻoe i kā mākou maikaʻi e ʻike nei, no ka mea, ʻo ko Molokaʻi ʻoi nō kēia.” | that you scorn our beauty here, who is the handsomest girl in Molokai." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, ʻōlelo akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi me ka wiwo ʻole, “No koʻu ʻike i ka maikaʻi, koʻu mea nō ia i ʻōlelo kaena ai.” | Then the man said fearlessly to the chief, "Of my judgment of beauty I can speak with confidence." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kahi kanaka e kamaʻilio ana me ke aliʻi, e noho ana ka makāula i ia manawa e hoʻolohe ana i ke ʻano o ke kamaʻilio ʻana. | As the man was talking with the chief, the seer remained listening to the conversation; it just came to him that this was the one whom he was seeking. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.3 | Iā lāua ma kahi kaʻawale, nīnau pono akula ka makāula i ua wahi kanaka nei, “Ua ʻike nō anei ʻoe i kēlā kaikamahine ma mua āu e kamaʻilio nei i ke aliʻi?” | When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?" |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.5 sent.1 | Hōʻole akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma ka ʻī aku, “ʻAʻole au i ʻike ma mua. | The man denied it and said, "No; I had never seen her before; |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAkahi nō wau a ʻike, a he mea malihini ia i koʻu mau maka.” | this was the very first time; she was a stranger to me." |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ka makāula ʻo kāna mea i ʻimi mai ai me ka nīnau pono aku i kahi i noho ai, a haʻi pono ʻia maila. | So the seer thought that this must be the person he was seeking, and he questioned the man closely where they were living, and the man told him exactly. |
| Ch.2 p.12 para.6 sent.2 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i mōhai no ka manawa e hālāwai aku ai, a hele akula. | After the talk, he took everything that he had prepared for sacrifice when they should meet and departed. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana o ka makāula ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kahi kanaka, hiki mua kēia i luna o Kawela. | When the seer set out after meeting that man, he went first up Kawela; |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.1 sent.2 | Nānā akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kahi a ua wahi kanaka nei i ʻōlelo ai iā ia, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa ihola ka makāula, ʻo kāna mea nō e ukali nei. | there he saw the rainbow arching over the place which the man had described to him; so he was sure that this was the person he was following. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola. | He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.2 | Ua hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku i ka mea āna i ʻike ai i luna o Kawela, akā, ua moe ka makāula ma laila i ia pō me ka manaʻo i ke kakahiaka e ʻike ai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | By this time it was very dark; he could not see the sign he saw from Kawela; but the seer slept there that night, thinking that at daybreak he would see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa. | That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.2 | I ia wanaʻao ʻana aʻe, loaʻa iā lāua ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi, a kau lāua ma laila a holo akula, a ma Maunalei ko lāua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and lived for some time at Maunalei. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi. | After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist. |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2 | ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking; |
| Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i pauaho a hoʻōki i kona manaʻo paʻa. | nevertheless he was not discouraged into dropping the quest. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.1 sent.2 | Haʻalele kēia iā Molokaʻi, hiki mua ʻo ia i luna o Haleakalā ma kēlā lua pele, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | he left Molokai, went first to Haleakala, to the fire pit, but did not see the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.1 | I ua makāula nei naʻe i hiki ai ma laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Hawaiʻi, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka ʻāina e ka ʻohu a me ka noe. | When the seer reached there, he looked toward Hawaii; the land was veiled thick in cloud and mist |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.2 | A haʻalele kēia i ia wahi, hiki kēia i Kaʻuiki, a ma laila ʻo ia i kūkulu ai i wahi heiau kahi hoʻi e hoʻomana ai i kona akua, ka mea hiki ke kuhikuhi i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | He left the place, went to Kauwiki, and there built a place of worship to call upon his god as the only one to guide him to the person he was seeking. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.2 sent.3 | I ua makāula nei e kaʻapuni ana ma nā wahi a pau āna i kipa aku ai, ua kauoha mua aku ka makāula inā e loaʻa kāna mea e ʻimi nei, a laila, e huli aku iā ia ma kahi e loaʻa ai. | Wherever the seer stopped in his journeying he directed the people, if they found the person he was following, to search him out wherever he might be. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ke kapu heiau a ua makāula nei ma Kaʻuiki i nā pō ʻo Kāne a me Lono paha, a laila, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, a ua waiho pono mai nā kuahiwi. | At the end of the days of consecration of the temple, while the seer was at Kauwiki, near the night of the gods Kane and Lono, the land of Hawaii cleared and he saw to the summit of the mountains. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.4 sent.1 | Ua nui nō nā lā o ka makāula ma Kaʻuiki, ʻaneʻane makahiki a ʻoi aʻe paha, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike iki i ka hōʻailona mau āna e ukali nei. | Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he never saw the sign he had followed thither. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.1 | I kekahi lā i ka malama ʻo Kaʻaona i nā Kū i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa akula ʻo ia he wahi ʻōnohi ma Koʻolau o Hawaiʻi. | One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on Hawaii; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi. | he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3 | A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia. | The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana. | As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai. | That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild. |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.2 | I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '"; |
| Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e hiki iā ia ke moe i ia pō a ao. | and did not sleep the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe i ke kakahiaka nui, iā ia ma luna o Kaʻuiki, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kīlepalepa a ka peʻa o ka waʻa i lalo o Kaihalulu. | And when it was day, in the early morning, as he was on Kauwiki, he saw the flapping of the sail of a canoe down at Kaihalulu. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.2 | Holo wikiwiki akula ʻo ia a hiki i ke awa, nīnau akula i kahi a kēia waʻa e holo ai, haʻi ʻia maila, “E holo ana i Hawaiʻi,” a noi akula ʻo ia e kau pū me lākou ma ka waʻa, a ʻae ʻia maila ʻo ia e holo pū me lākou. | He ran quickly and came to the landing, and asked the man where the boat was going. The man said, "It is going to Hawaii"; thereupon he entreated the man to take him, and the latter consented. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻi hou akula ka makāula i luna o Kaʻuiki e lawe mai i kāna mau wahi ukana, nā mea āna i hoʻomākaukau ai i kānaenae. | The seer returned up Kauwiki and brought his luggage, the things he had got ready for sacrifice. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ia nei i hiki ai i ka waʻa, haʻi mua akula ʻo ia i kona manaʻo i nā mea waʻa, “E nā mea waʻa, e haʻi mai ʻoukou i kaʻu hana ma kēia holo ʻana o kākou. | When he reached the shore he first made a bargain with them. "You paddlers, tell me what you expect of me on this trip; |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.” | whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them." |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ia holo ʻana, hiki mua lākou i Māhukona ma Kohala, moe ma laila i ia pō. | On the way they landed first at Mahukona in Kohala, slept there that night, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.2 | A i ke kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i nā mea waʻa, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hiki i Lamaloloa a komo akula i Pāhauna ka heiau. | and in the morning the seer left the paddlers, ascended to Lamaloloa, and entered the temple of Pahauna, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.3 | He heiau kahiko kēlā mai ka pō mai a hiki i kēia manawa. | an ancient temple belonging to olden times and preserved until to-day. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.5 sent.1 | Ua nui loa nā lā ona ma laila o ka noho ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea e ʻimi ai, akā, ma kona ʻano makāula, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule i ke akua e like me kona mau lā ma Kaʻuiki. | Many days he remained there without seeing the sign he sought; but in his character as seer he continued praying to his god as when he was on Kauwiki, |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.6 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, haʻalele ʻo ia i ia wahi. | At this he left the place |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ia i hiki ai i Hāmākua, ma lalo o Waipiʻo kona wahi i noho ai ma Pākaʻalana; ʻaʻole naʻe he nui kona mau lā ma laila. | Having arrived at Hamakua, he dwelt in the Waipio Valley at the temple of Pakaalana but did not stay there long. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.2 | Haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki aku ʻo ia i Laupāhoehoe, a ma laila aku a hiki i Kaiwilahilahi, a ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai he mau makahiki. | The seer left that place, went to Laupahoehoe, and thence to Kaiwilahilahi, and there remained some years. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi, e waiho kākou i ka moʻolelo no ka ʻimi ʻana o ka makāula. | (Here we will leave the story of the seer's search. |
| Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.2 | Pono e kamaʻilio no ka hoʻi ʻana o Kauakahialiʻi i Kauaʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i ʻike ai kākou aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli.) | It will be well to tell of the return of Kauakahialii to Kauai with Kailiokalauokekoa. As we know, Laieikawai is at Paliuli.) |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1 | Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula. | In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.2 | Ua hoʻokō ʻia nō naʻe e like me ke kauoha, ua noho ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma Paliuli a hiki i kona hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | The command was carried out. Laieikawai dwelt at Paliuli until she was grown to maidenhood. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi lāua ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa i hoʻi ai i Kauaʻi ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ka ʻOlali o Paliuli (Lāʻieikawai), a hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma uka o Pihanakalani, kuʻi akula ka lono iā Kauaʻi a puni. | When Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa returned to Kauai after their meeting with the "beauty of Paliuli" |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau. | there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ʻAiwohikupua naʻe kekahi o ia poʻe aliʻi i ʻākoakoa pū mai ma kēia ʻaha uē o nā malihini. | Aiwohikupua came with the rest of the chiefs to wail for the strangers. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei. | Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.2 | A hiki au i Hawaiʻi, kaʻapuni wau i ia mokupuni. | I went to Hawaii, traveled all about the island, |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.4 | Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.” | went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands." |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.5 | I loko o kēia ʻōlelo ʻana a Kauakahialiʻi, hoʻomaopopo loa maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka helehelena maikaʻi o ua wahine nei. | During this speech Aiwohikupua seemed to see before him the lovely form of that woman. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku. | Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come. |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.4 | Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻelepaio, hoʻomākaukau wau no ka iho aku, a i kani akula ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a laila, ua puka wau ma waho o kuʻu hale nei. | when rings the note of the elepaio then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the apapane sounds, then am I without the door of my house; |
| Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.5 | Hoʻolohe mai auaneʻi ʻoe a i kani aku ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena, a laila, aia wau ma waho o ka hale o ko hānai. | if you hear the note of the iiwipolena, then am I without your ward's house; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.1 | “I ka pō hoʻi āna e kauoha nei, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe. | "When the night came that she had promised she did not come; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.2 | Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai. | we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.4 | I Punahoa naʻe lākou nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā) kahi i moe ai me nā aikāne. | Kailiokalauokekoa and her friends were spending the night at Punahoa with friends. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5 | No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia. | Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.1 | “A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea, ʻī maila ka wahine i ua wahine kahu nei oʻu, 'E hoʻi ʻoe, a ma kēia pō hiki aku au. | "When he had told Laieikawai all these things the woman said to him, ' You return, and to-night I will come |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.2 sent.2 | E like me kaʻu kauoha iā ʻoe i ka pō mua, pēlā nō wau e hiki aku ai.' | as I promised the night before, so will I surely do.' |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.1 | “I ia pō iho, ʻo ia ka pō e hiki mai ai ua wahine nei. | "That night, the night on which the woman was expected, |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.2 | Ua puka mua aʻe lākou nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā) i ke ao. | Kailiokalauokekoa's party had returned |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.3 | I ua pō nei, e kaʻao ana nō ʻo ia nei iā mākou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻaʻo. | and she was recounting her adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the oo; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.4 | I ka pili o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻalalā. | at 9 in the evening rang the note of the alala; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.5 | I ke kau, kani ka leo o ka ʻelepaio. | at midnight rang the note of the elepaio; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.6 | I ka pili o ke ao, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a i ka ʻōwehewehe ʻana o ke alaula, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena. | at dawn rang the note of the apapane; and at the first streak of light rang the note of the iiwipolena; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.7 | I ia kani ʻana nō hoʻi, malu ana ke aka ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa ʻo loko i ka noe. | as soon as it sounded there fell the shadow of a figure at the door of the house. Behold! the room was thick with mist, |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.8 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu me kona nani nui.” | and when it passed away she lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty." |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia akula ʻo ia ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a no ka ʻiʻini nui o ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mea a Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo nei, manaʻo ihola ia e kiʻi i wahine male nāna, akā, ua haʻohaʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no kēia wahine. | They told him it was Laieikawai, and such was Aiwohikupua's longing for the woman of whom Kauakahialii spoke that he thought to make her his wife, but he wondered who this woman might be. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2 | No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.” | Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea." |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.1 | No ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua no Moaʻulanuiākea ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia kona mea i manaʻo ai e kiʻi i wahine nāna, no ka mea, ma mua aku o kona lohe ʻana i kēia mau mea, ua ʻōlelo paʻa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male nāna. | Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to wife; |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake. | The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.2 | A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui. | Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor. |
| Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.3 | A lilo aʻela ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui, huāhuā maila nā punahele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, akā, he mea ʻole lākou i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana. | After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua aku naʻe o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi no Lāʻieikawai, ua hōʻike ʻē ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine ona a me kona poʻe ʻaialo a pau, a eia kāna ʻōlelo paʻa, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou e koʻu mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā kaikuahine oʻu, koʻu mau ʻaialo a pau. | Even before Aiwohikupua heard from Kauakahialii about Laieikawai he had made a vow before his food companions, his sisters, and before all the men of rank in his household: "Where are you, O chiefs, O my sisters, all my food companions! |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.2 | Mai kēia lā aku a hiki i koʻu mau lā hope, ʻaʻole loa ana wau e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male naʻu mai Kauaʻi nei a hala loa i Hawaiʻi. | From this day until my last I will take no woman of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.3 | Inā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai he mau wāhine maikaʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi au e hāʻawi i koʻu kino e komo aku ma ke ʻano kolohe, he ʻole loa nō, no ka mea, he kanaka hana pono ʻole ʻia wau e nā wāhine mai koʻu wā ʻōpiopio mai a hiki i koʻu hoʻokanaka makua ʻana. | no matter how beautiful she is reported to be, nor will I get into mischief with a woman, not with anyone at all. For I have been ill-treated by women from my youth up. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.5 | Inā no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea kahi o nā wāhine ʻoluʻolu aʻu i lohe ai, a laila, ʻo kaʻu wahine makemake ia, inā i kiʻi ʻia mai wau ma nā ʻano ʻelua.” | even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry." |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.4 sent.1 | I kekahi lā i ke awakea, hiamoe ihola ke aliʻi, loaʻa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka moeʻuhane. | Next day, at midday, the chief slept and Laieikawai came to Aiwohikupua in a dream |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o ia ala ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, he mea minamina loa i ke aliʻi i kona ʻike ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane, no ka mea, ua ala ʻē mai ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi. | he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because he had awakened so soon out of sleep; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.2 | A no ia mea, makemake ihola ke aliʻi e loaʻa hou iā ia i ka hiamoe lōʻihi ʻana ma ia awakea i kumu e ʻike hou aku ai i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma ka moeʻuhane. | therefore he wished to prolong his midday nap in order to see again her whom he had beheld in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike maopopo loa aku he wahi helehelena wale nō kāna ʻike lihi ʻana a hikilele aʻela ʻo ia. | but he could not see her distinctly; barely had he seen her face when he waked out of sleep. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.4 | I ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana a ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kona mau mea a pau, penei nō ia, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | and the chief made oath before all his people: "Where are you? |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.7 | Inā he aliʻi ʻai ahupuaʻa, e pau ia, a inā he konohiki a lōpā paha ka mea nāna i hahaʻi kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa, a laila, ʻo ka make ka uku.” | if he is chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a tenant fanner break my command, death is the penalty." |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.8 | ʻO ia ihola ka ʻōlelo paʻa a ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi e loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe lōʻihi i kumu e launa hou ai lāua ma ka moeʻuhane me Lāʻieikawai. | The chief took this oath because of his strong desire to sleep longer in order to make Laieikawai's acquaintance in his dream. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.7 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe a hiki i ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā. | but he could not get to sleep until the sun went down. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēia hana a ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i haʻi aku i kēia mea āna e ʻike nei ma ka moeʻuhane. | During all this time he did not tell anyone about what he saw in the dream; |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.2 | Ua hūnā loa ke aliʻi i kona hoa kūkā mau. | the chief hid it from his usual confidant, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.8 sent.3 | Manaʻo lā hoʻi ʻo ia, aia a loaʻa hou aku, a laila, haʻi aku i kona hoa kuhina nui. | thinking when it came again, then he would tell his chief counsellor. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.1 | A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa. | And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.9 sent.4 | A laila, hāpai aʻela ia i wahi ʻōlelo ma ke mele penei: | Then he raised his voice in song, as follows: |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.2 | I lawe ʻia mai e ka lau makani, | Brought hither on the tip of the wind. |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.4 | Hiamoe ʻole loko i ka minamina, | Wakeful — sleepless with heart longing, |
| Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.5 | I ka makemake ē.” | With desire— O! " |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, hāʻule akula ke aliʻi i ka hiamoe nui, ʻo ke oki nō ia, no ka mea, ua poina loa ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi. | Then the chief fell into a deep sleep and that ended it, for so heavy was the chiefs sleep |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.2 sent.3 | Ua ʻike ʻole ke aliʻi i kāna mea e manaʻo ai. | that he saw nothing of what he had desired. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.3 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ke aliʻi i kona hoa kūkā, “Ma kēia ʻona ʻawa o kāua, ʻaʻole i waiwai iki.” | Said the chief to his counsellor, "No good at all has come from this awa drinking of ours." |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki. | After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year, |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ke aliʻi i ʻike i ka waiwai o ia hana ʻana, no laila, hoʻopau ihola ke aliʻi i ia hana. | but he gained nothing by it, so he quit it. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.7 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko ke aliʻi hoʻopau ʻana no ka inu ʻawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ke aliʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane a me ke kumu o kona hoʻomau ʻana i ka inu ʻawa, a haʻi pū akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kumu o kona kau ʻana i kānāwai paʻa, no ka mea, walaʻau i loko o kona wā hiamoe. | It was only after he quit awa drinking that he told anyone how Laieikawai had come to him in the dream and why he had drunk the awa and also why he had laid the command upon them not to talk while he slept. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.1 | Iā lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo loa aʻela ke aliʻi e holo i Hawaiʻi e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai. | After talking over all these things, then the chief fully decided to go to Hawaii to see Laieikawai. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.8 sent.2 | I ia wā ka hoʻopuka ʻana o lāua i ʻōlelo hoʻoholo no ke kiʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male. | At this time they began to talk about getting Laieikawai for a wife. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.1 | I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho. | At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night; |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.9 sent.2 | I ia manawa ke koho ʻana a ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa kūpono ke holo pū, ko ke aliʻi mau iwikuamoʻo ponoʻī. | and at the same time he appointed the best paddlers out of the chief's personal attendants. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau. | Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs. |
| Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ua maopopo i kona poʻe nānā uli a kilokilo hoʻi, he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele i kāna huakaʻi. | And the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his journey. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.1 | A i ka wanaʻao, i ka puka ʻana o ka Hōkūhoʻokelewaʻa, kau akula ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, nā hoe waʻa he ʻumikumamāono, nā hoʻokele ʻelua, he iwakālua ko lākou nui ma luna o nā kaulua, a holo akula. | And in the early morning at the rising of the canoe-steering star the chief went on board with his counsellor and his sixteen paddlers and two steersmen, twenty of them altogether in the double canoe, and set sail. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.2 | I ia holo ʻana a lākou ma kēia holo ʻana, hiki mua lākou ma Nānākuli i Waiʻanae. | As they sailed, they came first to Nanakuli at Waianae. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.3 | I ia wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki mua lākou i Mōkapu, a ma laila lākou i noho ai he ʻumi lā, no ka mea, ua loʻohia lākou i ka ʻino; hiki ʻole ke holo i Molokaʻi. | In the early morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.5 | I ia pō iho a ao, hiki lākou i Polihua ma Lānaʻi, a ma laila aku, hiki ma Ukumehame. | That night and the next day they sailed to Polihua, on Lanai, and from there to Ukumehame, |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.6 | A no ka makani ʻino i ia lā, ua noho lākou ma laila a i kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Kīpahulu i ia lā. | and as the wind was unfavorable, remained there, and the next day left that place and went to Kipahulu. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kīpahulu, hoʻoholo aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo e hele wāwae ma uka a ma nā waʻa nā kānaka. | At Kipahulu the chief said he would go along the coast afoot and the men by boat. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kahi naʻe a lākou i noho ai, ua nui ka poʻe mahalo no ʻAiwohikupua no ke kanaka maikaʻi. | Now wherever they went the people applauded the beauty of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.3 | I ke aliʻi naʻe e hele ana, he nui ka poʻe i ukali iā lāua no ka makemake iā ʻAiwohikupua. | On the way a crowd followed them for admiration of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.3 sent.4 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi. | When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa. | When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.4 sent.2 | I loko hoʻi o ko lāua ʻike ʻana i ua kaikamahine aliʻi nei o Hāna, a laila, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e nā kuko, a ʻo ia nō hoʻi ke kumu o ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana ma laila i ia lā. | When they saw the princess of Hana, the chief and his counsellor conceived a passion for her; that was the reason why Aiwohikupua stayed there that day. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, a i ka nalu pau loa o ko Hinaikamalama heʻe ʻana, ʻo ka nalu ia i pae, hoʻopololei maila ka heʻe ʻana a ke kaikamahine aliʻi ma ka wai o Kūmaka, kahi hoʻi a ʻAiwohikupua mā e noho mai ana. | When the people of the place had ended surfing and Hinaikamalama rode her last breaker, as she came in. the princess pointed her board straight at the stream of Kumaka where Aiwohikupua and his companion had stopped. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo. | While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble. |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai ko ke aliʻi wahine wahi e ʻauʻau ana, a laila, pane akula ke aliʻi wahine, “E nā aliʻi! | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had put some distance between themselves and the princess's bathing place, the princess called, "O chiefs, |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.5 | I makemake nō hoʻi e hele, hele nō. | When you wish to go, go; |
| Ch.4 p.24 para.6 sent.6 | Inā he makemake e noho i Hāna nei nō hoʻi, noho iho.” | if you wish to stay, this is Hana, stay here." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, ʻī akula ke kuhina i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! Pono kā ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ua makemake loa ke aliʻi wahine iā ʻoe.” | At these words of the princess the counsellor said to Aiwohikupua, "Ah! the princess would like you for her lover! for she has taken a great fancy to you." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua makemake au i ke aliʻi wahine, no ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei au i ka ʻoi loa o kona maikaʻi ma mua o kaʻu mau wāhine mua nāna i kūmaka ʻia. | Said Aiwohikupua, "I should like to be her lover, for I see well that she is more beautiful than all the other women who have tempted me; |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ua lohe ʻoe i kaʻu hoʻohiki paʻa ʻana, ʻaʻole au e lawe mai i kekahi wahine o kēia mau moku i wahine naʻu.” | but you have heard my vow not to take any woman of these islands to wife." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.1 | A pau kēia kamaʻilio liʻiliʻi ʻana a lāua, hele akula lāua i ka heʻe nalu. | After this little parley, they went out surf riding |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.4 sent.2 | A iā lāua e heʻe nalu ana, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻopuni ʻia maila ke aliʻi wahine no ʻAiwohikupua, a ua nui ka poʻe i hoʻopuni paʻa ʻia no ka makemake i ke aliʻi kāne. | and as they rode, behold I the princess conceived a passion for Aiwohikupua, and many others took a violent liking to the chief. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.1 | A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua. | After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.5 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?” | So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? " |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.6 | E like me kāu hana iaʻu, pēlā nō au e hana ai iā ʻoe me ko noho i Maui nei.” | as you would do to me, so shall I to you, and you shall dwell here on Maui." |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.7 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ke aliʻi kāne i ka ʻōlelo ʻae. | The chief readily agreed to the princess's words. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.8 | I ka hahau ʻana a lāua i ka papa mua, make ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | In the first game, Aiwohikupua lost. |
| Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.11 | A no kēia mau ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ke aliʻi wahine i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hoʻoholo koke aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae ma ka waha wale nō. | To this jesting offer of the princess, Aiwohikupua readily gave
his word of assent. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.1 | A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō, akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke. | During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers, |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.5 | ʻAʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana iki i kekahi mea pono ʻole e keʻakeʻa ai i kā kāua hoʻohiki. | not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to disturb our compact; |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.7 | Inā i hoʻi mai wau, ʻaʻole ʻoe i maluhia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i hoʻokō i kaʻu mau kauoha, a laila, ʻo ka pau nō ia.” | If when I return you have not remained pure, not obeyed my commands, then there is an end of it." |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.9 | A pau nā kauoha a ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama, haʻalele lākou iā Maui, hiki lākou nei i Kapakai ma Kohala. | After laying his commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau. | The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa e hoʻokokoke ʻāina aku nā waʻa, no ka mea, ua makemake ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka. | Then Aiwohikupua ordered the boatmen to paddle inshore, for he wanted to see why the crowd was gathering. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i ke awa pae waʻa ma Kauhola, nīnau akula ke aliʻi i ke kumu o ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka, a laila, haʻi maila nā kamaʻāina he ʻaha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ʻana. | When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were coming together for a boxing match. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōkalakala koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing match; |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele. | When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, pili akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kumulāʻau milo e nānā ana no ka hoʻouka kaua. | then Aiwohikupua leaned against the trunk of a milo tree to watch the attack begin. |
| Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi mea ke ʻaʻa mai e kū i mua o Ihuanu, no ka mea, ʻo ko Kohala ʻoi kelakela nō ia ma ka ikaika i ke kuʻikuʻi. | But no one dared to come and stand before Cold-nose, for the fellow was the strongest boxer in Kohala. |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia leo kāhea a Ihuanu, hele akula a kū i mua o ke kahua kaua e hāwele ana me kona ʻaʻahu pūkohukohu i like me ke ʻano mau o nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi. | When Aiwohikupua heard the voice of Cold-nose calling him, he came forward and stood in front of the boxing field while he bound his red loin cloth about him in the fashion of a chief's bodyguard, |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.1 sent.3 | I ʻelua mai ma kou ʻaoʻao, hui pū me ʻoe, ʻakolu ʻoukou, a laila, mikomiko iki iho ka malihini.” | Take two on your side with you, three of you together, to satisfy the stranger." |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻī maila ʻo ia, “He ʻoi ʻoe o ke kanaka nāna i ʻōlelo hoʻokano iho nei wau i mua o kēia ʻaha a pau. | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua, he said, "You are the greatest boaster in the crowd!" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO wau nō ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kānaka a pau, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe i ʻekolu aku ma kēia aoʻao, a he aha lā ʻoe i mua oʻu?” | I am the best man here, and yet you talk of three from this side; and what are you compared to me?" |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo paʻa nei wau ʻānō, he hiki iaʻu ke hoʻolilo i kēia ʻaha i mea ʻole i loko o kuʻu lima.” | Now, I promise you, I can turn this crowd into nothing with one hand." |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻohe pū kō momona o Kohala nei i kēlā kanaka.” | the heavy weights of Kohala can not master that man." |
| Ch.4 p.27 para.4 sent.4 | I ia manawa, huli aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pale aʻela i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo mai ma kona kua, hāʻule akula i lalo a make loa. | Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell down dead. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē! | When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2 | Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima. | I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand; |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.5 | E pono ke hoʻopau ka mokomoko ʻana a me kou ʻaʻa ʻana aku i ka malihini. | and put an end to the game and stop challenging the stranger. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.6 | A no laila, e hele ʻoe a i ka malihini, e lūlū lima ʻolua, a e hāʻawi aku i kou aloha nona i aloha pū ai ʻolua me ka ʻike aku o ka ʻaha ua hoʻomoe a pau wale ke kaua.” | So, you go up to the stranger and shake hands, you two, and welcome him, to let the people see that the fight is altogether hushed up." |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.2 | Mai hopohopo no ka make ʻana o kēlā kanaka o kākou ma ke pale ʻana i ka wēlau o kona lima. | don't get frightened because that man of ours was killed by a push from his hand. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole anei wau i hana pēlā i kekahi mau lā ma mua aʻe nei ma ʻaneʻi? | Didn't I do the same thing here some days ago? |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.4 | A he aha kā ʻoukou i makaʻu ai? | Then what are you afraid of? |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.5 | A no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, inā i hopo ʻoukou no kēlā malihini, a laila, e hūnā ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau maka i ke aouli. | And now I tell you if you fear the stranger, then hide your eyes in the blue sky. |
| Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.6 | Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.” | When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.2 | Ua pau kā mākou ʻōlelo; ʻaʻohe hana i koe. | We say no more; there is nothing left to do; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.3 | Kūlia i mua o ka ʻai a ke kumu a kākou i aʻo pū ʻole ʻia mai ai iā mākou, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe ua kani ka pola a ko malo. | we are silent before the fruit of this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, that the end of your girdle has sung; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.4 | Malia o lanakila ʻoe i ua malo ou,” a laila, neʻe akula kona mau hoa ma waho o ka ʻaha. | maybe you will win through your girdle!" Then his backers moved away from the crowd. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu! | While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose! |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.2 | Kuʻi ʻia i kuʻu piko a pololei i ʻehā kāuna kuʻi!” | strike me right in the stomach, four time four blows!" |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.2 sent.3 | A lohe ʻo Ihuanu i kēia kaena a ʻAiwohikupua e kuʻi, a laila, leha aʻela nā maka o Ihuanu a puni ka ʻaha, ʻike akula ʻo ia e hiʻi ʻia mai ana kekahi keiki ʻōpiopio loa, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ihuanu iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole naʻu ʻoe e kuʻi, na kēlā wahi keiki e hiʻi ʻia maila, nāna ʻoe e kuʻi, a ʻo ia kou hoa hakakā.” | When Cold-nose heard Aiwohikupua's boasting challenge to strike, then he glanced around the crowd and saw someone holding a very little child; then said Cold-nose to Aiwohikupua, "I am not the man to strike you; that little youngster there, let him strike you and let him be your opponent." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē kona ukiuki. | These words enraged Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi aʻela ka ʻula o ʻAiwohikupua a puni ke kino, me he mea lā ua hoʻoluʻu ʻia i ke koko o nā hipa keiki, huli aʻela ʻo ia a kūpono i mua o ka ʻaha a ʻōlelo akula, “ʻO wai kēia kanaka i ʻaʻa mai ai ʻo ia i ke keiki Kauaʻi nei? | Then a flush rose all over his body as if he had been dipped in the blood of a lamb. He turned right to the crowd and said, "Who will dare to defy the Kauai boy, |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa.” | for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers." |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1 | A laila, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pule akula i kona mau akua penei, “E Lanipipili, Laniʻoaka, Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa a me Nākolowailani, i kēia lā, e ʻike mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kā ʻoukou kama, kā ʻoukou pua i koe ma ke ao nei. | Then Aiwohikupua knelt down and prayed to his gods as follows: "O you Heavens, Lightning, and Rain, O Air, O Thunder and Earthquake! Look upon me this day, the only child of yours left upon this earth. |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.2 | Mai kēia lā, e hāʻawi mai ʻoukou i ka ikaika a pau ma luna o kā ʻoukou kama nei. | Give this day all your strength into your child; |
| Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia. | by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ke kumu kuʻi a Ihuanu i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hele maila a ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ihuanu, ʻī maila, “Hāwāwā ʻoe, e kuʻu haumāna. | When Cold-nose's master heard these words he went to Cold-nose's side and said, "You are foolish, my pupil. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.2 | Inā he manaʻo e kuʻi, kuʻi mai i kuʻu maka.” | Strike my face, if you want to!" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.3 | I ia manawa, e waiho koke mai ana ʻo Ihuanu i ka puʻupuʻu, hū ka makani ma ka pāpālina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻaʻole naʻe i kū, no ka mea, ua ʻalo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ia ka mea i hala ai. | Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka puʻupuʻu a Ihuanu, e waiho koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kāna puʻupuʻu, kū nō i ka houpo, hulā ma ke kua. | As the blow missed, Aiwohikupua instantly sent his blow, struck right on the chest and pierced to his back; |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kaʻikaʻi aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kanaka me kona lima, a koali aʻela iā Ihuanu i mua o ke anaina, a kiola akula i waho o ka ʻaha a lanakila ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma luna o Ihuanu. | then Aiwohikupua lifted the man on his arm and swung him to and fro before the crowd, and threw him outside the field, and Aiwohikupua overcame Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.4 sent.3 | ʻUāʻuā akula ka pihe me ka hui o ka ʻaha i ka poʻe mākaʻikaʻi. | and all who looked on shouted. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.1 | A make ihola ʻo Ihuanu, hele maila kona mau hoa e waiho ana, nā mea hoʻi nāna i ʻōlelo mai e hoʻōki ka hakakā me ka nīnau iho, “E Ihuanu! | When Cold-nose was dead his supporters came to where he was lying, those who had warned him to end the fight, and cried, "Aha! Cold-nose, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.2 | Ua hiki anei i ko ʻai i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā mākou ke hoʻōla iā ʻoe e hakakā hou me kēlā kanaka ikaika lua ʻole?” | could the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time with that man of might?" |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lehulehu e lulumi ana no ka make o Ihuanu, ko lākou pūkaua, a e uē ana hoʻi, hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a ʻoki aʻela i ke poʻo o Ihuanu a me ka lāʻau pālau a Ihuanu, a kiola akula i kona mau hoʻokele. | As the host were crowding about the dead body of their champion and wailing, Aiwohikupua came and cut off Cold-nose's head with the man's own war club and threw it contemptuously to his followers: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.6 sent.3 | A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻaha, a hoʻi akula a kau i luna o nā waʻa a holo akula. | This ended, Aiwohikupua left the company, got aboard the canoe, and departed: |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.1 | Holo akula kā lākou nei a kau i Honokaʻope ma Waipiʻo, ma laila aku a waho o Pāʻauhau, nānā aʻela lākou, e kū ana ka ʻeʻa o ka lepo o uka. | They sailed and touched at Honokaape at Waipio, then came off Paauhau and saw a cloud of dust rising landward. |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha lā kēlā lehulehu e paʻapū mai nei ʻo uka? | Aiwohikupua asked his counsellor, "Why is that crowd gathering on land? |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.8 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula kona kuhina, “Ua oki ia manaʻo ou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole he huakaʻi mokomoko kā kāua i hele mai nei. | His counsellor answered, "Break off that notion, for we are not taking this journey for boxing contests, |
| Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?" |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi maila nā wāhine iā lākou, “He ʻaha hoʻokūkū mokomoko, a ʻo ka mea ʻoi o ka ikaika, a laila, ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia e hele e kuʻikuʻi me ke kanaka Kauaʻi i hakakā mai nei me Ihuanu a make mai nei ua ʻo Ihuanu. | The women answered, "They are standing up to a boxing match, and whoever is the strongest, he will be sent to box with the Kauai man who fought here with Cold-nose and killed Cold-nose; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hekau nā waʻa, a lele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona kuhina aku me nā hoʻokele ʻelua, piʻi akula lākou nei a hiki i ka ʻaha mokomoko. | So Aiwohikupua instantly gave orders to anchor the canoe, and Aiwohikupua landed with his counsellor and the two steersmen, and they went up to the boxing match: |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.2 sent.2 | Aia naʻe lākou ma kahi kaʻawale mai e nānā ana i ka ʻaha. | there they stood at a distance watching the people. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hana a ka ʻaha, haʻi ʻia maila e like me ka ʻōlelo a kēlā mau wāhine i ʻōlelo ai. | and Aiwohikupua asked what the people were doing, and the man answered as the women had said. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.3 sent.3 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi kamaʻāina, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku ʻo wau kekahi e leʻaleʻa me kēlā poʻe, ʻaʻole naʻe e leʻaleʻa me ka poʻe ikaika ʻole.” | Aiwohikupua said to the man, "You go and say I am a fellow to have some fun with the boxers, but not with anyone who is not strong." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ua wahi kamaʻāina nei, “Hoʻokahi nō ikaika o kēia ʻaha, ʻo Hāunakā, a ʻo ia ke hoʻouna ʻia ana i Kohala e hakakā me ke kanaka Kauaʻi.” | The man answered. "Haunaka is the only strong one in this crowd, and he is to be sent to Kohala to fight with the Kauai man." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.1 | A hiki aku ua wahi kanaka kamaʻāina nei a hālāwai me Hāunakā, a lohe o Hāunakā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, lūlū ihola ʻo ia i kona mau lima, paʻipaʻi aʻela i ka umauma, keʻekeʻehi nā wāwae a peʻahi maila iā ʻAiwohikupua e helu aku i loko o ka ʻaha. | When the man found Haunaka, and Haunaka heard these words, he clapped his hands, struck his chest, and stamped his feet, and beckoned to Aiwohikupua to come inside the field, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.6 sent.2 | A hele akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a wehe aʻela i kona kīhei a kāʻei aʻela ma kona pūhaka. | and Aiwohikupua came, took off his cape, and bound it about his waist. |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.7 sent.2 | He lālā kamahele no ka lāʻau kū i ka pali.” | he is a choice branch of the tree that stands upon the steep." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, kāhea maila ma waho o ka ʻaha he wahi kanaka i ʻike i ka hakakā ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua me Ihuanu, “E Hāunakā a me ka ʻaha, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e pakele i kēia kanaka. | As Aiwohikupua was speaking a man called out from outside the crowd, who had seen Aiwohikupua fighting with Cold-nose, "Haunaka and all of you gathered here, you will never outdo this man; |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.8 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi nō kuʻi iā Ihuanu, hulā pū ka puʻupuʻu ma ke kua, a ʻo ke kanaka nō kēia i make mai nei ʻo Ihuanu.” | Only one blow at Cold-nose and the fist went through to his back. This is the very man who killed Cold-nose." |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lālau maila ʻo Hāunakā i nā lima o ʻAiwohikupua a aloha maila ʻo ia, a ʻo ka pau nō ia, hoʻāikāne lāua, hui ka ʻaha. | Then Haunaka seized Aiwohikupua's hand and welcomed him, and the end of it was they made friends and the players mixed with the crowd, |
| Ch.5 p.32 para.9 sent.2 | A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hele pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā me ke aikāne a kau lākou lā ma nā waʻa a holo akula a pae i Laupāhoehoe. | and they left the place; Aiwohikupua's party went with their friends and boarded the canoes, and went on and landed at Laupahoehoe. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ʻaneʻi, e kamaʻilio iki kākou no Hulumāniani, ka makāula nāna i ukali mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai Kauaʻi mai, ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia ma ka helu mua o keia kaʻao.) | Here we shall say a word about Hulumaniani, the seer, who followed Laieikawai hither from Kauai, as described in the first chapter of this story. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Pāʻauhau ma Hāmākua, i ka lā hoʻi i holo mai ai a hiki i Laupāhoehoe, ua ʻike mua akula ka makāula i nā mea a pau i kekahi ahiahi iho ma mua o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Laupāhoehoe, a penei kona ʻike ʻana. | On the day when Aiwohikupua's party left Paauhau, at Hamakua, on the same clay as he sailed and came to Laupahoehoe, the prophet foresaw it all on the evening before he arrived, and it happened thus: |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.2 | I ua ahiahi lā, ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, e noho ana ka makāula ma ka puka o ka hale. | That evening before sunset, as the seer was sitting at the door of the house, |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.3 | Nānā akula ʻo ia i ke kukū o nā ʻōpua ma ka nānā ʻana i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a like me ka mea mau i ka poʻe kilokilo mai ka wā kahiko mai a hiki i kēia manawa. | he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even until now. |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ka lehulehu e noho pū ana me ka makāula. | The men sitting with the chief started up at once, |
| Ch.6 p.33 para.3 sent.2 | A nānā akula, ʻaʻole he mau waʻa holo mai, no laila, nīnau akula ka poʻe me ia, “ʻAuhea hoʻi nā waʻa āu i ʻōlelo mai nei he mau waʻa aliʻi?” | but could see no canoe coming. Then the people with him asked, "Where is the canoe which you said was a chief's canoe coming? " |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei. | A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's — |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.2 | (E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.) | perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.3 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ka makāula i kēlā hōʻailona, kū aʻela ʻo ia a hopu he wahi puaʻa, he moa lawa, me ka pū ʻawa e hoʻomākaukau ana no ka hiki mai o ʻAiwohikupua. | When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a black cock, and pulled a bundle of awa root to prepare for Aiwohikupua's coming. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia hana a ka makāula, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i ko lākou poʻe me ka nīnau aku, “E hele ana ʻoe e hoʻomākaukau nei kēia ukana āu?” | The people wondered at his action and asked, ''Are you going away that you make these things ready?" |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.2 | ʻO ia kēlā mea aʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou i ke ahiahi nei, no laila, eia ʻo ia ke holo mai nei i ka moana. | he is the one I told you about last evening; for he comes hither over the ocean, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.3 sent.3 | Nona kēlā kualau i ka moana a me kēia noe e uhi nei.” | his sign is on the ocean, and his mist covers it." |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.1 | A kokoke ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ke awa ʻo Laupāhoehoe, i ia manawa ke kuʻi ʻana o nā hekili he iwakālua. | As Aiwohikupua's party drew near to the harbor of Laupahoehoe, 20 peals of thunder sounded, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula. | and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.1 | I nā waʻa e holo mai ana a pae, kū ana ka makāula i ke awa. | When the canoe came to land the seer was standing at the landing; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.2 | Mai luna mai o Kaiwilahilahi, hahau ihola ka makāula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi, a pule akula ʻo ia ma ka inoa o nā akua o ʻAiwohikupua, a eia kāna pule, “E Lanipipili, e Laniʻoaka, e Lanikahuliomealani, e Lono, e Hekilikaʻakaʻa, e Nākolowailani. | he advanced from Kaiwilahilahi, threw the pig before the chief, and prayed in the name of the gods of Aiwohikupua. and this was his prayer: "O Heavens, Lightning, and Rain; O Air, Thunder, and Earthquake; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.4 | Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa, ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei. | Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here; |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.5 | E ʻike i kā ʻoukou kauā iā Hulumāniani. | look upon your servant, Hulumaniani, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.6 | Hō mai he ola, i ola nui, i ola loa, a kau i ka puaaneane, a kani koʻo, a pala lauhala, a haumakaʻiole. | bring to him life, a great life, a long life, to live forever, until the staff rings as he walks, until he is dragged upon a mat, until the eyes are dim. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ke aliʻi e hoʻolohe ana i ka pule a ka makāula, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kāna makāula kēia. | As the chief listened to the prophet's prayer, Aiwohikupua recognized his own prophet, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.6 sent.2 | Ua mokumokuāhua ka manawa o ke aliʻi i ke aloha i kāna kauā, no ka mea, ua lōʻihi ka manawa o ka nalo ʻana, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i ike ʻia ka manawa i nalo ai. | and his heart yearned with love toward him, for he had been gone a long while; he could not tell how long it was since he had seen him. |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ka pule ʻana a ua makāula nei, kēnā koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hāʻawi nā makana a ka makāula na nā akua.” | As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to "present the seer's gifts to the gods." |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.1 | lele koke akula ka makāula a hopu i nā wāwae o ke aliʻi, a kau ihola i luna o ka ʻāʻī a uē ihola. | Instantly the seer ran and clasped the chief's feet and climbed upward to his neck and wept, |
| Ch.6 p.34 para.8 sent.3 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau ihola ke aliʻi i kāna kauā, “He aha kou mea i hiki mai ai a noho i ʻaneʻi, a pehea ka lōʻihi o kou hele ʻana?” | After the wailing the chief asked his servant: "Why are you living here, and how long have you been gone?" |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa a ka makāula i ʻōlelo aku ai i ke aliʻi i nā kumu a me nā kuleana o kona hele ʻana, a pau ia, a laila, na ka makāula ka nīnau hope iā ʻAiwohikupua, akā hoʻi, ma ka pāʻewaʻewa o kā ke aliʻi ʻōlelo ʻana me ka ʻōlelo aku he huakaʻi kaʻapuni kāna. | When the seer had told the business on which he had come and his reason for it, that was enough. Then it was the seer's turn to question Aiwohikupua, but the chief told only half the story, saying that he was on a sight-seeing tour. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.3 | Walea ihola ke aliʻi me ka makāula i ia pō a wanaʻao, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa a holo akula. | The chief stayed with the seer that night until at daybreak they made ready the canoe and sailed. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.2 | Nānā akula ua wahi kanaka nei (ka mea i kapa ʻia he kuhina) i ka piʻo mai a ke ānuenue i uka o Paliuli, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! ʻAuhea ʻoe. | when one of the men, the one who is called the counsellor, saw the rainbow arching over Paliuli. He said to the chief: "Look! Where are you! |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.3 | E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila, aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea a kāua e kiʻi nei, a ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.” | See that rainbow arch? Laieikawai is there, the one whom you want to find, and there
is where I found her. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.1 | A ma kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hekau ihola nā waʻa o lākou i ke kai. | At the chief's proposal they anchored their canoes in the sea, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2 | Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua. | and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o ka lā, i ke kakahiaka nui, ala aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a puka akula ma waho o ka hale. | On this fourth day in the early morning Aiwohikupua awoke and went out of the house, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, e piʻo mai ana nō ke ānuenue i kahi a lāua i ʻike mua ai. | lo! the rainbow arching where they had seen it before: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.3 | Kakali lōʻihi ihola ke aliʻi a hiki i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, hoʻi akula a kona kuhina, aia kēlā e hiamoe ana. | long the chief waited until the sun came, then he went in |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.4 | Hoʻāla akula me ka ʻī aku i ke kuhina, “ʻĒ! Pono ʻiʻo paha kāu e ʻōlelo nei iaʻu no kakahiaka pōʻeleʻele. | and aroused his counsellor and said to him: "Here! perhaps you were right: |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.5 | Ala ʻē aku nei nō wau i waho, ʻike aku nei nō au e piʻo mai ana ke ānuenue i kahi nō āu i kuhikuhi ai iaʻu. | I myself rose early while it was still dark, and went outside and actually saw the rainbow arching in the place you had pointed out to me, |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.5 sent.6 | I ke kali maila nō wau a puka ka lā, aia nō ke mau lā ke ānuenue. | and I waited until sunrise — still the rainbow! |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.2 | Inā paha, aia kākou i uka o Paliuli kahi i noho ai i kēia mau lā.” | we should have been staying up there in Paliuli all these days where she is." |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.3 | I ia kakahiaka, haʻalele lākou iā Makahanaloa, holo waho nā waʻa o lākou, ʻo Keaʻau ke awa. | That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of Keaau. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.1 | I ia holo ʻana o lākou a ahiahi, pae lākou i Keaʻau. | They sailed until evening, made shore at Keaau |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.4 | Noho malihini ihola lākou iā Keaʻau a ahiahi, kauoha mua ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa e noho mālie a hoʻi mai lāua mai kā lāua huakaʻi ʻimi wahine mai, ʻoiai, ʻo lākou wale nō. | The strangers remained at Keaau until evening, then Aiwohikupua ordered the steersmen and rowers to stay quietly until the two of them returned from their search for a wife, only they two alone. |
| Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.5 | I ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, hopu akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻaʻahu ʻahuʻula, a hāʻawi akula i kahi kanaka, a piʻi akula. | At sunset Aiwohikupua caught up his feather cloak and gave it to the other to carry, and they ascended. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula lāua i loko o nā ulu lāʻau loloa, i ka hihia paʻa o ka nāhelehele me ka luhi a hiki lāua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe lāua i ka leo o ka moa. | They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow of a cock. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi, “Kokoke puka kāua.” | The man said to his chief: "We are almost out." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka piʻi a lohe hou lāua i ka leo o ka moa (ʻo ka moa kualua ia). | They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's second crow this). |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.4 | Hoʻomau aku lāua i ka piʻi a hiki i ka mālamalama loa ʻana. | They went on climbing until a great light shone. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.5 | ʻĪ akula kahi kanaka i ke aliʻi, “ʻĒ! Puka kāua! | The man said to his chief, "Here I we are out; |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.6 | Aia ke kupuna wahine o Lāʻieikawai ke hōʻuluʻulu maila i nā moa e like me kāna hana mau.” | there is Laieikawai's grandmother calling together the chickens as usual." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.3 sent.2 | A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli. | When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1 | A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki. | The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila. | When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed, |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua kānalua ʻana, a no ke kānalua i loaʻa iā ʻAiwohikupua, ʻōlelo aku ʻo ia i kona kōkoʻolua, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | and for the first time he felt doubtful of his success. And by reason of this doubt within him he said to his companion, "Where are you? |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.4 | Kuhi iho nei wau he wahine a lohe mai i ke aʻo, ʻaʻole kā! | I supposed her just an ordinary woman. Not so! |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.5 | I ʻike aku nei ka hana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole nō ona lua, no laila, ʻānō, e hoʻi kāua me ka launa ʻole.” | The princess's house has no equal for workmanship: therefore, let us return without making ourselves known." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki kā hoʻi kāua i ka hale o ko wahine, kā kāua mea i ʻau mai nei i kēia mau kai ʻewalu, a eia kā hoʻi he koi kāu e hoʻi. | after we have reached the woman's house for whom we have swum eight seas, here you are
begging to go back. |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.6 sent.5 | Ua akāka nō he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne.” | we men must expect to meet such rebuffs; a canoe will break on a coral reef." |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.3 | Ua lawe mai nei au i koʻu ʻahuʻula i makana e hāʻawi aku ai i ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli nei, akā, ke nānā aku nei wau, ʻo ke pili ihola ia o ka hale o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe, ʻo kēia mea he ʻahuʻula, ʻaʻole ia e loaʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the princess's house; yet you know, for that matter,
even a cloak of feathers |
| Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.4 | I nā aliʻi ʻai moku wale nō e loaʻa ai, no laila, e hoʻi kāua.” | is owned by none but the highest chiefs; so let us return." |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele ai iā Paliuli, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Keaʻau, hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa, a ma ia wanaʻao, kau ma luna o nā waʻa a hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had left Paliuli they returned and came to Keaau, made the canoe ready, and at the approach of day boarded the canoe and returned to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ia hoʻi ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻi aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kekahi kumu o ka hoʻi ʻana, aia i ka hiki ʻana i Kauaʻi. | On the way back Aiwohikupua would not say why he was returning until they reached Kauai; |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.1 sent.3 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana, ʻakahi nō a ʻike kona kuhina i ke kumu. | then, for the first time, his counsellor knew the reason. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana mai Keaʻau mai a kau i Kamaeʻe ma Hilopalikū, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā laila, hiki lākou i Humuʻula ma ka palena o Hilo me Hāmākua. | On the way from Keaau they rested at Kamaee, on the rocky side of Hilo, and the next day left there, went to Humuula on the boundary between Hilo and Hamakua; |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka ʻike ʻana mai o ka makāula iā ʻAiwohikupua e holo ana i ka moana. | now the seer saw Aiwohikupua sailing over the ocean. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.2 sent.3 | A hala hope ʻo Humuʻula iā lākou, hiki lākou ma waho pono o Kealakaha, ʻike maila lākou nei i kēia wahine e noho ana i ka pali kahakai; e hiamoe ana naʻe ke aliʻi i ia manawa. | After passing Humuula they stopped right off Kealakaha, and while the chief slept they saw a woman sitting on the sea cliff by the shore. |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i ʻike aku ai i kēlā wahine, hoʻōho ana lākou i luna o nā waʻa “ʻĒ! Ka wahine maikaʻi hoʻi!” | When those on board saw the woman they shouted, "Oh! what a beautiful woman!" |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.2 | A no kēia, hikilele aʻela ka hiamoe o ʻAiwohikupua, nīnau aʻela i kā lākou mea e walaʻau nei, haʻi ʻia akula, “He wahine maikaʻi aia ke noho maila i ka pali.” | At this Aiwohikupua started up and asked what they were shouting about. They said, "There is a beautiful woman sitting on the sea cliff." |
| Ch.7 p.37 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAlawa aʻela ke aliʻi a ʻike akula he mea ʻē o ka wahine maikaʻi, a no kēia mea, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā hoe waʻa e hoe pololei aku ma kahi a ka wahine e noho mai ana, a holo akula a kokoke. | The chief turned his head to look, and saw that the stranger was, indeed, a charming woman. So the chief ordered the boatmen to row straight to the place where the woman was sitting, and as they approached |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana. | As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.2 | A no laila, e ke Aliʻi wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau e lawe ʻoe iaʻu i kāne hoʻāo nāu a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku ma lalo ou. | and therefore, O princess of the cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband,
and I will be the servant under you; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e ʻae ʻoe e lawe iaʻu e like me kaʻu e noi aku nei iā ʻoe, a laila, e kau kāua ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku i Kauaʻi. | If you consent to take me as I beseech you, then come on board the canoe and go to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.2 | No uka lilo mai wau mai ka piko mai o kēlā mauna e ʻaʻahu mau ana i nā kapa keʻokeʻo e like me kēia kapa aʻu e ʻaʻahu aku nei. | I come from inland: from the summit of that mountain, which is clothed in
a white garment like this I am wearing: |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.4 sent.3 | A pehea lā i hikiwawe ai ka loaʻa ʻana o koʻu inoa iā ʻoe e ke Aliʻi?” | and how did you find out my name so quickly?" |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1 | “A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea? | "As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻopalau me Hinaikamalama, ke kaikamahine aliʻi kaulana o Hāna? | Are you not betrothed to Hinaikamalama, the famous princess of Hana? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.4 | A no kāu noi mai e lawe kāua iā kāua i mau mea hoʻohui, no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, aia a hoʻopau ʻoe i kāu hoʻohiki mua, a laila, ʻaʻole naʻu e lawe iā ʻoe. | And as to your wishing our union, I assure you, until you have made an end of your first vow it is not my part to take you, |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.2 | A liʻuliʻu, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i wahi nīnau pōkole penei, “Pehea lā ʻoe i ʻike ai, a i lohe ai hoʻi, no kaʻu mau hana āu e haʻi mai nei? | and after a while a little question escaped him: "How have you ever heard of these deeds of mine you tell of? |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo, e Poliʻahu ē, ʻo nā mea a pau āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ua hana wau e like me ia, no laila, e haʻi mai i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe.” | It is true, Poliahu, all that you say; I have done as you have described; tell me who has told
you.'' |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole oʻu mea nāna i haʻi mai i kēia mau mea, e ke Aliʻi kāne. | "No one has told me these things, O chief; |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.3 | A na ia akua wau i kuhikuhi mai e like me kaʻu e ʻōlelo nei iā ʻoukou. | and through these gods I showed you what I have told you. |
| Ch.7 p.38 para.8 sent.4 | Iā ʻoukou nō e holo mai ana i Humuʻula, ua ʻike wau nou nā waʻa, a pēlā wau i ʻike ai iā ʻoe.” | As you were setting out at Humuula I saw your canoe, and so knew who you were." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, kukuli ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hoʻomaikaʻi akula i mua o Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e lilo ia i kāne hoʻopalau na Poliʻahu me ke noi aku e holo pū i Kauaʻi. | At these words Aiwohikupua knelt and did reverence to Poliahu and begged to become Poliahu's betrothed and asked her to go with him to Kauai. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.2 | “ʻAʻole kāua e holo pū i Kauaʻi,” wahi a ka wahine, “akā, e kau wau me ʻoukou a Kohala, hoʻi mai wau, a laila, hoʻi ʻoukou.” | "We shall not go together to Kauai." said the woman, "But I will go on board with you to Kohala, then I will return, while you go on." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.1 sent.3 | Mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana e hālāwai nā aliʻi a hiki i ka pau ʻana o nā ʻōlelo a lāua, i luna nō o nā waʻa kēia mau kamaʻilio ʻana. | Now, the chiefs met and conversed on the deck of the canoe. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.4 | Mai hoʻopā mai ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻopā iā ʻoukou a hiki wale i Kohala. | You must not touch me, I will not touch you until we reach Kohala: |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.7 | I ia holo ʻana o lākou a hiki i Kohala, ʻaʻole i hana ʻia kekahi mea iho i waena o lākou. | As they sailed and came to Kohala they did not touch each other. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō. | They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone; |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.” | but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau mea, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli nui loa ia i ko ke aliʻi kāne naʻau, a me kona kuhina, a me nā kānaka hoe waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua heard these things the chief's heart was glad, and his counsellor and the paddlers with him. |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.” | Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union." |
| Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.3 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana i ka wanaʻao, hoʻokaʻawale lākou i ka wahine noho mauna, a holo akula a hiki i Hāna a hālāwai me Hinaikamalama. | When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.1 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Hāna mai Kohala aku ma hope iho o ko lākou hoʻokaʻawale ʻana iā Poliʻahu, ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo ko lākou hiki mua ʻana ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi e noho ana. | When Aiwohikupua reached Hana, after parting with Poliahu at Kohala. his boat approached the canoe landing at Haneoo, where they had been before, where Hinaikamalama was living. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe i hiki aku ai ma kēlā awa pae waʻa, i ka moana nō lākou i lana aku ai, a iā lākou e lana ana ma laila, ʻike maila ʻo Hinaikamalama no ʻAiwohikupua kēia mau waʻa. | When Aiwohikupua reached the landing the canoe floated on the water: and as it floated there Hinaikamalama saw that it was Aiwohikupua's canoe: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.3 | Mahamaha maila ka wahine me ka manaʻo e hele aku ana a hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua, akā, aia nō lākou ke lana mālie maila i ka moana. | joyful was she with the thought of their meeting: but still the boat floated gently on the water. |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.3 | Mahamaha mai nei kēia i ka ʻike ʻana mai nei iā ʻoukou, kainoa lā hoʻi he holo mai a pae aʻe, ʻaʻole kā! | Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to land. Not so! |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻoukou e hiki,” wahi a ka wahine “no ka mea, e kauoha nō wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa iā ʻoe. | "You can not." said the woman. "for I will order the executioner
to hold you fast; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.2 | Ua lilo ʻoe iaʻu i ke kōnane ʻia, a ke waiho nei nō ia hoʻohiki a kāua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoʻi ʻana maila.” | you became mine at konane and our vows are spoken, and I have lived apart and undefiled until your return." |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.1 | “E ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole pēlā,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻaʻole au i hoʻopau i kā kāua hoʻohiki, ke mau nei nō ia. | "O princess, not so!" said Aiwohikupua. "It is not to end our vow — that still holds; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō i hiki i ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai ia hoʻohiki a kāua, no ka mea, ua haʻi mua aku wau iā ʻoe, aia a puni ʻo Hawaiʻi iaʻu, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia kou kumu pili, e ke Aliʻi wahine. | but the time has not come for its fulfillment, for I said to you. * When I have sailed about Hawaii then the princess's bet shall be paid: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, holo aku nei wau me ka manaʻo e puni ʻo Hawaiʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe i puni. | now, I went meaning to sail about Hawaii, but did not: |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.4 | A Hilo nō, loaʻa aʻe nei i ka uhai mai Kauaʻi mai no ka pilikia o ko ka hale poʻe, no laila, hoʻi mai nei. | still at Hilo I got a message from Kauai that the family was in trouble at home, so I turned back; |
| Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5 | I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.” | I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled." |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Hāna a holo mai lākou a hiki i Oʻahu nei. | After this they left Hana and sailed and came to Oahu, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.2 | A mai ʻaneʻi aku a like a like o ka moana o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i nā hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele penei, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | and on the sea halfway between Oahu and Kauai he laid his command upon the oarsmen and the steersmen, as follows: "Where are you? |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.3 | Ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa. | I charge you, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.4 | Inā i hiki kākou i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i ka ʻimi wahine o lilo auaneʻi ia i mea hoʻohilahila iaʻu. | when you come to Kauai, do not say that you have been to Hawaii to seek a wife lest I be shamed: |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.5 | Inā e lohe ʻia ma kēia hope aku, a laila, i lohe ʻia nō iā ʻoukou, a ʻo ka uku o ka mea nāna e haʻi kēia ʻōlelo no ka holo ʻana i Hawaiʻi, ʻo ka make ka mea nāna e ʻōlelo. | if this is heard about, it will be heard through you, and the penalty to anyone who tells of the
journey to Hawaii, it is death, death to himself, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.7 | ʻO ia ke kānāwai paʻa a ke aliʻi i kau ai no ka poʻe i holo pū me ia i Hawaiʻi. | This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who sailed with him to Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā a hālāwai me nā kaikuahine, i ia manawa ka hoʻopuka ʻana i ʻōlelo i kona mau kaikuahine penei, “Iaʻu i hele aku nei i kaʻu huakaʻi hele, ua haʻohaʻo paha ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i haʻi aku iā ʻoukou i ke kumu o ia hele ʻana. | Aiwohikupua reached Kauai at sunset and met his sisters. Then he spoke thus to his sisters: "Perhaps you wondered when I went on my journey, because I did not tell you my reason, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei. | not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.3 | I kiʻi aku nei wau iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine male (hoʻāo) naʻu no koʻu lohe ʻana nō iā Kauakahialiʻi e ʻōlelo ana i ka lā a lākou i hiki mai ai. | to fetch Laieikawai for my wife, after hearing Kauakahialii's story the day when his party
returned here. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.4 | I ka hele ʻana aku nei hoʻi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i kana mai a ke ʻano ʻē o ka wahine. | But when I came there I did not get sight of the woman's face; |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele. | I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.6 | A no ia manaʻo oʻu ʻaʻole e loaʻa iaʻu, manaʻo aʻe au iā ʻoukou, e nā kaikuahine, ka poʻe nō e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake i nā lā i hala, no laila, kiʻi mai nei au iā ʻoukou e holo i Hawaiʻi. | And as I thought of my failure, then I thought of you sisters, "who have won
my wishes for me in the days gone by; therefore I came for you to go to Hawaii, |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.9 | I loko o kēia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo ana me nā kaikuahine, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i kona kuhina ʻo ia ke kumu o ka hoʻi wikiwiki ʻana iā Kauaʻi. | As Aiwohikupua talked with his sisters, his counsellor for the
first time understood the reason for their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, wae aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i mau hoe waʻa hou, no ka mea, ua maopopo i ke aliʻi ua luhi nā hoe waʻa mua. | The next day Aiwohikupua picked out fresh paddlers, for the chief knew that the first were tired out. |
| Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2 | A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui. | When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.1 | I ka wanaʻao o ia pō, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, hiki ma Puʻuloa, a ma laila aku a kau ma Hanauma. | That night, at the approach of day, they left Kauai, came to Puuloa, and there rested at Hanauma; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.2 | I kekahi lā aʻe, kau i Molokaʻi ma Kaunakakai; ma laila aku a pae i Māla ma Lahaina. | the next day they lay off Molokai at Kaunakakai, from there they went ashore at Mala at Lahaina; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.3 | A haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Keoneʻōʻio ma Honuaʻula, a ma laila i noho lōʻihi ai, ʻekolu anahulu, no ka mea, ua nui ka ʻino ma ka moana. | and they left the place, went to Keoneoio in Honuaula, and there they stayed 30 days. For it was very rough weather on the ocean; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.5 | I ia manawa ko lākou haʻalele ʻana iā Honuaʻula a holo akula a hiki ma Kaʻelehuluhulu ma Kona, Hawaiʻi. | Then they left Honuaula and sailed and came to Kaelehuluhulu, at Kona, Hawaii. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo. | As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi manawa, kū mai iā Poliʻahu ka ʻike no kā ʻAiwohikupua mau hana. | Then was revealed to Poliahu the knowledge of Aiwohikupua's doings; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.3 sent.2 | Ma ko Poliʻahu ʻano kupua kēia ʻike ʻana, a no ia mea, waiho wale nō i loko o ka wahine kona manaʻo, aia a hālāwai lāua, a laila, hōʻike aku i kāna mea e ʻike nei no kā ʻAiwohikupua mau hana. | through her supernatural power she saw it all; so the woman laid it up in her mind until they should meet, then she showed what she saw Aiwohikupua doing. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.1 | I ke awakea o kekahi lā, hiki aku lākou ma Keaʻau. | At noon one day they came to Keaau, |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.5 sent.2 | A pau nā waʻa i ka hoʻoponopono a me nā ukana a lākou, i ia wā nō, hoʻolale koke aʻe ana ke aliʻi i nā kaikuahine a me kona kuhina e piʻi i uka o Paliuli, a ua hoʻoholo koke lākou i ia manaʻo o ke aliʻi. | and after putting to rights the canoe and the baggage, the chief at once began urging his sisters
and his counsellor to go up to Paliuli; and they readily assented to the chief's wish. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lākou piʻi ʻana i Paliuli, kauoha ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoʻokele a me nā hoe waʻa, “Eia mākou ke hele nei i kā mākou huakaʻi hele, ka mea hoʻi a kuʻu manaʻo i kau nui ai a hālāwai maka. | Before going up to Paliuli. Aiwohikupua told the steersmen and the paddlers, ''While we go on our way to seek her whom I have so longed to see face to face, |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.4 | I kali ʻoukou a i ao kēia pō a i pō ka lā ʻapōpō, a laila, ua waiwai mākou. | If you wait until this night becomes day and day becomes night, then we prosper; |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.6 sent.5 | Akā, i hoʻi kakahiaka mai mākou i ka lā ʻapōpō, a laila, ua nele nō kaʻu mea i manaʻo ai, a laila, ʻo Kauaʻi ke alo, huli aku hoʻi.” | but if we come back to-morrow early in the morning, then my wishes have failed, then face about and turn the course to Kauai;" |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a ke aliʻi i nā kānaka, piʻi akula a like a like o ka pō, hiki lākou i Paliuli. | After the chief's orders to the men they ascended half the night, reaching Paliuli. |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā kaikuahine, “ʻO Paliuli kēia. | Said Aiwohikupua to the sisters: "This is Paliuli |
| Ch.8 p.44 para.7 sent.3 | Eia i ʻaneʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ko ʻoukou kaikoʻeke, no laila, ʻimi ʻia kā ʻoukou pono.” | where Laieikawai is, your sister-in-law. See what you are worth." |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai. | Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house, |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.2 | Iā Mailehaʻiwale e kū lā ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana kēia i ke ʻala, pō ʻo loko i ke ʻala. | and as she stood there she sent forth a fragrance which filled the house; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.4 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki ke hiamoe i kēlā manawa, no ka mea, ua hoʻāla ʻia e ke ʻala o Mailehaʻiwale. | but they could no longer sleep, because they were wakened by the scent of Mailehaiwale. |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.2 sent.1 | I ia puoho ʻana aʻe o lāua mai ka hiamoe, haʻohaʻo ana lāua nei i kēia ʻala launa ʻole, a no kēia haʻohaʻo, kāhea akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka leo ʻoluʻolu i kona kupuna wahine penei, | And starting out of sleep, they two marveled what this wonderful fragrance could be, and because of this marvel Laieikawai cried out in a voice of delight to her grandmother: |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.4 sent.2 | He ʻala anuanu, he ʻala huʻihuʻi, eia lā i ka houpo, i ka manawa o māua.” | a cool fragrance, a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale akula kēnā o nā kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, a i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his wife, you for the wife and he for the husband; |
| Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai. | When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka manawa i hōʻole ʻia ai ko ke aliʻi kāne makemake, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hoʻi kāua a e noho nā kaikuahine oʻu i uka nei, a na lākou nō e ʻimi aʻe i ko lākou wahi e noho ai, no ka mea ʻaʻole a lākou waiwai. | After this refusal, then Aiwohikupua said to his counsellor, "You and I will go home and let my sisters stay up here; as for them, let them live as they can, for they are worthless; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.1 sent.2 | Ua nele aʻela nō ka mea i manao ʻia ai e loaʻa iā lākou.” | they have failed to gain my wish." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.2 | Kainoa ua ʻōlelo ʻoe iaʻu ma mua o ko kākou lā i haʻalele ai iā Kauaʻi ʻo nā kaikuahine wale nō ou ka mea nāna e kiʻi kou makemake, a ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kō ʻana o kā lākou mau hana. | I thought before we left Kauai you told me that your sisters were the only ones to get
your wish, and you have seen now what one of them can do; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.3 | Ua kēnā aʻe nei ʻoe iā Mailehaʻiwale i kāna loaʻa, a ua lohe akula nō hoʻi kākou i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai. | you have ordered Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.6 | ʻEhā ou mau kaikuahine i koe; malia paha o loaʻa i kekahi o lākou.” | But without her you have four sisters left; it may be one of them will succeed." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.3 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Nele aʻela kā i ka hānau mua, oki loa aku paha lākou.” | Said Aiwohikupua. "If the firstborn fails, the others perhaps will be worthless." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.2 | E hoʻāʻo aʻe ʻo Mailekaluhea i kāna loaʻa a i nele, a laila hoʻi kākou.” | let Mailekaluhea try her luck, and if she fails then we will go." |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, ua maikaʻi iki ia ʻōlelo i ke aliʻi. | Now, this saying pleased the chief; |
| Ch.9 p.47 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E hoʻāʻo aku hoʻi ʻoe i kāu loaʻa, a i nele, ʻo ia ihola nō.” | said Aiwohikupua, "Suppose you try your luck, and if you fail, all is over." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailekaluhea a ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kū ihola, kuʻu akula i ke ʻala. | Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out a perfume: |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO ia hele nō o ke ʻala a pā i kaupoku ma loko o ka hale. | the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the house, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, hikilele hou aʻe lāua mai ka hiamoe aʻe, ʻī akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kahi kahu, “He ʻala ʻokoʻa hoʻi kēia. | then they were startled from sleep. Said Laieikawai to her nurse. "This is a different perfume, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kahi kahu, “Kāhea ʻia ko kupuna wahine e haʻi mai i ke ʻano o kēia ʻala.” | The nurse said. "Call out to your grandmother to tell you the meaning of the fragrance." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.5 sent.3 | He ʻala anuanu, he ʻala huʻihuʻi, eia lā i ka houpo, i ka manawa o māua.” | a cool fragrance, a chilling fragrance: it goes to my heart." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.6 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailekaluhea akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA. "That is no strange fragrance. it is Mailekaluhea, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua. who has come to make you his wife |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kuhina nei ona, “ʻĒ! Ke lohe pono akula ʻoe i ka hōʻole ʻana aʻela a ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor. "See! did you hear the princess's refusal?" |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.10 sent.1 | “Hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi ʻoe,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei wau iā ʻoe i koʻu manaʻo e hoʻi kākou. | "You are persistent.'" said Aiwohikupua. "Did I not tell you I
wanted to go back, |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole kā hoʻi i pau nā kaikuahine o kāua. | "We have not tried all the sisters: |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.2 | ʻAlua i hala, ʻekolu i koe,” wahi a kona kuhina, “kuʻu ʻia aku paha i pau, he nani ia ua pau nā kaikuahine o kāua i ke kiʻi. | two are out; three remain," said his counsellor. "Let all your sisters take a chance: this will be
best; |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.3 | Wikiwiki auaneʻi hoʻi paha ʻoe e hoʻi, a hiki kākou i kai o Keaʻau, ʻōlelo kākou no ka loaʻa ʻole, e ʻōlelo aʻe auaneʻi ka poʻe kaikuahine ou i koe,'Inā no iā mākou ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai e kiʻi, inā nō ua ʻae mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai'. | perhaps you are too hasty in going home: when you reach Keaau and say you have not succeeded, your other sisters will say: 'If you had let us try, Laieikawai would have consented;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.11 sent.5 | Kuʻu ʻia aku i pau.” | let them all try." |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “Kainoa ua ʻike nō ʻoe he waʻa nahā i koʻokā ko kāua, ko ke kāne. | "Let us bear the shame," said his counsellor. "You know we men must expect such rebuffs; 'a canoe will break on a coral reef;' |
| Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.5 | A no ka ikaika loa o ua wahi kuhina nei ona i ke koi, hoʻoholo ke aliʻi i ka ʻae. | And because the counsellor urged so strongly the chief gave his consent. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi a kūpono i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻala e like me nā mea mua. | Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her perfume as the others had done: |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.2 | Hikilele hou maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe a ʻōlelo akula i kahi kahu, “He wahi ʻala ʻokoʻa wale nō hoʻi kēia. | again Laieikawai was startled from sleep and said to her nurse, "This is an entirely different fragrance — |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.5 sent.3 | He ʻala anuanu, he ʻala huʻihuʻi, eia lā i ka houpo, i ka manawa o māua.” | a cool fragrance, a chilling fragrance; it goes to my heart." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.6 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailelauliʻi akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance: it is Mailelaulii, one of the sweet-smelling sisters of Aiwohikupua. who has come to get you for his wife; |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.8 sent.1 | “I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.” | "One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.9 sent.1 | “Kuʻu ʻia aku paha i ka hilahila,” wahi a kona kuhina, “a i ʻole e loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o kāua, a laila naʻu e kiʻi a loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ʻōlelo aku wau e lawe iā ʻoe i kāne hoʻāo nāna e like me kou makemake.” | "Let us endure the shame," said his counsellor, "and if our sisters do not succeed, then I will go and enter the house and tell her to take you for her husband as you desire." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kuhina, a laila ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ke aliʻi naʻau i ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea ua lohe kēlā iā Kauakahialiʻi i ka loaʻa ʻana i ua wahi kanaka nei, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, i hiki ai i kai o Keaʻau. | Then the chief's heart rejoiced, for Kauakahialii had told him how this same man had got Laieikawai to come down to Keaau, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.10 sent.2 | No laila i hoʻoholo koke ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻōlelo ʻae ma muli o ke koi a ua wahi kanaka nei. | so Aiwohikupua readily assented to his servant's plea. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailepākaha, hele akula a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.2 | Kuʻu akula i kona ʻaʻala a hikilele maila ko Lāʻieikawai hiamoe, honi hou ana nō i ke ʻala. | and Laieikawai was startled from sleep and again smelled the fragrance. |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.3 | ʻĪ hou aku kēia i kahi kahu, “Eia hou nō kēia ʻala. | She said to her nurse-, - Here is this fragrance again, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.15 sent.2 | He ʻala ʻokoʻa hoʻi kēia, ʻaʻole hoʻi i like me nā ʻala mua iho nei. | a strange fragrance, not like the others, |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.15 sent.3 | He ʻala maikaʻi kēia, he ʻala nohea, eia lā i ka houpo, i ka manawa o māua.” | a sweet fragrance, a pleasant fragrance; it goes to my heart." |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.16 sent.1 | WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailepākaha akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia. | WAKA: "'That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailepakaha, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for a wife |
| Ch.9 p.49 para.17 sent.2 | Inā i kiʻi mai kekahi mea ʻē iaʻu, ʻaʻole nō wau e ʻae ana! | No matter who comes I will not sleep with him. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me kona kuhina i kēia hōʻole hou ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻī aku ua kuhina nei ona, “E kuʻu Haku, pale ka pono! | When Aiwohikupua heard this fresh refusal from Laieikawai, his counsellor said. "My lord, it is useless! |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻohe pono i koe. | There is nothing more to be done |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.4 | Kaukaʻi aku nei hoʻi ka pono i ko kaikuahine muli loa hoʻi i ʻole ʻae hoʻi iā lākou. | better put off trying the youngest sister and, and, if she is refused, |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.5 | Iaʻu akula hoʻi, i lohe aku nei ka hana, e hōʻole loa aʻe ana nō kēlā me ka nuku maoli aʻela nō i ke kupuna wahine. | my going myself, since we have heard her vehement refusal and the sharp chiding she gave her grandmother. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.6 | A eia naʻe hoʻi kaʻu wahi ʻōlelo i koe iā ʻoe; ʻo ka ʻōlelo nō auaneʻi kaʻu, ʻo ka ʻae nō kāu.” | And now I have only one thing to advise; it is for me to speak and for you to decide." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻŌlelo ʻia ana,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a i ʻike aku au he kūpono i ka ʻae, a laila ʻae aku. | ''Advise away," said Aiwohikupua, "If it seems good, I will consent; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole a kākou hana i koe; ua pau. | Said Aiwohikupua, "There is nothing left to be done; it is over; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.4 sent.2 | Eia wale nō ka ʻōlelo i koe, ʻo nā kaikuahine o kāua, e noho lākou i ka nāhelehele nei, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe a lākou waiwai.” | only one word more — our sisters. let them stay here in the jungle, for they are worthless. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.1 | A laila, huli akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻōlelo akula i nā kaikuahine, “E noho ʻoukou! | Then Aiwohikupua said to his sisters, "'You are to stay here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.5 sent.2 | Ua nele aʻela nō kaʻu mea i makemake ai e lawe mai iā ʻoukou. | my cherished hope has failed in bringing you here; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo ʻana i nā kaikuahine, kūlou like ihola ke poʻo o nā kaikuahine i kahi hoʻokahi e uē ana. | At Aiwohikupua's words all the sisters bowed their heads and wailed. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.2 | E lohe mua mākou i Kauaʻi, e lawe ana ʻoe a haʻalele iā mākou i kēia wahi inā ʻaʻole mākou e hiki mai. | Had we known in Kauai that you were bringing us to leave us in this place, we would never have come. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.3 | Pono nō lā hoʻi ia inā ʻo wau kekahi i kiʻi aku nei iā Lāʻieikawai a nele ana lā hoʻi, a laila, pono kāu haʻalele ʻana iaʻu. | It is only fair that I, too, should have had a chance to win Laieikawai, and had I failed then you
would have a right to leave me; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.7 sent.4 | Pau pū nō ʻo ka mea i hewa a me ka mea hewa ʻole. | we are all together, the guilty with the guiltless; |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine ʻōpio, hoʻohewa ihola ʻo ia iā ia iho. | When Aiwohikupua heard his youngest sister, he felt himself to blame. |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.8 sent.2 | Kāhea maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “Iho mai kāua, ou mau kaikuaʻana ke noho aku.” | Aiwohikupua called to his sister, "You shall come with me; you older sisters must stay here." |
| Ch.9 p.50 para.9 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole wau e hiki aku,” wahi a kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, “aia a pau loa mākou i ka hoʻi pū me ʻoe, a laila, hoʻi aku au.” | "I will not go," answered the youngest sister, "unless we all go together, only then will I go home." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kona kaikauhine ʻōpiopio, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “O noho ma muli ou mau kaikuaʻana a nāu nō e huli aʻe me ko mau kaikuaʻana i kā ʻoukou wahi e hele ai. | At these words of his youngest sister Aiwohikupua said, "Stay here, then, with your sisters and go with them wherever you wish, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.4 | E hoʻi ʻoe a ʻike aku I ka maka o nā mākua, haʻi aku, | Go and look Into the eyes of our parents, say |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.5 | Eia mākou i ʻaneʻi, | We abide here, |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.6 | E malu ana i ka hala nui, | Fed upon the fruit of sin." |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.1 | Huli maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, nānā hope akula i nā kaikuahine me ka ʻī aku, “ʻAʻole he hala hoʻomau. | Aiwohikupua turned and looked back at his younger sisters and said, "Constancy is not a sin; |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.2 | Kainoa ua haʻi mua iho nei nō wau iā ʻoukou no kā ʻoukou waiwai ʻole, ʻo ia kuʻu mea i haʻalele ai iā ʻoukou. | haven't I told you that I leave you because you are worthless? |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.3 sent.3 | Inā i loaʻa iho nei kuʻu makemake iā ʻoukou, a laila, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e noho. | If you had gained for me my desire you would not have to stay here; |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia ihola nō ko ʻoukou mea i lawe ʻia mai ai.” | that was what you were brought here for.'' |
| Ch.10 p.51 para.4 sent.2 | Huli akula nō lāua, hoʻi; pau ka ʻike ʻana i nā kaikuahine. | The two turned and went on and did not listen to the sisters any longer. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai. | When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.4 | A pau lākou i ke kau ma luna o nā waʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe kāhea ʻia mai. | all had gone aboard the canoe, there was no summons at all, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.5 | Iā lākou i hoʻomaka ai e holo, kani akula ke oli a Mailekaluhea penei: | the party began to move off: then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.2 sent.4 | I nā hoa ukali o ke ala, | Those who have followed you over the way, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.3 sent.2 | I hea nō lā hoʻi kāu haʻalele, | Why did you not leave us. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.3 sent.3 | Haʻalele ʻoe i ka hale, | Leave us at home. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.3 sent.4 | Hele ʻoe i kāu huakaʻi. | When you went on the journey? |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.4 sent.2 | ʻIke aku i ka maka, | Look into the eyes, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.4 sent.3 | I ka maka o nā mākua, | The eyes of our parents. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.1 | I loko o kēia oli ʻana a Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole naʻe i maliu iki mai ko lākou kaikunāne. | While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother compassionately look toward them, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.2 | A hala akula lākou lā ma nā waʻa, noho ihola nā kaikuahine, kūkā ihola i manaʻo no lākou. | and the canoe having departed, the sisters sat conferring, |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi mea nāna i hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ko lākou muli loa. | then one of them, Kahalaomapuana, the youngest, began to speak. |
| Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.4 | Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne. | These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.1 sent.1 | A haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua nā kaikuahine i Punahoa ma kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kānoakapa. | They left Keaau, came first to Punahoa, to a place called Kanoakapa, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i ʻaneʻane ai e pae mai ma kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho aku ana, ʻike maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e noho aku ana kona mau kaikuahine. | When Aiwohikupua and his companions had almost come to land where the sisters were sitting. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.2 | Kāhea koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele, “E haʻalele kākou i kēia awa, no ka mea, eia nō ua poʻe uhai loloa nei. | Aiwohikupua suddenly called out to the paddlers and the steersmen, "Let us leave this harbor; those women have chased us all this way; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.2 sent.3 | E pono kākou ke ʻimi aku i awa ʻē aʻe e pae aku ai.” | we had better look for another landing place." |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei: | As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.4 | I pāweo ai nā maka o kuʻu haku, | The eyes of our chief are turned away in displeasure, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.5 | I kapu ai ka leo i ka ualo, | The sound of chanting is forbidden, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.9 | E maliu mai i nā hoa ukali, | Have compassion upon the comrades who have followed you. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.5 sent.2 | A hele aku i kāu huakaʻi, | And go on your way. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.5 sent.3 | I ka huakaʻi hoʻi a ke aloha ʻole ē. | On the home journey — heartless. |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.6 sent.2 | ʻIke aku i ka ʻāina, | Look, in our native land, |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.6 sent.3 | I ka maka o nā mākua ē.” | Into the eyes of our parents. Fare you well! |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka leo o kēia kaikuahine, lana mālie ihola nā waʻa, a laila, ʻī akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Pono ʻiʻo kākou. | As Aiwohikupua heard the sister's voice, they let the canoe float gently; then said Kahalaomapuana, "That is good for us; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.2 | ʻAkahi nō hea ʻana i lana mālie ai nā waʻa. | this is the only time they have let the canoe float; |
| Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.4 | A liʻuliʻu kā lākou lā hoʻolana ʻana i nā waʻa, ʻo ka huli akula nō ia o ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo; ʻaʻole wahi mea a maliu iki mai. | After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and made off, and had not the least compassion. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.1 | A hala akula lākou lā, kūkā hou ihola nā kaikuahine i ʻōlelo hou na lākou. | When they had left, the sisters consulted afresh what they should do. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Kahalaomāpuana nō ko lākou mea manaʻo, ʻī maila i kona mau kaikuaʻana, “ʻElua māua i koe, ʻo wau a me Mailepākaha.” | Kahalaomapuana gave her advice. She said to her sisters, "There are two of us left. I and Mailepakaha." |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo mai hoʻi ʻo Mailepākaha, “ʻAʻole nō e maliu mai iaʻu, no ka mea, he maliu ʻole aʻela kā hoʻi i ko kāua mau kaikuaʻana, oki loa aku paha wau. | Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.2 | I koʻu manaʻo, e aho nāu e hoʻālohaloha aku na kahi mea ʻuʻuku o kākou. | I think you had better plead with him as you are the little one, |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.1 | ʻAʻole naʻe he ʻae o kahi muli loa, a laila, hōʻailona ihola lākou ma ka huhuki ʻana i nā pua mauʻu. | But the youngest would not consent; then they drew lots by pulling the flower stems of grass; |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.3 sent.3 | Akā, i ka hōʻailona ʻana, kū iā Kahalaomāpuana ka hōʻailona. | now when they drew, the lot fell to Kahalaomapuana. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.2 | I ia hele ʻana, hiki lākou i Honoliʻi. | and came to Honolii, |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.3 | Ua hiki mua ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i Honoliʻi. | where Aiwohikupua's party had already arrived. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Honoliʻi i ia pō, kūkā ihola lākou e moe kekahi poʻe a e ala hoʻokahi, a holo ia mea iā lākou. | At Honolii that night they arranged that the others should sleep and a single one keep watch, and to this all consented. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.2 | Hoʻomaka ko lākou waki e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, a i ko lākou kaikaina ka waki wanaʻao o ke kū ʻana. | They kept watch according to age and gave the morning watch to the youngest. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ke kumu o ia hana ʻana a lākou pēlā, i ike ʻia ka manawa holo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, no ka mea, ua maʻa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ʻana mai mai Kauaʻi mai, ma ka wanaʻao e holo ai. | This was in order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the party had always set out at dawn. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.1 | Kū akula nā kaikuahine i ka pō a hiki i ko Mailepākaha waki e kū ana, hoʻomākaukau ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i nā waʻa no ka holo ʻana. | The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻāla akula ia i kekahi poʻe o lākou a ala like mai lākou a pau. | she awakened the others, and all awoke together. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻokoke akula kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ka mea i hele loa aku a paʻa ma hope o nā waʻa, a kāhea aku ma ke mele, penei: | The sisters followed down to the landing, and Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them in song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.5 | ʻO ʻoe, ʻo mākou, i ʻō i ʻaneʻi hoʻi, | You and we, here and there. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.8 | I nā pali, i ka hulaʻana kākou, | Along the cliffs, swimming round the steeps. |
| Ch.10 p.54 para.8 sent.10 | Waihālau i Wailua ē; | Waihalau at Wailua; |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.13 | I hea lā hoʻi kāu haʻalele, | Why will you abandon |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.14 | Haʻalele iho iā mākou I kahi hāiki, | Abandon us In this desolation> |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.1 sent.15 | Nāu i waele ke alanui ma mua, | You have opened the highway before us, |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa a kona kaikuahine muli loa e hāpai ana i kēia leo kaukau i mua o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, ua hoʻomāʻeʻele ʻia ka naʻau o ko lākou kaikunāne i ke aloha kaumaha no kona kaikuahine, a no ka nui loa o ke aloha o ʻAiwohikupua i ko lākou pōkiʻi, lālau maila a hoʻonoho ihola i luna o kona ʻūhā a uē ihola. | When his youngest sister raised this lamentation to Aiwohikupua, then the brother's heart glowed with love and longing for his sister. And because of his great love for his little sister, he took her in his arms, set her on his lap, and wept. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e kau ana i ka ʻūhā o kona kaikunāne, kēnā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i nā hoe waʻa i hoe ikaika. | When Kahalaomapuana was in her brother's lap, Aiwohikupua ordered the canoemen to paddle with all their might; |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hala hope loa kekahi mau kaikuahine a hala mua lākou lā. | then the other sisters were left far behind and the canoe went ahead. |
| Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lākou e holo ana, a laila, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana. | As they went, Kahalaomapuana was troubled in mind for her sisters. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana e uē ana no kona mau kaikuaʻana, i ia manawa kona noi ʻana aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻihoʻi iā ia me kona mau kaikuaʻana, akā, ʻaʻole nō he maliu mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kahalaomapuana wept for her sisters and besought Aiwohikupua to restore her to her sisters; but Aiwohikupua would not take pity on her. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.1 sent.2 | “E ʻAiwohikupua,” wahi a kona kaikuahine, “ʻaʻole wau e ʻae e lawe ʻoe iaʻu ʻo wau wale ke ʻole ʻoe e lawe pū me koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, no ka mea, ua kāhea mua aʻe nō ʻoe iaʻu i ko kākou wā i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole wau i ʻae mai no kou lawe iaʻu ʻo wau wale.” | "O Aiwohikupua," said his sister, "I will not let you take me by myself without taking my sisters with me, for you called me to you before when we were at Paliuli, but I would not consent to your taking me alone." |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.1 | A nō ka paʻakikī loa o ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e hoʻokuʻu i kona kaikuahine, i ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai luna aku o ka waʻa a hāʻule i loko o ke kai. | And because of Aiwohikupua's stubbornness in refusing to let his sister go, then Kahalaomapuana jumped from the canoe into the sea. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula kona kaikuahine i ʻōlelo hope ma ke mele penei: | Then, for the last time she spoke to her brother in a song, as follows: |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.2 | ʻIke aku i ka maka, | Look into the eyes, |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.3 | I ka maka o nā mākua, | Into the eyes of our parents. |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.4 | Aloha aku i ka ʻāina, | Love to our native land, |
| Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.5 | I ka nui a me nā makamaka. | My kindred and our friends, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.1 | I loko o kēia kaukau hope loa a Kahalaomāpuana, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ko ʻAiwohikupua naʻau i ke aloha nui, a kāhea aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻoemi hope nā waʻa, akā, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i hope no ka ikaika loa o ka holo o nā waʻa. | Dining this very last song of Kahalaomapuana's, Aiwohikupua's heart filled with love, and he called out for the canoe to back up, but Kahalaomapuana had been left far behind, so swiftly were the men paddling, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.1 sent.2 | A i ka wā i huli hope ai nā waʻa e kiʻi hou i kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa. | and by the time the canoe had turned about to pick her up she was not to be found. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.2 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi e waiho iki i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no ʻAiwohikupua. | (Here we must leave Aiwohikupua for a little |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa a ʻAiwohikupua mā i haʻalele aku ai i nā kaikuahine ma Honoliʻi a lawe pū aku iā Kahalaomāpuana, nui loa ihola ke aloha a me ka uē ʻana no ko lākou kaikaina. | When Aiwohikupua's party forsook his sisters at Honolii and took Kahalaomapuana with them, the girls mourned for love of their younger sister, |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.4 sent.1 | Ua ʻoi aku ko lākou aloha iā Kahalaomāpuana ma mua o ko lākou aloha i ko lākou mau mākua a me ka ʻāina. | for they loved Kahalaomapuana better than their parents or their native land. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.2 | A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna. | They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before. |
| Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.3 | A pau kā lākou kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, kūkā ihola lākou i ka pono o ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻi hou lākou i Paliuli. | After talking of all these things, they consulted together where they might best live, and agreed to go back to Paliuli. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko lākou kūkā ʻana no lākou iho, haʻalele lākou iā Honoliʻi, hoʻi akula a uka o Paliuli ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, noho ihola lākou ma loko o nā pūhā lāʻau. | After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of hollow trees. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.2 | A no ko lākou makemake nui e ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻohālua mau lākou i kēlā lā kēia lā a nui nā lā o lākou i hoʻohālua ai. | And because they wished so much to see Laieikawai they spied out for her from day to day, and after many days of spying |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole lākou i ʻike iki no kā lākou mea e hoʻohālua nei, no ka mea, ua paʻa mau ka puka o ka hale i nā lā a pau. | they had not had the least sight of her, for every day the door was fast closed. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.4 | A no ia mea, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e ʻike aku ai lākou iā Lāʻieikawai, a nui nā lā o ko lākou ʻimi ʻana i mea e ʻike aku ai no ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli; ʻaʻole loaʻa. | So they consulted how to get sight of Laieikawai, and after seeking many days after some way to see the princess of Paliuli they found none. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā mau lā kūkā o lākou, ʻaʻole i pane iki ko lākou kaikaina, a no ia mea, ʻōlelo aku kekahi o kona mau kaikuaʻana, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo mākou wale nō ia e noʻonoʻo nei i mea no kākou e ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole naʻe he loaʻa. | During this debate their younger sister did not speak, so one of her older sisters said, "Kahalaomapuana, all of us have tried to devise a way to see Laieikawai, but we have not found one; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.1 | “ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho, pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa. | "yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.3 sent.2 | Malia paha o lilo ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi i nā pō a pau i mea no ke aliʻi e uluhua ai, a laila, hele mai e nānā iā kākou, a laila, pēlā paha e ʻike ai kākou iā Lāʻieikawai.” | perhaps the fire burning every night will annoy the princess so she will come to find out about us, then perhaps we shall see Laieikawai." |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.1 | I ka pō mua, hoʻā aʻela lākou i ahi, a iā Mailehaʻiwale ke oli ʻana i ia pō e like me kā lākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | The next night they lighted the fire and Mailehaiwale sang that night, as they had agreed, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.2 | A i kekahi pō mai, iā Mailekaluhea. | and the next night Mailekaluhea; |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.3 | Pēlā mau lākou i hana ai a hala nā pō ʻehā, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā Lāʻieikawai ka hoʻouluhua ʻia. | so they did every night, and the fourth night passed; but Laieikawai
gave them no concern. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.4 sent.4 | Ua lohe nō naʻe ke aliʻi wahine i ke oli a ua ʻike nō hoʻi i ka ʻaʻā mau ʻana a ke ahi, a he aha lā ia mea i ke aliʻi wahine! | The princess had, in fact, heard the singing and seen the fire burning constantly, but what was that to the princess! |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka pō, ʻo ia ko Kahalaomāpuana pō, ʻo ka hope loa nō hoʻi ia, hoʻā ihola ke ahi, a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hana ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana he pū lāʻī a hoʻokani akula. | On the fifth night, Kahalaomapuana's night, the last night of all, they lighted the fire, and at midnight Kahalaomapuana made a trumpet of a ti leaf and played on it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.2 | I loko o ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka leʻaleʻa no kēlā leo e kani nei; ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻouluhua ʻia ke aliʻi wahine. | Then for the first time Laieikawai felt pleasure in the music, but the princess paid no attention to it. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.3 | A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.5 sent.4 | ʻElua wale nō puhi ʻana a Kahalaomāpuana i ia pō. | Only two times Kahalaomapuana blew on it that night. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.1 | I ka lua o ka pō, hana hou nō ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna hana, ma ka pili naʻe o ke ahiahi kāna hoʻomaka ʻana e hoʻokani. | The second night Kahalaomapuana did the same thing again; she began early in the evening to play, |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i uluhua ke aliʻi. | but the princess took no notice. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻouluhua ʻia ko Lāʻieikawai manawa hiamoe, a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi kēia o ka pō leʻaleʻa loa o ke aliʻi. | Then Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.3 | A no ka uluhua o Lāʻieikawai, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia i kona wahi kahu e hele e nānā i kahi i kani mai ai kēia mea kani. | And, her interest aroused, she sent her attendant to see where the musical instrument was which was played so near her. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puka aʻela ua wahi kahu nei o ke aliʻi i waho o ka hale aliʻi a ʻike akula i ke ahi a ua poʻe kaikamāhine nei e ʻaʻā mai ana. | Then the princess's attendant went out of the door of the chief-house and saw the fire which the girls had lighted, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokolo akula ʻo ia a hiki i kahi o ke ahi e ʻā ana, ma ke kaʻawale naʻe kēia kahi i kū aku ai me ka ʻike ʻole mai a lākou lā iā ia nei. | crept along until she came to the place where the fire was, and stood at a distance where she was out of sight of those about the fire. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi akula kahi kahu i kāna mea i ʻike ai ma muli o ka nīnau a ke aliʻi, “Iaʻu i puka aku ai mai ka hale aku nei, ʻike akula wau he ahi e ʻaʻā mai ana. | The attendant told the princess what she had seen. "When I went outside the door of the house I saw a fire burning near, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mea, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i kona kahu, “E kiʻi ʻoe a kahi mea ʻuʻuku o lākou. | When the princess heard this she said to her attendant, "Go and get the smallest of them, |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.3 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo aku ʻoe e hele mai i ʻaneʻi i hana mai ai ʻo ia i kāna mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa i mua o kāua.” | tell her to come here and amuse us." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, hele akula kahi kahu a hiki i kahi o nā kaikamāhine, a ʻike maila lākou i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia, “He ʻalele wau i hoʻouna ʻia mai nei e kuʻu aliʻi e kiʻi mai i kekahi o ʻoukou e like me kaʻu mea e manaʻo ai e lawe. | At these words of the princess, the nurse went and came to the place where the sisters were and they saw her, and she said, "I am a messenger sent hither by my chief to fetch whichever one of you I want to take; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.4 sent.2 | No laila, ke lawe nei wau i kahi mea ʻuʻuku o ʻoukou e hele e launa pū me kuʻu aliʻi e like me kāna kauoha.” | so I take the smallest of you to go and visit my princess as she has commanded." |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.2 | Iā ia naʻe i hiki aku ai a ka hale, wehe aʻela ke kahu o ke aliʻi i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi. | When they had come to the house, the attendant opened the door; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻopūʻiwa koke ʻia ko Kahalaomāpuana lunamanaʻo no ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu e like me kona ʻano mau. | then, Kahalaomapuanawas terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds as was her custom; |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.4 | ʻElua hoʻi mau manu ʻiʻiwi pōlena e kau ana ma nā poʻohiwi o ke aliʻi e lū ana i nā wai ʻala lehua ma ke poʻo o ke aliʻi. | two scarlet iiwi birds were perched on the shoulders of the princess and shook the dew from red lehua blossoms upon her head. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka ʻike ʻana aku o Kahalaomāpuana i kēia mau mea, a he mea kupanaha ia i mua o ke kaikamahine malihini, hāʻule akula ʻo ia i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia. | And when Kahalaomapuana saw this, then it seemed marvelous to the stranger girl, and she fell to the ground with trembling heart. |
| Ch.11 p.59 para.7 sent.1 | A pālua kāna nīnau ʻana, a laila, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine a ʻōlelo akula i ke kahu o ke aliʻi me ka ʻī aku, “E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e hoʻi au me oʻu kaikuaʻana ma kahi i loaʻa ai wau iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻeʻehia wau i ka makaʻu no ke ʻano ʻē loa o kāu aliʻi.” | And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature of your princess." |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe maila ke aliʻi i kā lāua haukamumu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a hea akula iā Kahalaomāpuana, a laila, ua hoʻopau ʻia ko ke kaikamahine naʻau kaumaha, a komo akula ka malihini e launa me ke aliʻi. | When the princess heard their low voices, she arose and called to Kahalaomapuana; then the girl's distress was at an end, and the stranger entered to visit the princess. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Nāu anei ia mea kani leʻaleʻa i kani mai ai i kēlā pō a me kēia pō?” | Said Laieikawai, "Is the merry instrument yours that sounded here last night and this?" |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.1 | Lālau aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī ma kona pepeiao, hoʻokani akula i mua o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua hoʻoleʻaleʻa ʻia ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Kahalaomapuana took her ti leaf trumpet from behind her ear, and played before the princess; then Laieikawai was delighted. |
| Ch.11 p.61 para.6 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka maka mua o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana i kēia mea kani. | This was the first time the princess had seen this kind of instrument. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.1 | A no ka lilo loa o ko Lāʻieikawai manawa i ka ʻoliʻoli no ka mea kani leʻaleʻa a ke kaikamahine, a laila, kēnā aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kaikamahine e hoʻokani hou, ʻī akula ke kaikamahine, “ʻAʻole e kani ke hoʻokani hou, no ka mea, ua mālamalama loa. | Now, Laieikawai became fascinated with the merry instrument upon which the girl played, so she bade her sound it again. Said the girl, '' I can not sound it again, for it is now daylight, |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, lālau akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka pū lāʻī ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine a hoʻokani ihola, a no ko Lāʻieikawai maʻa ʻole i ka hoʻokani ka pū lāʻī, no laila, ua loaʻa ʻole ke kani ma ia hoʻokani ʻana, a laila, he mea maopopo loa i ke aliʻi wahine he mea kani ʻole nō ka pū lāʻī ke hoʻokani ma ke ao. | Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it. and because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by day. |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.2 sent.2 | E lilo ʻoe i mea punahele naʻu, a ʻo kāu hana ka hoʻoleʻaleʻa mai iaʻu.” | and become my favorite, and your work will be to amuse me." |
| Ch.12 p.63 para.3 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua pono kāu ʻōlelo, akā, he mea kaumaha noʻu ke noho wau me ʻoe a e loaʻa ana paha iaʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a ʻo koʻu mau kaikuaʻana, e lilo paha auaneʻi lākou i mea pilikia.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "O princess, you have spoken well; but it would grieve me to live with you and perhaps gain happiness for myself while my sisters might be suffering." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ka huakaʻi a ko mākou kaikunāne, ʻo ia ko mākou mea i hiki ai ma ʻaneʻi, a no ka loaʻa ʻole ʻana iā mākou o kona makemake, no laila, ua haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, a ua hoʻi akula ko mākou kaikunāne me kona kōkoʻolua, a ke noho nei mākou me ka makamaka ʻole.” | And we journeyed hither with our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and we live here in distress." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.1 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo lākou nō ka poʻe i hiki i kēlā pō mua. | Then Laieikawai understood that these were the persons who came that first night. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “ʻO kou mau kaikuaʻana a me ke kaikunāne o ʻoukou kai maopopo, inā naʻe ʻo ʻoukou kai hiki mai i kēlā pō aku nei lā. | Said Laieikawai, "Your sisters and your brother I know well, if it was really you who came to me that night; |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.7 sent.3 | Akā, ʻo ʻoe kaʻu mea i lohe ʻole.” | but you I did not hear. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Inā ʻo ʻoukou kai hiki mai i kēlā pō, a laila, na wai i alakaʻi iā ʻoukou ma kēia wahi, no ka mea, he wahi ʻike ʻole ʻia kēia, ʻakahi wale nō poʻe i hele mai i kēia wahi.” | Said Laieikawai, "If you were the ones who came that night, who guided you here? For the place is unfrequented, not a single person comes here." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.10 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku kēia, “He kamaʻāina nō ko mākou mea nāna i alakaʻi mai, ʻo ia hoʻi kēlā wahi kanaka nāna i ʻōlelo mai iā ʻoe no Kauakahialiʻi.” | The girl said, "We had a native of the place to guide us, the same man who spoke to you in behalf of Kauakahialii." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.11 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau mea, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kupuna wahine e hoʻomākaukau i hale no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | The end of all this talk was that Laieikawai bade her grandmother to prepare a house for the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.12 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, kēnā akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kēlā pō aku, piʻi mai ʻoe me ou mau kaikuaʻana mai i ʻike aku wau iā lākou, a laila, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe iā kākou i kāu mea kani leʻaleʻa.” | When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: "You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1 | A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo. | When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kiʻi ʻia maila wau a komo akula e kamaʻilio pū me ke aliʻi, a hana aku wau i kona leʻaleʻa e like me ko ke aliʻi makemake. | For this reason when I was taken in to talk with the princess I did just what she wished, |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.5 | Ua kauoha mai nei kēlā, a i kēia pō, piʻi aku kākou.” | she has commanded us all to go to her to-night." |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.6 | A lohe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kēia mau ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o lākou. | When they heard this the sisters were joyful. |
| Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.7 | A hiki i ka manawa a ke aliʻi i kauoha mai ai iā lākou, haʻalele lākou i nā pūhā lāʻau kahi a lākou i noho pio ai. | At the time the princess had directed they left the hollow tree where they had lived as fugitives. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula lākou a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, wehe aʻela ke kahu o Lāʻieikawai i ka puka a ʻike akula lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikaina. | They went and stood at the door of the chief-house. Laieikawai's attendant opened the door, and they saw just what their sister had described to them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lākou naʻe i ʻike aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua pūʻiwa koke lākou a holo akula me ka haʻalulu ʻeʻehia a pau loa lākou i ka hāʻule i ka honua, koe naʻe ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | But when they actually saw Laieikawai, then they were filled with dread, and all except Kahalaomapuana ran trembling with fear and fell to the ground. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.1 sent.3 | A ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, ua kiʻi aku ka poʻe malihini a lawe ʻia maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a he mea ʻoluʻolu ia i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo. | And at the princess's command the strangers were brought into the presence of the princess, and the princess was pleased with them. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lākou e hālāwai ana me ke aliʻi wahine, hoʻopuka maila ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini he ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi, penei nō ia, “Ua lohe wau i ko ʻoukou kaikaina he poʻe ʻoukou no ka hanauna hoʻokahi, a he poʻe koko like ʻoukou, a no laila, ke lawe nei au iā ʻoukou ma ke ʻano o ke koko hoʻokahi. | And at this interview with the princess she promised them her protection, as follows: "I have heard from your younger sister that you are all of the same parentage and the same blood; therefore I shall treat you all as one blood with me, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.5 | A no ia mea, ua kauoha wau e hoʻomākaukau ko kākou kupuna wahine i hale no ʻoukou e noho ai me ka maluhia e like me aʻu nei. | and for this reason I have asked our grandmother to furnish you a home where you may live virgin like myself, |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.6 | ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kekahi e lawe i kāne nāna me ka ʻae like ʻole o kākou. | no one taking a husband without the others' consent. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻoholo aʻela nā kaikamāhine malihini na ko lākou kaikaina e hoʻopuka kā lākou ʻōlelo pane aku i ke aliʻi, “E ke Aliʻi ē, pōmaikaʻi mākou no kou hoʻokipa ʻana iā mākou, a pōmaikaʻi hoʻi mākou no kou lawe ʻana aʻe iā mākou i mau hoahānau nou. | To these conditions the stranger girls agreed: the younger sister answered the princess for them all: "O princess, we are happy that you receive us; happy, too, that you take us to be your sisters |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.2 | E like me kāu i ʻōlelo mai nei iā mākou, a pēlā no mākou e hoʻolohe ai. | as you have said; and so we obey. |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi naʻe mea a mākou e haʻi aku iā ʻoe, he poʻe kaikamāhine mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko mākou mau mākua. | Only one thing we ask of you: All of us sisters have been set apart by our parents |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.4 | ʻAʻole he ʻoluʻolu e lawe mākou i kāne male, a ʻo ka makemake o ko mākou mau mākua, e noho puʻupaʻa mākou a hiki i ko mākou mau lā hope. | to take no delight in men; and it is their wish that we remain virgin until the end of our days; |
| Ch.12 p.65 para.3 sent.7 | He mea maikaʻi naʻe i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo ka ʻōlelo a nā malihini. | And this request of the strangers seemed good to the princess. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lākou ʻōlelo ʻana me ke aliʻi no kēia mau mea, hoʻihoʻi ʻia akula lākou a ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia no lākou. | After talking with the princess concerning all these things, they were dismissed to the house prepared for them. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.2 | I ua mau kaikamāhine nei e noho ana ma kou lākou hale, he mea mau iā lākou ke kūkā mau ma nā mea e pili ana iā lākou a me ke aliʻi, no ko lākou noho ʻana a me nā hana a ke aliʻi e ʻōlelo mai ai. | As soon as the girls went to live in the house they consulted how they should obey the princess's commands, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.1 sent.3 | A hoʻoholo aʻela lākou e hoʻolilo i ko lākou kaikaina i hoa kūkā no ke aliʻi ma nā hana e pili ana i kou lākou noho ʻana. | and they appointed their younger sister to speak to the princess about what they had agreed upon. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.1 | I kekahi awakea, i ko ke aliʻi manawa ala mai ka hiamoe mai, hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e hoʻoleʻaleʻa i ke aliʻi ma ka hoʻokanikani ʻana i ka pū lāʻī a pau ko ke aliʻi makemake. | One afternoon, just as the princess woke from sleep, came Kahalaomapuana to amuse the princess by playing on the trumpet until the princess wished it no longer. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Lāʻieikawai no kā lākou mea i kūkā ai me kona mau kaikuaʻana, ʻī akula, “E ke Aliʻi, ua kūkā mākou i mea nou e maluhia ai. | Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O princess, we have consulted together how to protect you, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai. | and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.4 | Inā i hele mai kekahi mea makemake e ʻike iā ʻoe, inā he kāne a he wahine paha, a inā he aliʻi, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻike iā ʻoe ke ʻole mākou e ʻae aku. | If anyone wishes to see you, be he a man, or maybe a woman, or even a chief, he shall not see you without our approval. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, ke noi aku nei au e ʻae mai ke aliʻi i like me kā mākou hoʻoholo ʻana.” | Therefore I pray the princess to consent to what we have agreed." |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.1 | Eia naʻe ka manaʻo nui o kēlā poʻe kaikamāhine e lilo i kiaʻi no ke aliʻi. | Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.2 | No ko lākou manaʻo e puka hou ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli, a laila, he mana ko lākou e kipaku i ko lākou ʻenemi. | if Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their enemy. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o ko lākou noho ʻana, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i ko lākou luhi ma ia noho ʻana. | and while they dwelt there never did they weary of life. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole hoʻi lākou i ʻike iki i ka mea nāna e hana mai kā lākou ʻai. | Never did they even see the person who prepared them food, |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.4 | Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana. | nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, ua lilo ʻo Paliuli i ʻāina aloha loa na lākou, a ma laila lākou i noho ai a hiki i ka haunaele ʻana iā Halaaniani. | So Paliuli became to them a land beloved, and there they dwelt until the trouble came upon them which was wrought by Halaaniani. |
| Ch.12 p.66 para.6 sent.1 | (Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu, e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi). | (Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.) |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana lele ʻana i loko o ke kai mai luna iho o nā waʻa, e holo ikaika loa ana nā waʻa i ia manawa, no laila, ua hala hope loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | At the time when Kahalaomapuana leaped from the canoe into the sea it was going very swiftly, so she fell far behind. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻohuli hou nā waʻa i hope e ʻimi iā Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no laila, haʻalele loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio a hoʻi loa aku i Kauaʻi. | The canoe turned back to recover Kahalaomapuana, but the party did not find her; then Aiwohikupua abandoned his young sister and sailed straight for Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i hoʻi ai mai Hawaiʻi mai a hiki ma waena o Oʻahu nei a me Kauaʻi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau hoe waʻa penei, “I ko kākou hoʻi ʻana ʻaneʻi a hiki i Kauaʻi, mai ʻōlelo ʻoukou i Hawaiʻi aku nei kākou i o Lāʻieikawai lā o hilahila auaneʻi au, no ka mea, he kanaka wau ua waia i ka ʻōlelo ʻia, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei au i kaʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoukou. | As Aiwohikupua sailed away from Hawaii, between Oahu and Kauai he spoke to his paddlers as follows: "When we get back to Kauai let no one tell that we have been to Hawaii after Laieikawai, lest shame come to me and I be spoken of jeeringly; and therefore I lay my commands upon you. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka mea nāna e haʻi i kēia hele ʻana o kākou a lohe wau, a laila, ʻo kona uku ka make a me kona ʻohana a pau. | "Whoever speaks of this journey of ours and I hear of it, his penalty is death, his and all his offspring, |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.2 sent.3 | Pēlā nō au i ʻōlelo ai i kēlā poʻe hoe waʻa ma mua.” | as I vowed to those paddlers of mine before. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi mau lā, makemake ihola ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hana i ʻahaʻaina pālala me nā aliʻi a me kona mau hoa a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | A few days afterwards Aiwohikupua, the chief, wished to make a feast for the chiefs and for all his friends on Kauai. |
| Ch.13 p.67 para.3 sent.2 | A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai, ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa. | While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.1 | I ka lā i ʻahaʻaina ai, ʻākoakoa maila nā hoa ʻai a pau loa, ua mākaukau nā mea ʻai, a ʻo ka ʻawa ko lākou mea inu ma ia ʻahaʻaina ʻana. | On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready spread, and the drink at the feast was the awa. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.2 | Ma mua o ko lākou pāʻina ʻana, lālau like nā hoa i nā ʻapu ʻawa a inu ihola. | Before eating, all the guests together took up their cups of awa and drank. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3 | I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa. | During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake, lālau like aʻela nā hoa ʻai o ke aliʻi a me ke aliʻi pū i nā ʻapu ʻawa a inu aʻela. | When the chief's command was carried out, the guests and the chief himself took up their cups of awa all together and drank. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.2 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa ʻona o ke aliʻi, a laila, ua nalo ʻole ka ʻōlelo paʻa āna i ʻōlelo ai i kona mau hoe waʻa ma ka moana. | Now, while the prince was drunk, the oath which he swore at sea to the rowers was not forgotten; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i lohe ʻia ma o kāna poʻe i pāpā ai, akā, ma ka waha ponoʻī nō o ʻAiwohikupua i lohe ʻia ai ka ʻōlelo huna a ke aliʻi. | not from one of his own men was the forbidden story told, but from the mouth of Aiwohikupua himself was the prince's secret heard. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.2 | No laila, holo aku nei wau a hiki i Hawaiʻi, piʻi aku nei māua a mālamalama, puka i uka o Paliuli. | so I sailed and came to Hawaii, two of us went up, until at daylight we reached the uplands of
Paliuli; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.3 | I nānā akula ka hana i ka hale o ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i kana mai o koʻu hilahila. | when I went to see the chief's house, it was very beautiful,
I was ashamed; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.6 | I hele aku nei ka hana me nā kaikuahine a hiki i ka hale o ke aliʻi, kuʻu aku hoʻi i kā nā kaikuahine loaʻa. | made the journey with the girls to the house of the princess, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.7 | I hana aku ka hana, i ka hōʻole wale ʻia nō a pau nā kaikuahine ʻehā, koe ʻo kahi muli loa oʻu, ʻo koʻu hilahila nō ia, hoʻi mai nei. | let them do their best; when, as it happened, they were all refused, all four sisters except the youngest; for shame I returned. |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.8 | He ʻoi nō hoʻi kēlā o ka wahine kūpaʻa nui wale, ʻaʻole i ka lua.” | Surely that woman is the most stubborn of all, she has no equal." |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina. | While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.4 sent.4 | ʻAʻole wau i manaʻo he wahine paʻakikī ia. | I do not believe her to be a stubborn woman; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “E Hauaʻiliki ē, ke makemake nei au e hele ʻoe i Hawaiʻi. | Said Aiwohikupua, ''Hauailiki, I wish you would go to Hawaii; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.2 | Inā e lilo mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, he ʻoi ʻoe, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna me ʻoe i mau kānaka, a iaʻu nā waʻa. | if you get Laieikawai, you are a lucky fellow, and I will send men with you and a double canoe; |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.3 | A i nele ʻoe ma kēia hele ʻana āu, a laila, lilo kou mau ʻāina iaʻu. | and should you lose in this journey then your lands become mine, |
| Ch.13 p.68 para.5 sent.4 | A inā i hoʻi mai ʻoe me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, nou koʻu mau ʻāina.” | and if you return with Laieikawai then all my lands are yours." |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā ʻAiwohikupua mā ʻōlelo ʻana no kēia mau mea, i ia pō iho, kau ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā ma luna o nā waʻa a holo akula, akā, ua nui nō nā lā i hala ma ia holo ʻana. | After Aiwohikupua had finished speaking, that very night, Hauailiki boarded the double canoe and set sail, but many days passed on the journey. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.2 | I ia holo ʻana, hiki aku lākou i waho o Makahanaloa. | As they sailed they stood off Makahanaloa, |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.3 | I nānā akula ka hana o lākou nei, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i kai o Keaʻau. | and, looking out, saw the rainbow arching above the beach of Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.4 | ʻŌlelo akula ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua iā Hauaʻiliki, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo maila i kai, ʻo Keaʻau nō ia, a aia i laila ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | Said Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor to Hauailiki, '' Look well at that rainbow arching the beach there at Keaau. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.5 | Ua iho aʻela i ka nānā heʻe nalu.” | There is Laieikawai watching the surf riding." |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.3 sent.1 | A i kekahi lā aʻe ma ka ʻauinalā, hiki akula lākou i Keaʻau. | And on the next day, in the afternoon, when they reached Keaau, |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.4 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau. | When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe ma ka puka ʻana a ka lā, uhi ana ke ʻawa a me ka noe ma Keaʻau a puni, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi ʻehiku mau wāhine e noho ana ma ke awa pae o Keaʻau, a hoʻokahi ʻoi o ia poʻe. | Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, one of whom was more beautiful than the rest. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.2 | I ka lima o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau, manaʻo ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki e hōʻike iā ia iho i mua o kāna mea e ʻiʻini nui nei no kona akamai ma ka heʻe nalu. | On the fifth day of her coming. Hauailiki thought to display before the beloved one his skill with the surf board; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.7 sent.3 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo! ʻO Hauaʻiliki nō ka ʻoi ma Kauaʻi no ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a ʻo ia nō ka ʻoi i loko o kona mau lā, a he keiki kaulana hoʻi ʻo ia ma ke akamai i ka heʻe nalu, a kaulana nō hoʻi no kona uʻi. | the truth is Hauailiki surpassed anyone else on Kauai as an expert in surf riding, he surpassed all others in his day, and he was famous for this skill as well as for his good looks. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, aia nā kamaʻāina ma kūlana nalu, nā kāne a me nā wāhine. | That day, at daybreak, the natives of the place, men and women, were out in the breakers. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2 | I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke. | While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes; |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.9 sent.1 | I ia manawa naʻe, komo maila i loko o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ka makemake no Hauaʻiliki. | then it was that the sisters of Aiwohikupua took a liking to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.13 p.69 para.9 sent.2 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale iā Lāʻieikawai, “Inā paha ʻaʻole mākou i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e ko kākou mau mākua, inā ua lawe wau iā Hauaʻiliki i kāne naʻu.” | Said Mailehaiwale to Laieikawai, "If we had not been set apart by our parents, I would take Hauailiki for my husband." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua makemake nō hoʻi wau inā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e koʻu kupuna wahine, no laila, he mea ʻole koʻu makemake.” | Said Laieikawai, "I like him. too; but I, too, have been set apart by my grandmother, so that my liking is useless." |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.1 | A pau ko Hauaʻiliki mau minuke hoʻokahakaha, lele akula ua ʻo Hauaʻiliki me kona papa heʻe nalu i ke kai a ʻau akula a kūlana nalu. | When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.4 sent.2 | Makemake nō ʻo ia e hoʻokāʻokoʻa iā ia, ʻo ia wale nō ma ka nalu ʻokoʻa i kumu e ʻike mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai no kona akamai i ka heʻe nalu; malia o makemake ʻia mai ʻo ia. | He wished to make himself conspicuous on a separate breaker, in order that Laieikawai should see his skill in surf riding and maybe take a liking to him. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa kā Hauaʻiliki heʻe ʻana i kona nalu. | then Hauailiki rode the wave. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.5 sent.3 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e heʻe lā i ka nalu, ʻuā ka pihe a nā kamaʻāina a me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | As he rode, the natives cheered and the sisters of Aiwohikupua also. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.1 | A no ka lohe ʻana aku o Hauaʻiliki i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, manaʻo iho ia ua hui pū me Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo ʻuā. | When Hauailiki heard the cheering, then he thought surely Laieikawai s voice would join the shouting. |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole kā! Hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu a hala ʻelima nalu, ʻo ia mau nō. | Not so! He kept on surfing until the fifth wave had passed, it was the same; |
| Ch.13 p.70 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka heahea ʻia mai, no laila, hoʻomaka maila iā Hauaʻiliki ke kaumaha me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo iki i kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua no ka “paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai.” | he got no call whatever; then Hauailiki first felt discouragement, with the proof of Aiwohikupua's saying about the "stubbornness of Laieikawai." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike maopopo aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole i komo i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka makemake iā Hauaʻiliki ma ia mea, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i ka heʻe nalu ma ka papa; manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e kaha. Haʻalele ihola ʻo ia i kona papa a ʻau akula i kūlana heʻe nalu. | When Hauailiki saw that Laieikawai still paid no attention to him he made up his mind to come in on the surf without the board. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ia e ʻau ana, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “ʻĒ! Pupule ʻo Hauaʻiliki.” | He left it and swam out to the breakers. As he was swimming Laieikawai said, "Hauailiki must be crazy." |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki ma kūlana nalu i ka nalu i ea mai ai a kākala ma kona kua, i ia manawa, kaha maila ʻo ia i ka nalu. | When Hauailiki got to the breakers, just as the crest rose and broke at his back, he stood on its edge, |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.2 | Piʻi ke kai me he niho puaʻa lā ma ʻō a ma ʻō o kona ʻāʻī, i ia manawa, ʻuā ka pihe o uka. | the foam rose on each side of his neck like boars' tusks. Then all on shore shouted |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAkahi nō a loaʻa mai iā Lāʻieikawai ka ʻakaʻaka, a he mea malihini nō hoʻi ia i kona maka a me kona mea ʻē aʻe. | and for the first time Laieikawai smiled; the feat was new to her eyes and to her guardians also. |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ko Lāʻieikawai ʻakaʻaka ʻana iho, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ua komo ka makemake iā Lāʻieikawai ma kēia hana a Hauaʻiliki, a laila, hoʻomau akula ʻo ia ma ke kaha nalu. | When Hauailiki saw Laieikawai smiling to herself he thought she had taken a liking to him because of this feat, so he kept on repeating it |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2 | A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu. | until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves, |
| Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.3 | Iā ia e lana mālie ana, ua kokoke mai ko Lāʻieikawai mā manawa hoʻi i Paliuli, i ia manawa, peʻahi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki. | and as he floated the time drew near for Laieikawai's party to return to Paliuli. Then Laieikawai
beckoned to Hauailiki. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ka peʻahi ʻana mai, a laila, ua hoʻomohala ʻia kona naʻau kānalua. | When Hauailiki saw the signal the burden was lifted from his mind; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ʻo ia wale nō, “ʻAʻole nō kā hoʻi ʻoe e kala i makemake ai, hoʻolohi wale iho nō,” a no ka peʻahi a ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, hoʻomoe ihola kēia i ka nalu a pae pono akula ma kahi a Lāʻieikawai mā e noho mai ana. | Hauailiki boasted to himself, "You wanted me all the time; you just delayed." And at the signal of the princess of Paliuli he lay upon the breaker and landed right where Laieikawai and her companions were sitting; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hāʻawi maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka lei lehua, hoʻolei ihola ma ka ʻāʻī o Hauaʻiliki e like me kāna hana mau i ka poʻe akamai i ka heʻe nalu. | then Laieikawai threw a lehua wreath around Hauailiki's neck, as she always did for those who showed skill in surf riding. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.4 | A ma hope iho o ia manawa, e uhi ana ka noe a me ka ʻohu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | And soon after the mist and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen of Laieikawai and her party; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.5 | Aia akula lākou lā i Paliuli. | they were at Paliuli. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO ka iho hope ʻana kēia a Lāʻieikawai mā i Keaʻau i loko o ko Hauaʻiliki mau lā. | This was the last time that Laieikawai's party came to Keaau while Hauailiki was there; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.2 sent.2 | Aia nō a hala aku ʻo Hauaʻiliki mā i Kauaʻi, a laila, hiki hou ʻo Lāʻieikawai i Keaʻau. | after Hauailiki's return to Kauai, then Laieikawai came again to Keaau. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hala ai i uka o Paliuli, hoʻi akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki mai ka heʻe nalu aku a hālāwai me ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kona alakaʻi hoʻi, ʻī akula, “Kainoa ʻo kahi paʻa aʻe nei a paʻa, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō kā kā ʻAiwohikupua e ʻōlelo nei. | After Laieikawai's party were gone to the uplands of Paliuli, Hauailiki left off surf riding and joined his guide, the chief counsellor of Aiwohikupua. Said he, "I think she is the only one who is impregnable: what Aiwohikupua said is true. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.2 | No laila, ua pau ka loaʻa a kuʻu kanaka maikaʻi a me kuʻu akamai i ka heʻe nalu. | There is no luck in my beauty or my skill in surf riding; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi wale nō mea i koe iā kāua, ʻo ke koʻele wāwae nō i Paliuli i nēia pō.” | only one way is left, for us to foot it to Paliuli to-night." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, hoʻoholo aʻela kona hoa i ka ʻae. | To this proposal of Hauailiki his comrade assented. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻauinalā ma hope o ka ʻaina awakea, piʻi akula lāua i uka, komo akula i loko o nā ulu lāʻau i ka hihia paʻa o ka nahele. | In the afternoon, after dinner, the two went up inland and entered the forest where it was densely overgrown with underbrush. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.2 | Iā lāua i piʻi ai, hālāwai mua lāua me Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo ia ke kiaʻi maka mua o ke aliʻi wahine. | As they went on, they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.3 | ʻIke maila ʻo ia iā lāua nei e kokoke aku ana i ʻō i ʻaneʻi lā, ʻī maila, “E Hauaʻiliki, ma laila ʻolua, hoʻi aku. | When she saw them approaching from a distance, she cried, "O Hauailiki, you two go back from there, |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4 | ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole. | you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here; |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki , “E ʻae mai ʻoe iā māua e piʻi aku e ʻike i ka hale o ke aliʻi.” | Said Hauailiki, "Just let us go take a look at the princess's house." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “ʻAʻole wau e ʻae aku i ko ʻolua manaʻo, no ka mea, ʻo koʻu kuleana nō ia i hoʻonoho ʻia ai ma kēia wahi e kipaku aku i ka poʻe hele mai i uka nei e like me ʻolua.” | Said Mailehaiwale, "I will not let you; for I am put here to drive off everybody who comes up here like you two." |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hala aku ai ma hope iho o ko Mailehaʻiwale hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku iā lāua, hālāwai koke akula lāua me Mailekaluhea, ka lua o kā ke aliʻi wahine kiaʻi. | As they went on, after Mailehaiwale let them pass, they soon encountered Mailekaluhea, the second of the princess's guardians. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.3 | ʻAʻole he pono no ʻolua e piʻi mai i ʻaneʻi. | you two have no right to come up here. |
| Ch.14 p.72 para.7 sent.4 | Pehea lā i ʻae ʻia mai ai e hoʻokuʻu mai iā ʻolua?” | How did you get permission to pass here?" |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula lāua, “I hele mai nei māua e ʻike i ke aliʻi wahine.” | Said they, "We came to see the princess." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole ʻolua e pono pēlā,” wahi a Mailekaluhea, “no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai mākou he mau kiaʻi e kipaku aku i nā mea a pau i hele mai i kēia wahi, no laila, e hoʻi ʻolua!” | "You two have no such right," said Mailekaluhea, "for we guards are stationed here to drive off everybody who comes to this place: so, you two go back." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku. | As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.3 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai i mua o Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole he ʻoluʻolu iki o kēia kiaʻi i ko lāua hoʻokuʻu ʻia ʻana mai e nā kiaʻi mua, akā, no ka pākela o ka maʻalea ma ke kamaʻilio ʻana, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia akula lāua. | When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was their speech that they were allowed to pass. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.1 | A hala aku lāua, aia hoʻi, ʻike akula lāua iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kiaʻi ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, a ʻike akula nō hoʻi i ke ʻano ʻē o ka hale aliʻi. | And they went on, and behold! they came upon Kahalaomapuana, the guardian at the door of the chief-house, who was resting on the wings of birds, and when they saw how strange was the workmanship of the chief-house, |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa; hāʻule akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki i ka honua me ka naʻau ʻeʻehia. | then Hauailiki fell to the earth with trembling heart. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike mai ai iā lāua nei, he mea ʻē kona huhū, a laila, kāhea maila ʻo ia me kona mana ma ke ʻano ʻalihikaua no ke aliʻi, “E Hauaʻiliki ē! | When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki! |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.3 | Inā e hoʻopaʻakikī mai ʻoe, a laila, e kauoha nō wau i nā manu o Paliuli nei e ʻai aku i ko ʻolua mau ʻiʻo me ka hoʻi ʻuhane aku hoʻi i Kauaʻi.” | if you persist, then I will call hither the birds of Paliuli to eat your flesh; only your spirits will return to Kauai." |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.7 sent.2 | A hālāwai pū ihola lāua, a i ko Hauaʻiliki puoho ʻana aʻe mai ka hiamoe, aia hoʻi, he moeʻuhane kāna. | and they met together; and on Hauailiki's starting from sleep, behold! it was a dream. |
| Ch.14 p.73 para.8 sent.3 | I ka lima o ka pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana o kēia moeʻuhane iā Hauaʻiliki, ma ka pili o ke ahiahi, ala aʻela ʻo ia a piʻi akula i uka o Paliuli me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o kona hoa. | On the fifth night after the dream had come to Hauailiki so repeatedly, after dark, he arose and ascended to the uplands of Paliuli without his comrade's knowledge. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.1 | Iā ia i piʻi aku ai, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hele aku ma ke alanui mua a lāua i piʻi mua ai a ma kahi e kokoke aku ana iā Mailehaʻiwale. | In going up, he did not follow the road the two had taken before, but close to Mailehaiwale |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.1 sent.2 | Hele aʻela kēia ma kahi kaʻawale a pakele akula i nā maka o nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi. | he took a new path and escaped the eyes of the princess's guardians. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.1 | Iā ia i hiki ai ma waho o ka hale aliʻi, ua hiamoe loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana. | When he got outside the chief-house Kahalaomapuana was fast asleep, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, nihi malū akula ko Hauaʻiliki hele ʻana a wehe aʻela i ke pani o ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka ʻahuʻula. | so he tiptoed up secretly, unfastened the covering at the entrance to the house, which was wrought with feather work, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.3 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna i ka ʻēheu o nā manu, ua hiamoe loa nō hoʻi. | and behold! he saw Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds, fast asleep also. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia i komo aku ai a kū ma kahi a ke aliʻi e moe ana, lālau akula ʻo ia i ke poʻo o ke aliʻi a hoʻoluliluli aʻela. | When he had entered and stood where the princess was sleeping, he caught hold of the princess's head and shook her. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai mai ka hiamoe ʻana, aia hoʻi, e kū ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki ma kona poʻo, a he mea pono ʻole ia i ko ke aliʻi wahine manaʻo. | Then Laieikawai started up from sleep, and behold! Hauailiki standing at her head, and her mind was troubled. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3 | A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau. | Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.2 | A iā māua i hiki ai i kai, a no ka māluhiluhi, hāʻule akula wau, hiamoe. | and on our reaching the coast, exhausted, I fell asleep: |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.3 | Iaʻu e hiamoe ana, hālāwai pū ihola kāua ma ka moeʻuhane a kahaʻula ihola kāua, a ua nui nā lā a me na pō o ka hoʻomau ʻana iaʻu o kēia mea, no laila wau i piʻi mai nei e hoʻokō i ka hana i ka moeʻuhane.” | while I slept we two met together in a dream and we were united, and many days and nights the same dream came; therefore I have come up here again to fulfill what was done in the dream." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.5 sent.2 | ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo i kāu mea e ʻōlelo mai nei, no ka mea, ua loaʻa nō ia mea iaʻu ma ka moeʻuhane, ua hana nō e like me ka hana iā ʻoe, a he aha lā ia mea iaʻu? | what you say is no concern of mine; for the same thing has come to me in a dream and it happened to me as it happened to you, and what is that to me? |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.1 | I loko o ko Kahalaomāpuana manawa hiamoe, lohe akula ʻo ia i ka haukamumu o ka hale aliʻi. | As Kahalaomapuana slept, she heard low talking in the house, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.7 sent.3 | A lohe lāua i kēia leo nīnau, hoʻomaha ihola ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i pane aku. | When she heard the questioner, Laieikawai ceased speaking. |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.1 | A ma hope, ala aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a komo akula i ka hale aliʻi. | Soon Kahalaomapuana arose and entered the house, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.4 | ʻAʻole i kūpono kou komo ʻana mai nei! | you have no right to enter here; |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.5 | Ua ʻōlelo aku wau iā ʻoe i kēlā pō ma mua ʻaʻole ou kuleana ma kēia wahi! | I told you before that you had no business in this place, |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.6 | Ua like no kaʻu ʻōlelo i kēia pō me ka pō mua, no laila, e kū ʻoe a hoʻi aku!” | and I say the same thing to-night as on that first night, so arise and return to the coast." |
| Ch.14 p.74 para.8 sent.7 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki me ka naʻau hilahila a hoʻi akula i kai o Keaʻau, a haʻi akula i kona hoa no kēia piʻi ʻana i Paliuli. | And at these words of Kahalaomapuana Hauailiki arose with shame in his heart, and returned to the beach at Keaau and told his comrades about his journey to Paliuli. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Hauaʻiliki ʻaʻole he kuleana hou e loaʻa ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela nā wāʻa no ka hoʻi i Kauaʻi. | When Hauailiki saw that he had no further chance to win Laieikawai, then he made the canoe ready to go back to Kauai, |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hoʻi aku ai i Kauaʻi a hiki lākou ma Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e ʻākoakoa mai ana nā aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a Kauakahialiʻi a me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa kekahi i kēlā manawa. | When Hauailiki's party returned to Kauai and came to Wailua, he saw a great company of the high chiefs and low chiefs of the court, and Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa with them. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka haʻi aku naʻe i ka lilo ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine i mau kiaʻi no ke aliʻi, a laila, he mea ʻoliʻoli ia iā ʻAiwohikupua. | When Hauailiki landed and told Aiwohikupua the story of his journey and how his sisters had become the princess's guardians, then Aiwohikupua rejoiced. |
| Ch.14 p.75 para.4 sent.1 | I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua. | While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Pōmaikaʻi wau no kuʻu haʻalele ʻana i nā kaikuahine oʻu i Hawaiʻi, a e kō auaneʻi koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua lohe aʻe nei wau ua lilo koʻu mau kaikuahine i mau koa kiaʻi no kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | Said Aiwohikupua, How fortunate I am to have left my sisters on Hawaii, and so I shall attain my desire, for I have heard that my sisters are guardians to the one on whom I have set my heart." |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a nā aliʻi a pau e ʻākoakoa nei ma Wailua, a laila, kū maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a haʻi maila i kona manaʻo i mua o nā aliʻi, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Now, while all the chiefs were gathered at Wailua, then Aiwohikupua stood up and declared his intention in presence of the chiefs: "Where are you! |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.2 | E holo hou ana wau i Hawaiʻi. | I shall go again to Hawaii, |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole au e nele ana i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, aia aku lā i oʻu mau kaikuahine ke kiaʻi o kaʻu mea e manaʻo nei.” | I shall not fail of my desire; for my sisters are now guardians of her on whom I have set my heart.'' |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ʻAiwohikupua, pane maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “ʻAʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike akula wau i ke kapu o ke aliʻi wahine, a kapukapu nō hoʻi me ou mau kaikuahine. | At these words of Aiwohikupua, Hauailiki said, "You will not succeed, for I saw that the princess was taboo, and your sisters also put on reserved airs; |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.4 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ia mau lā, hoʻolale aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau pūʻali koa kiaʻi a me kona hanohano aliʻi a pau. | After this he summoned the bravest of his fighting men, his bodyguard, all his chiefly array, |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.4 sent.2 | A mākaukau ke aliʻi no nā kānaka, a laila, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau nā waʻa. | and the chief arranged for paddlers; then he commanded the counsellor to make the canoes ready. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.1 | Wae aʻela ke kuhina i nā waʻa kūpono ke holo, he iwakālua kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, no nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā pūʻali o ke aliʻi kēia mau waʻa, a he kanahā peleleu, he mau waʻa ʻāʻīpuʻupuʻu no ke aliʻi ia, a ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi a me kona kuhina, ma luna lāua o nā pūkolu. | The counsellor chose the proper canoes for the trip, twenty double canoes, and twice forty single canoes, these for the chiefs and the bodyguard, and forty provision canoes for the chief's supplies; and as for the chief himself and his counsellor, they were on board of a triple canoe. |
| Ch.15 p.77 para.5 sent.3 | A mākaukau kēia mau mea a pau e like me ka wā holo mau o ke aliʻi, pēlā lākou i holo ai. | When everything was ready for such a journey they set out. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.1 | He nui nā lā i hala ma ia holo ʻana. | Many days they sailed. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki lākou ma Kohala, i ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a maopopo i ko Kohala poʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua kēia, ke kupua kaulana a puni nā moku. | When they came to Kohala, for the first time the Kohala people recognized Aiwohikupua, a magician renowned all over the islands. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko ke aliʻi hūnā ʻana iā ia ma kēlā hiki ʻana ma Kohala i hakakā ai me Ihuanu, ʻo ia ka mea i ʻike ʻole ʻia ai. | And because the chief came in disguise to Kohala when he fought with Cold-nose, this was why they had not recognized him. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.2 sent.1 | Haʻalele lākou iā Kohala, hiki akula lākou i Keaʻau. | They left Kohala and went to Keaau. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa a lākou i hiki aku ai, ua hoʻi aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai a me nā kaikuahine pū o ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli. | Just as they reached there, Laieikawai and the sisters of Aiwohikupua returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai ma kēlā lā a ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai, ua ʻike mua mai ko lākou kupuna wahine i ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana ma Keaʻau. | When Laieikawai and her companions returned, on the day when
Aiwohikupua's party arrived, their grandmother had already fore-
seen Aiwohikupua's arrival at Keaau. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “Ua hiki hou maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Keaʻau i kēia lā, no laila, e kiaʻi ʻoukou me ka mākaukau. | Said Waka, "Aiwohikupua has come again to Keaau, so let the guard be watchful, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.3 sent.5 | E noho ʻoukou ma uka nei a hiki i ka hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi.” | stay here on the mountain until Aiwohikupua returns to Kauai." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi wahine i kēia ʻōlelo a ko lākou kupuna wahine, i ia manawa, kauoha koke aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ko lākou akua e hoʻokokoke mai ma ka hale aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua. | When the princess's head guard heard her grandmother's words, then Kahalaomapuana immediately ordered Kihanuilulumoku, their god, to come near the home of the chief and prepare for battle. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻano kiaʻi nui no ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuaʻana e kūkākūkā lākou ma nā mea e pono ai ke aliʻi. | As the princess's chief guard, she ordered her sisters to consult what would be the best way to act in behalf of the princess. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2 | Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa. | When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.3 | A inā e haʻi mai i kona makemake, e hoʻokuke aku nō. | and if he should plead his cause force him away; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.4 | A inā i paʻakikī loa mai ma kona ʻano keiki kāne ʻana, e hoʻokuke ikaika aku iā ia. | and if he is very persistent, because he is a brother, resist him still more forcibly; |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.5 | A inā i nui mai ka paʻakikī, a laila, e hoʻouna aʻe ʻoe i kekahi manu kiaʻi ou i oʻu lā, a laila, e hele mai au e hoʻohui iā kākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, a naʻu ponoʻī e kipaku aku iā ia. | and if he still insists then despatch one of the guardian birds to me, then we will all meet at the same place, and I myself will drive him away. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.6 | Inā he hele mai kāna me ka ʻinoʻino, a laila, e kauoha nō wau i ko kākou akua iā Kihanuilūlūmoku nāna nō e luku aku iā ia.” | If he threatens to harm us, then I will command our god, Kihanuilulumoku, who will destroy him." |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.7 | A pau aʻela kā lākou kūkā ʻana no kēia mau mea, hoʻokaʻawale lākou iā lākou iho e like me ma mua, ʻoiai, e kiaʻi ana lākou i ke aliʻi. | After all the council had assented they stationed themselves at a distance from each other to guard the princess as before. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.2 | Iā lāua i ʻike mai ai e kū ana ka pahu kapu, ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, a laila, manaʻo aʻela lāua ua kapu ke alanui e hiki aku ai i kahi o ke aliʻi. | When they saw the taboo sign — the hollow post covered with white tapa — then they knew that the road to the princess's dwelling was taboo. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.3 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo i ia kapu, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō ia ʻo kona mau kaikuahine ka mana kiaʻi. | But Aiwohikupua would not believe it taboo because of having heard that his sisters had the guardian power. |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.4 | No laila, hoʻomau akula lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou he pahu kapu e like nō me ka mea mua i loaʻa ai iā lāua. | So they went right on and found another taboo sign like the first which they had found, |
| Ch.15 p.78 para.6 sent.6 | Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka hele ʻana a loaʻa hou ke kolu o ka pahu kapu e like me nā mea mua, no ka mea, ua kūkulu ʻia nō nā pahu kapu e like me ka nui o kona mau kaikuahine. | [They continued on until they reached the third sing, like the ones before,] for one sign was set up for each of the sisters. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa. | After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ka weliweli o ia pahu kapu, no ka mea, e mōlehulehu ana nō. | but they could not see in the dark how terrible it was. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.1 | Haʻalele lāua i kēlā pahu, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu ko lāua hele ʻana aku, hālāwai mua nō lāua me ke kiaʻi mua me Mailehaʻiwale. | They left the sign, went a little way and met Mailehaiwale; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.2 | Mahamaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no ka ʻike ʻana aku i ke kaikuahine, i ia wā koke nō, pane akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “E hoʻi nō ʻolua! | overjoyed was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, "Back, you two, |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.3 sent.1 | Kuhi ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻomāʻakaʻaka, hoʻomāʻauea, hoʻomaka hou akula lāua e hoʻokokoke i o Mailehaʻiwale, kipaku hou maila nō ke kiaʻi. | Aiwohikupua supposed this was in sport; both again began to approach Mailehaiwale; again the guardian told them to go. |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kekahi manu kiaʻi ona a hiki i o Kahalaomāpuana lā. | Then Mailehaiwale sent one of her guardian birds to Kahalaomapuana; |
| Ch.15 p.79 para.5 sent.2 | He manawa ʻole, hoʻohui aʻela kēia iā lākou a ʻehā ma ko Mailekaluhea wahi kiaʻi, a ma laila i manaʻo ai lākou e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua. | in less than no time the four met at the place guarded by Mailekaluhea, where they expected to meet Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike aku ai iā Kahalaomāpuana, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o nā ʻēheu o nā manu me he ʻalihikaua nui lā, a he mea hou loa ia iā ʻAiwohikupua mā. | When Aiwohikupua saw Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.1 sent.3 | Pane maila ke kiaʻi nui, “E hoʻi ʻolua ʻānō! Mai lohi, a ʻaʻole hoʻi e kali, no ka mea, ua kapu ke aliʻi! ʻAʻole nō ou kuleana ma kēia wahi, a ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoe ke manaʻo mai he mau kaikuahine mākou nou; ua hala i ia manawa!” | Said the head guard, "Return at once, linger not, delay not your going, for the princess is taboo, you have not the least business in this place; and never let the idea come to you that we are your sisters; that time has passed." |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o ʻAiwohikupua a māhuahua. | Then the hot wrath of Aiwohikupua was kindled and his anger grew. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.2 sent.2 | Ma ia manawa, manaʻo ihola ʻo ia e hoʻi a kai o Keaʻau, a laila, hoʻouna mai i kona mau pūʻali koa e luku i nā kaikuahine. | He decided at that time to go back to the sea to Keaau, then send his warriors to destroy the younger sisters. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu. | When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign, |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.2 | Ua uhi ʻia i ka ʻoloa, ka ʻieʻie a me ka palai, a he mea weliweli loa iā lāua ka nānā ʻana aku. | which was covered with white tapa wound with the ieie vine and the sweet-scented fern, and it was a terrible thing to see. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.3 sent.3 | A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i kai o Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻolale aʻela ke kuhina o ʻAiwohikupua i nā pūʻali koa o ke aliʻi e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | As soon as Aiwohikupua and his companion reached the sea at Keaau, Aiwohikupua's counsellor dispatched the chief's picked fighting men to go up and destroy the sisters, according to the chief's command. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, ʻike mua maila nō ʻo Waka i ko ʻAiwohikupua manaʻo a me kāna mau hana, a no ia mea, hele maila ʻo Waka a hālāwai me Kahalaomāpuana ko ke aliʻi wahine ʻalihikaua, ʻōlelo maila, “E Kahalaomāpuana, ua ʻike wau i ka manaʻo o ko ʻoukou kaikunāne a me kāna mau hana. | That very day Waka foresaw what Aiwohikupua's intention was.
So Waka went and met Kahalaomapuana, the princess's commander in chief, and said: "Kahalaomapuana, I have seen what your brother intends to do. |
| Ch.16 p.81 para.4 sent.2 | Ke hoʻomākaukau lā ʻo ia i ʻumi mau kānaka ikaika nāna e kiʻi mai e luku iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ua inaina ko ʻoukou kaikunāne no ko ʻoukou kipaku ʻana i kakahiaka nei. | He is preparing ten strong men to come up here and destroy you, for your brother is wrathful because you drove him away this morning; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka moʻo nui o Paliuli ke akua o lākou nei. | Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their god. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.4 | E noke ʻoe a holokē i ʻōlohelohe. | keep on until the last one is taken, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.5 | E ao naʻe ʻoe iā Kalāhūmoku i ka ʻīlio nui ikaika a ʻAiwohikupua. | and beware of Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great strong dog; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.9 | ʻO ia ka pule kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i ko lākou akua. | This was Kahalaomapuana's charge to their god. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.2 sent.1 | Ma ka pō ʻana iho, piʻi akula nā kānaka he ʻumi a ke aliʻi i wae aʻe e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ʻo ka hope kuhina ka ʻumikumamākahi ma muli o ka hoʻokohu a ke kuhina nui i hope nona. | That night the ten men chosen by the chief went up to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and the assistant counsellor made the eleventh in place of the chief counsellor. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.1 | Ma ka pili o ka wanaʻao, hiki lākou i kahi e kokoke iki aku ana i Paliuli. | At the first dawn they approached Paliuli. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei. | Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them, |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i ʻike i kēia mea, no laila, hoʻomau akula lākou i ka hele ʻana. | but they did not see the creature, so they went on; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i liʻuliʻu aku, he ʻike ʻana kā lākou i ka ʻūpoʻi ʻana iho a ke a luna o ua moʻo nei ma luna pono iho o lākou nei; aia naʻe lākou nei | soon they saw the upper jaw of the lizard hanging right over them; they were just between the lizard's jaws; |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.7 | I ia manawa, e lele koke aku ana ka hope kuhina, ʻaʻole i kaʻawale aku, ʻo ka mūkā koke ʻia akula nō ia, pau loa, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono. | then the assistant counsellor leaped quickly back, could not make the distance; it snapped them up; not a messenger was left. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.1 | ʻElua lā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i haʻi aku kēia pilikīa iā ʻAiwohikupua mā, a no ka haʻohaʻo o ke aliʻi i ka hoʻi ʻole aku o kona mau koa, a laila, he mea ʻē ka huhū o ke aliʻi. | Two days passed; there was no one to tell of the disaster to Aiwohikupua s party, and because he wondered why they did not return the chief was angry. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, wae hou aʻela ke aliʻi he mau kānaka he iwakālua e piʻi e luku i nā kaikuahine, ma ka poʻe ikaika wale nō, a hoʻokohu akula ke kuhina i hope kuhina nona e hele pū me nā koa. | So the chief again chose a party of warriors, twenty of them, from the strongest of his men, to go up and destroy the sisters; and the counsellor appointed an assistant counsellor to go for him with the men. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.3 | Piʻi hou akula nō lākou a hiki nō i kahi i pau ai kēlā poʻe mua i ka make, pau hou nō i ua moʻo nei, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono. | Again they went up until they came clear to the place where the first band had disappeared; these also disappeared in the lizard; not a messenger was left. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.1 | Kali hou nō ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole i hoʻi aku. | Again the chief waited; they came not back. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.2 | Hoʻouna hou aku nō ke aliʻi hoʻokahi kanahā koa, pau nō i ka make. | The chief again sent a band of forty; all were killed. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.5 sent.3 | Pēlā mau aku nō ka make ʻana a hiki i ka ʻewalu kanahā o nā kānaka i pau i ka make. | So it went on until eight times forty warriors had disappeared. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi ʻole mai o nā kānaka e hoʻouna mau ʻia nei. | Then Aiwohikupua consulted with his counsellor as to the reason for none of the men who had been sent returning. |
| Ch.16 p.83 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “He aha kēia e hoʻi ʻole mai nei nā kānaka a kāua e hoʻouna aku nei?” | Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "How is it that these warriors who are sent do not return?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula kona kuhina, “Malia paha, ua piʻi nō lākou a hiki i uka, a no ka ʻike i ka maikaʻi o kēlā wahi, noho akula nō. | Said his counsellor, "It may be when they get to the uplands and see the beauty of the place they remain, |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.1 sent.2 | A i ʻole, ua make maila nō i ou mau kaikuahine.” | and if not, they have all been killed by your sisters." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka makemake o ke aliʻi e ʻike i ke kumu e hoʻi ʻole nei o kona mau kānaka, hoʻoholo aʻela lāua me kona kuhina e hoʻouna i mau ʻelele e ʻike i ke kumu o kēia hana a nā kānaka o lāua. | And because of the chief's anxiety to know why his warriors did not come back he agreed with his counsellor to send messengers to see what the men were doing. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, lawe aʻela ke kuhina iā ʻUlili a me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, ko ʻAiwohikupua mau ʻalele māmā, a piʻi akula e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kānaka. | At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about his men. |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.3 sent.1 | I ua mau ʻelele lā i hala aku ai, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, hālāwai maila me lāua kekahi kanaka kia manu mai uka mai o ʻOlaʻa, nīnau maila, “Ma hea kā ʻolua hele?” | Not long after they had left they met another man, a bird catcher from the uplands of Olaa; he asked. "Where are you two going?" |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.4 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku nā ʻelele, “E piʻi aku ana māua e ʻike i ka pono o ko mākou poʻe e noho lā i Paliuli. | The runners said, "We are going up to find out the truth about our people who are living at Paliuli; |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAwalu kanahā i hoʻouna ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻokahi o lākou i hoʻi aʻe.” | eight times forty men have been sent — not one returned." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1 | “Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.” | "They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.2 | A lohe lāua i kēia mea, hoʻomau akula lāua i ka piʻi ʻana. | When they heard this they kept on going up; |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.” | not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard." |
| Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2 | I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua. | They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.1 | I kēlā wā, lele kaʻawale loa akula lāua a hala loa i luna lilo. | As they flew far upward and were lost to sight on high, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make. | Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead, |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula lāua a ʻōlelo akula iā ʻAiwohikupua i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | and they returned and told Aiwohikupua what they had seen. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kalāhūmoku ka ʻīlio nui ʻai kanaka a ʻAiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moʻo a make, a laila, luku aku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiki ʻana o Kalāhūmoku, ua ʻīlio ʻai kanaka o Tahiti, i mua o kāna moʻopuna (ʻAiwohikupua), “E piʻi ʻoe i kēia lā e luku aku i oʻu mau kaikuahine,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “a e lawe pū mai iā Lāʻieikawai.” | When Kalahumoku, the man-eating dog from Tahiti, came into the presence of his grandchild (Aiwohikupua), "Go up this very day and destroy my sisters," said Aiwohikupua, "and bring Laieikawai." |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko ka ʻīlio piʻi ʻana e luku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kauoha mua ua ʻīlio nei i ke aliʻi a me nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā kānaka a pau, a penei kāna ʻōlelo kauoha, “ʻAuhea ʻoukou. | Before the dog went up to destroy Aiwohikupua's sisters the dog first instructed the chief, and the chiefs under him, and all the men, as follows: "Where are you? |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.2 | Ma kēia piʻi ʻana aʻu, e nānā ʻoukou i kēia lā i uka. | While I am away, you watch the uplands. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.4 | Inā hoʻi e hina ana ka ʻohu i ka makani, a laila, ua hewa ʻo uka, ua hakakā māua me ua moʻo nei. | But if the clouds turn to the windward, there is trouble; I have fought with that lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.5 | A laila, ʻo ka pule kā ʻoukou i ke akua iā Lanipipili. | Then pray to your god, to Lanipipili; |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.6 | Nānā aʻe ʻoukou i ka ʻohu a hina i kai nei, ua lanakila ka moʻo. | if you see the clouds turn seaward, the lizard is the victor; |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.7 | Akā hoʻi, i piʻi ka ʻohu i luna a hina i luna o ke kuahiwi, a laila, ua heʻe ka moʻo, ʻo ko kākou lanakila nō hoʻi ia. | but when the clouds ascend and turn toward the mountain top, then the lizard has melted away; we have prevailed. |
| Ch.17 p.85 para.3 sent.8 | No laila, e hoʻomau ʻoukou i ka pule a hoʻi wale mai au.” | Then keep on praying until I return. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.1 sent.1 | I ka pau ʻana o kēia mau kauoha, piʻi akula ka ʻīlio. | After giving his instructions, the dog set out up the mountain, |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻouna pū akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale i mau ʻelele na lāua e haʻi mai ka hana a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio. | and Aiwohikupua sent with him Snipe and Turnstone as messengers to report the deeds of the dog and the lizard. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.1 | I ka ʻīlio i hiki aku ai i uka ma kahi kokoke i Paliuli, ua hiamoe naʻe ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ia manawa. | When the dog had come close to Paliuli, Kihanuilulumoku was asleep at the time; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.2 | I ua moʻo nei e moe ana, hikilele aʻela ʻo ia mai ka hiamoe ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia e ka hohono ʻīlio. | he was suddenly startled from sleep; he was awakened by the scent of a dog. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa naʻe, ua hala hope ka moʻo i ka ʻīlio e hele aku ana e loaʻa ke kiaʻi mua o ke aliʻi wahine. | By that time the lizard was too late for the dog, who went on until he reached the princess's first guardian. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hanu aʻela ka moʻo ka hoʻokalakupua hoʻi o Paliuli a ʻike akula iā Kalāhūmoku i ke āiwaiwa o Tahiti. | Then the lizard took a sniff, the guardian god of Paliuli, and recognized Kalahumoku, the marvel of Tahiti; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, wehe aʻela ua moʻo nei i kona a i luna e hoʻouka no ke kaua me Kalāhūmoku. | then the lizard lifted his upper jaw to begin the fight with Kalahumoku. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa koke nō, hōʻike aku ana ka ʻīlio i kona mau niho i mua o ka moʻo, ʻo ka hoʻomaka koke nō ia o ke kaua. | Instantly the dog showed his teeth at the lizard, and the fight began; |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua lanakila ka moʻo ma luna o Kalāhūmoku a hoʻi akula ka ʻīlio me ke ola māhunehune. | then the lizard was victor over Kalahumoku and the dog just escaped |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.1 | I ka hoʻomaka ʻana naʻe o ko lāua hakakā, hoʻi akula nā ʻelele a haʻi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i kēia kaua weliweli. | At the beginning of the fight the messengers returned to tell Aiwohikupua of this terrible battle. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.2 | A lohe akula lākou iā ʻUlili mā i kēia kaua a ka moʻo me ka ʻīlio, a he mea mau naʻe iā ʻAiwohikupua ma ka nānā iā uka. | When they heard from Snipe and his companion of this battle between the lizard and the dog, Aiwohikupua looked toward the mountain. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, hina ana ka ʻohu i kai, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ua lanakila ka moʻo, a laila, he mea kaumaha iā ʻAiwohikupua no ka pio ʻana o kā lākou ʻaoʻao. | and no short time after turned seaward, then Aiwohikupua knew that the lizard had prevailed and Aiwohikupua regretted the defeat of their side. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ke aliʻi i kāna ʻīlio, ua pau nā pepeiao a me ka huelo i ka moʻo, a no kēia mea, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻi, no ka mea, ua pio lākou. | when the chief looked him over, gone were the ears and tail inside the lizard. So Aiwohikupua resolved to depart, since they were vanquished. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.3 | Hoʻi akula lākou a hiki i Kauaʻi, a haʻi akula i ke ʻano o kāna hele ʻana a me ka lanakila o ka moʻo ma luna o lākou. | They departed and came to Kauai and told the story of the journey and of the victory of the lizard over them. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.6 sent.4 | (ʻO ke kolu kēia o ko ʻAiwohikupua hiki ʻana i Paliuli no Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole he kō iki o kona makemake.) | (This was the third time that Aiwohikupua had been to Paliuli after Laieikawai without fulfilling his mission.) |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Kauaʻi mai ke kiʻi hope ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai, a laila, hoʻopau loa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo ʻana no Lāʻieikawai. | Having returned to Kauai without Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua gave up thinking about Laieikawai |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻokō ʻana a ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Poliʻahu. | and resolved to carry out the commands of Poliahu. |
| Ch.17 p.87 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā wā, pāpāiʻawa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me nā haiā wāhine ona e hoʻopau i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohiki i mua o Lanipipili kona akua. | At this time Aiwohikupua, with his underchiefs and the women of his household, clapped hands in prayer before Lanipipili, his god, to annul his vow. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1 | A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike | And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.2 sent.2 | A hiki lāua, nīnau aku i nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAuhea lā ka wahine hoʻopalau a ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi?” | and came and asked the people of the place, "Where is the woman who is betrothed to the chief of Kauai?" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.” | The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.3 | A lohe ke aliʻi wahine i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula nā ʻelele a hiki i o ʻAiwohikupua. | When the princess had heard these words the messengers returned and came to Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai nei naʻe ʻo ua Poliʻahu iā māua, 'Ke hoʻomanaʻo lā nō naʻe paha ia i ke kōnane ʻana a māua?'” | Poliahu inquired, 'Does he still remember the game of konane between us?'" |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.8 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo hope a nā ʻelele, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia mau ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole ia i hiki i o Poliʻahu lā. | When Aiwohikupua heard the messengers' words he suspected that they had not gone to Poliahu: |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.2 | Lele hou aku nō a he wahi mokuʻāina lōʻihi, ma laila aku māua, a he mokuʻāina nui e like ka moku i loaʻa mua iā māua. | flew on to some long islands — a large island like the one we first passed, |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5 | A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua. | and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu; |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.10 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole i loaʻa iā ʻolua ʻo Poliʻahu, ʻo Hinaikamalama akula ia.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "You did not find Poliahu; this was Hinaikamalama." |
| Ch.17 p.88 para.11 sent.2 | Ma kēia hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā, manaʻo ihola lāua, e haʻi i nā mea huna i pāpā ʻia iā lāua e ko lāua haku, no laila, ua hoʻokō lāua i kā lāua mea i ʻōhumu ai. | At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue, |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ka hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ʻUlili ma, hoʻouna hou akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe, kekahi o kana mau ʻelele mama, e like me ka ʻōlelo kauoha i na ʻelele mua. | After the dismissal of Snipe and his fellow, the chief dispatched Frigate-bird, one of his nimble messengers, with the same errand as before. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Koaʻe i o Poliʻahu la, hālāwai akula lāua, haʻi akula ʻo Koaʻe i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi e like me ka mea i haʻi ʻia ma na paukū hope o ka mokuna ʻumikumamahiku o kēia kaʻao. | Frigate-bird went to Poliahu; when they met. Frigate-bird gave the chief's command, according to the words spoken in Chapter XVII of this story. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.3 | A pau na ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi i ka haʻi ʻia, hoʻi akula ko ke aliʻi ʻelele a haʻi akula ma ka pololei, a laila, he mea maikaʻi ia i kona haku. | Having given his message, the messenger returned and reported aright; then his lord was pleased. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1 | Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi. | Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.2 | I na la i o Kaloakūkahi, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ia Kauaʻi, holo aku ʻo ia he kanahā kaulua, ʻelua kanahā kaukahi, he iwakalua peleleu. | On the twenty-fourth day of the month Aiwohikupua left Kauai, sailed with 40 double canoes, twice 40 single canoes, and 20 provision boats. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.3 sent.1 | Ma mua o ka pō hoʻāo o na aliʻi, i ka pō i o Huna, hiki lākou i Kawaihae. | Some nights before that set for the marriage, the eleventh night of the month, the night of Huna, they came to Kawaihae; |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻouna akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe kona ʻelele e kiʻi ia Poliʻahu e iho mai e hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua i ka la i kauoha ʻia ai e hoʻāo. | then he sent his messenger. Frigate-bird, to get Poliahu to come thither to meet Aiwohikupua on the day set for the marriage. |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki ka ʻelele i mua o ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kiʻi ʻana ia Poliʻahu, a haʻi maila i kana ʻōlelo maiā Poliʻahu mai, “Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine. | When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: "Your wife commands that |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3 | Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou. | When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says." |
| Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.4 | Pēlā mai nei,” a laila, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona hanohano aliʻi. | Then Aiwohikupua got ready to present himself with the splendor of a chief. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.1 | Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi. | Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.2 | Kāhiko akula ʻo ia i kona mau hoe waʻa a me nā hoʻokele i nā kīhei paʻiʻula. | He clothed his oarsmen and steersmen in red and white tapa as attendants of a chief; |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.1 sent.3 | E like me ke kāhiko ʻana i nā hoe waʻa o ke aliʻi, pēlā nō nā hoe waʻa o kona pūʻali aliʻi a pau. | so were all his bodyguard arrayed. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa o ke aliʻi i kau ai a holo aku, ua kūkulu ʻia ma luna o nā pola o nā waʻa he ʻanuʻu, he wahi e noho ai ke aliʻi. | On the high seat of the double canoe in which the chief sailed |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.2 | Ua haku ʻia ka ʻanuʻu o ke aliʻi i nā ʻahuʻula, a ma luna pono o ka ʻanuʻu, he mau pūloʻuloʻu kapu aliʻi, a ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu, noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua. | was set up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.1 | Ma nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kaulua e hoʻopuni ana i ko ke aliʻi waʻa, a ma luna o nā waʻa ukali o ke aliʻi, he poʻe akamai i ke kāʻeke. | Following the chief and surrounding his canoe came ten double canoes filled with expert dancers. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.3 sent.2 | Pēlā i kāhiko ʻia ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ko lāua lā i hoʻāo ai me Poliʻahu. | So was Aiwohikupua arrayed to meet Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai. | On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, ua hiki ʻo Poliʻahu, Lilinoe, Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne i kahi e hoʻāo ai nā aliʻi. | Already had Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiale, and Kahoupokane arrived for the chief's marriage. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o Mauna Kea. | Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.2 | E like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, pēlā ko ke aliʻi hele ʻana. | He went in the state described above. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo aku ana i ka moana mai Kawaihae aku, he mea ʻē ka ʻoliʻoli o Lilinoe i ka hanohano launa ʻole o ke aliʻi kāne. | As Aiwohikupua was sailing from Kawaihae, Lilinoe rejoiced to see the unrivaled splendor of the chief. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki lākou i Waiʻulaʻula, ua paʻuhia lākou e ke anu, a no laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻelele e haʻi aku iā Poliʻahu, “ʻAʻole e hiki aku lākou no ke anu.” | When they came to Waiulaula they were shivering with cold, so Aiwohikupua sent his messenger to tell Poliahu, "They can not come for the cold." |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, lālau like aʻela ka poʻe noho mauna i ko lākou kapa lā, hoʻi akula ka hau a kona wahi mau. | Then Poliahu laid off her mantle of snow and the mountain dwellers put on their sun mantles, and the snow retreated to its usual place. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi. | When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful. |
| Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.2 | Iā lāua i hui ai, hōʻike aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a me Poliʻahu i nā ʻaʻahu o lāua i hāʻawi mua ʻia i mau hōʻike no kā lāua ʻōlelo ʻaelike. | When they met both showed the robes given them before in token of their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻāo aʻela nā aliʻi, a lilo aʻela lāua i hoʻokahi ʻiʻo. | Then the chiefs were united and became one flesh, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.1 | ʻO nā ʻelele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ʻUlili lāua me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, na lāua i hele aku e haʻi iā Hinaikamalama i ka hoʻāo ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu. | Now Aiwohikupua's messengers, Snipe and Turnstone, went to tell Hinaikamalama of the union of Aiwohikupua with Poliahu. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.2 | Iā Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i kēia mau ʻōlelo no ka hoʻāo o ʻAiwohikupua mā, i ia manawa, noi akula ʻo ia i kona mau mākua e holo e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kauaʻi, a ua pono kāna noi i mua o kona mau mākua. | When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻolale aʻela kona mau mākua i nā kānaka e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no Hinaikamalama e holo ai i Kauaʻi, a wae aʻela i mau hoa hele kūpono no ke aliʻi e like me ke ʻano mua o ka huakaʻi aliʻi. | The parents hastened the preparation of canoes for Hinaikamalama's voyage to Kauai, and selected a suitable cortege for the princess's journey, as is customary on the journey of a chief. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.4 | A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi mau pono no ka hele ʻana, kau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama ma nā waʻa a holo akula a hiki i Kauaʻi. | When all was ready Hinaikamalama went on board the double canoe and sailed and came to Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.3 sent.1 | Iā ia nei i hiki aku ai, aia ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu ma Mānā. | When she arrived Aiwohikupua was with Poliahu and others at Mana, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, he pō leʻaleʻa ia no nā aliʻi, he kilu a he kāʻeke nā leʻaleʻa i ia pō. | That night was a festival night, the game of kilu and the dance kaeke being the sports of the night. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.2 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā e leʻaleʻa ana i ia manawa ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, hiki akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a noho i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, a he mea malihini naʻe i ka ʻaha kēia kaikamahine malihini. | During the rejoicings in the middle of the night came Hinaikamalama and sat in the midst of the festive gathering, and all marveled at this strange girl. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa a ia nei i komo aku ai i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike maopopo mai i ia manawa, no ka mea, ua lilo i ka hula kāʻeke. | When she came into their midst Aiwohikupua did not see her, for his attention was taken by the dance. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hele akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki a i ka mea ʻume, ʻī akula, “E hele ʻoe a ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻopau ka hula kāʻeke. | Then Hauailiki went and said to the master of ceremonies, "Go and tell Aiwohikupua to stop the dance |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.3 | I kilu ka leʻaleʻa i koe. | and play at spin-the-gourd; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.5 sent.4 | Aia a kilu, a laila, kiʻi aku ʻoe a ʻume mai i ka wahine malihini, ʻo koʻu pili ia o kēia pō.” | when the game begins, then you go up and draw the stranger for my partner to-night." |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Hauaʻiliki e kilu ana me Poliʻahu, a i ka ʻumi o nā hāuna kilu a lāua, i ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a kaʻapuni aʻela a puni ka ʻaha. | Then Hauailiki played at spin-the-gourd with Poliahu until the gourd had been spun ten times. Then the master of ceremonies arose and made the circuit of the assembly, |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.2 | Hoʻi maila a kau akula i ka maile iā Hauaʻiliki me ke oli ʻana a kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | returned and touched Hauailiki with his maile wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile a kau akula ma luna o Hinaikamalama a kū maila. | Then the master of ceremonies took the wand back and touched Hinaikamalama's head and she arose. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Hinaikamalama i kū mai ai, nonoi akula ʻo ia i ka mea ʻume e ʻōlelo aʻe a kūnou maila ka mea ʻume. | As she stood there she requested the master of the sports to let her speak, and he nodded. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i ka mea nona ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, haʻi ʻia maila no Hauaʻiliki me Makaweli. | Hinaikamalama asked for whom the sports were given, and they told her for Hauailiki and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole. | And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.2 | Alia naʻe wau e hoʻokō i ka ʻume a ka mea nāna i ʻume iā kāua e like me kona makemake, akā, e hoʻākāka aʻe wau i koʻu kuleana i hiki mai ai iā Kauaʻi nei mai kahi lōʻihi mai. | now I put off the match which the master of ceremonies has chosen. But let me explain my object in coming so far as Kauai. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.3 | ʻO ia ala, ʻo ʻAiwohikupua koʻu kuleana i hiki ai i kēia ʻāina no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei ua hoʻāo ʻo ia ala me Poliʻahu. | That fellow there, Aiwohikupua, is my reason for coming to this land, because I heard that he was married to Poliahu; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.4 | No laila, i hele mai nei wau e ʻike i ko ia ala hoʻopunipuni nui iaʻu, no ka mea, hiki aʻe kēlā i Hāna ma Maui, e heʻe nalu ana mākou. | therefore I came here to see how he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were surf riding. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.6 | Makemake nō ʻo ia ala i ke kōnane. | He wanted to play konane. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.7 | Kau hou ka papa kōnane a paʻa, nīnau aku wau i kona kumu pili. | We set up the board again; I asked what he would bet; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.8 | Kuhikuhi kēlā i nā kaulua. | he pointed to his double canoe. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.9 | ʻŌlelo aku wau, ʻaʻole oʻu makemake i kona kumu pili, a laila, haʻi aku wau i kaʻu kumu pili makemake, ʻo nā kino nō o māua. | I said I did not like his bet; then I told the bet I liked, our persons; |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.13 | I ke kōnane ʻana naʻe, ʻaʻole i liʻuliʻu, paʻa mua iaʻu ma luna o ka papa kōnane a māua, ʻo ko ia ala make ihola nō ia. | And in the game in a little while my piece blocked the game, and he was beaten. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.16 | ʻĪ mai kēlā, 'Alia wau e hoʻokō i kāu kumu pili a hoʻi mai wau mai kuʻu huakaʻi kaʻapuni mai, a laila, hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili āu, e ke Aliʻi wahine.' | Said that fellow, 'I will wait to carry out the bet until I return from a touring trip. Then I will fulfill the bet, O princess.' |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.17 | A no kēia ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ia nei, ua holo like ia iā māua, a no kēia mea, noho puʻupaʻa wau me ka maluhia a hiki mai i kēia manawa. | And because of his fine speeches we agreed upon this, and for this reason, I have lived apart under a taboo until now. |
| Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.18 | A no kuʻu lohe ʻana aʻe nei he wahine kā ia ala, ʻo ia koʻu hiki mai nei iā Kauaʻi nei a komo maila i ko ʻaha leʻaleʻa, e ke Aliʻi. | And When I heard that he had a wife, 1 came to Kauai and entered the festal gathering. O chief, |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, nēnē akula ka ʻaha kanaka a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu me ka hoʻohewa loa iā ʻAiwohikupua. | Then the men at the gathering all around the kilu shelter were roused and blamed Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a Hinaikamalama a haʻiʻōlelo lā, a laila, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ʻo Poliʻahu i ka huhū wela, ʻo kona hoʻi nō ia i Mauna Kea a hiki i kēia lā. | Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there to this day. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1 | Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa. | Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kū hou maila ka mea ʻume a hoʻoili hou i ka maile ma luna o Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama, a kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki, a kū maila nō hoʻi ʻo Hinaikamalama. | Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki
and Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.3 | Ma kēia ʻume hope, haʻi maila ʻo Hinaikamalama i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi ē, ua hoʻohui ʻia kāua e ka mea ʻume ma ka mea mau o nā ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Hauailiki, "O chief, we have been matched by the sport master as is usual in this game. |
| Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.5 | Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.1 sent.1 | I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi. | That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hāpai aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama he wahi mele: | Then Hinaikamalama raised a short chant — |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.2 sent.3 | Ke kō nei i ke ʻano o kuʻu manawa, | My heart is afraid. |
| Ch.18 p.93 para.2 sent.5 | Ke kau mai nei ka haliʻa i kuʻu manawa, | My heart begins to fear, |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.2 | E apo mai ʻoe iaʻu a paʻa i mehana iho wau. | Embrace me close to make me warm: |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.1 sent.4 | A laila, hoʻokō maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kā ka wahine ʻōlelo, a laila, loaʻa maila ka mahana e like me ma mua. | Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.1 | A hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua e hōʻoluʻolu no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki ma ka hoʻopalau ʻana, a laila, hiki hou maila ke anu iā Hinaikamalama, ʻo ka lua ia o kona loaʻa i ke anu. | As they began to take their ease in fulfillment of their vow at the betrothal, then the cold came a second time upon Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hāpai hou aʻela he wahi mele, penei: | Then she raised a chant, as follows: |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.4 | Ke kōmi nei i kuʻu manawa, | It presses upon my heart. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.3 sent.7 | I kuʻu pō hiamoe hoʻi.” | In my night of sleep. |
| Ch.19 p.95 para.4 sent.1 | I kēia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Hinaikamalama iā ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i ʻike i ke kumu o kēia anu o kāua? Inā ua ʻike ʻoe i ke kumu o kēia anu, a laila, e haʻi mai. | This time Hinaikamalama said to Aiwohikupua, "Do you not know any reason for our being cold? If you know the reason, then tell me. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.1 sent.2 | Ua huhū paha iā kāua, no laila, ʻaʻahu aʻela i ke kapa hau ona. | she is perhaps angry with us, so she wears her snow mantle; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Ua oki kāua i kēia manawa. | Said Aiwohikupua, "We will break off this time; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.3 sent.2 | A kaʻawale akula lāua, a laila, loaʻa ihola iā Hinaikamalama ka moe ʻoluʻolu ʻana i ia koena pō a hiki i ke ao ʻana. | After they had parted then Hinaikamalama slept pleasantly the rest of the night until morning. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.4 sent.1 | Ma ke awakea, lawe hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō i kā lāua mea i ʻōlelo ai i ia pō iho ma mua. | At noon Aiwohikupua again took her in fulfillment of the agreement of the night before. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.4 sent.2 | I loko o kā lāua manawa i hoʻomaka ai no ka hoʻokō ʻana i ka hoʻohiki, a laila, ua pono ʻole ia mea i ko Poliʻahu manaʻo. | As those to reposed accordingly, Poliahu was displeased. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa lā, a ʻaʻahu ihola. | Then Poliahu took her sun mantle and covered herself; |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa ka hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku o Poliʻahu i ka wela ma luna o Hinaikamalama. | this time it was the heat Poliahu sent to Hinaikamalama. T |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hāpai aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele, penei: | hen she raised a short song, as follows: |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.6 sent.3 | Ke hoʻohahana nei i kuʻu kino, | It burns my body, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.6 sent.4 | Ke hoʻonakulu nei hoʻi i kuʻu manawa, | It draws sweat from my heart, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, “E hoʻomanawanui hou kāua, a inā i hiki hou mai ka wela ma luna o kāua, a laila, haʻalele mai ʻoe iaʻu.” | Said Hinaikamalama, "Let us still have patience and if the heat comes over us again, then leave me." |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.9 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hoʻāʻo hou aʻela lāua i kā lāua hana no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki. | After this, they again met in fulfillment of their vow. |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.9 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kau hou maila nō ka wela ma luna o lāua, a laila, hāpai hou aʻela ʻo ia ma ke mele: | Then again the heat settled over them, then she raised again the chant: |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.3 | Ke ʻūlili ʻanapu nei i kuʻu manawa, | Its quivering touch scorches my heart, |
| Ch.19 p.96 para.10 sent.5 | I haoa ʻenaʻena i ke Kau, | The fiery heat of summer, |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa ke kū aʻela no ia o Hinaikamalama, hele. | Then Hinaikamalama arose to go. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.1 sent.2 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “Kainoa ʻo ka hāʻawi mai i ka ihu, a laila, hele aku.” | Said Aiwohikupua, "You might give me a kiss before you go." |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.1 | (E waiho kākou i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no ʻAiwohikupua ma ʻaneʻi. | (Let us leave off here telling about Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.4 | I ia pō iho, he pō leʻaleʻa hou ia no Hauaʻiliki me nā aliʻi ma Puʻuopāpaʻi. | This very night there was again a festivity for Hauailiki and the chiefs at Puuopapai. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.3 sent.5 | I ia pō, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama no kāna kauoha iā Hauaʻiliki ma hope iho o ko lāua ʻume ʻia ʻana, a ma mua hoʻi o kona hoʻohui ʻana me ʻAiwohikupua. | This night Hinaikamalama remembered her promise to Hauailiki after the game of spin-the-gourd, before she met Aiwohikupua. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā pō, ʻo ia ka lua o ka pō leʻaleʻa, a laila, hele akula ʻo Hinaikamalama, a noho pū akula ma waho o ka ʻaha. | This was the second night of the festival; then Hinaikamalama went and sat outside the group. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, na Kauakahialiʻi lāua me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ke kilu mua. | Now, the first game of spin-the-gourd was between Kauakahialii and Kailiokalauokekoa. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.1 | A no ka ʻike ʻole o ka mea ʻume iā Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō, no laila, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka mea ʻume ke hoʻomaka i kāna hana, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia i ka pō mua, no Hauaʻiliki a me Hinaikamalama ka leʻaleʻa mua o ia pō, a no ka loaʻa ʻole i ka maka o ka mea ʻume, ua lilo ka leʻaleʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe. | And as the master of ceremonies had not seen Hinaikamalama early that night, he had not done his duty. For on the former night the first game this night had been promised to Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama, but not seeing her he gave the first game to others. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.5 sent.2 | I ke kokoke ʻana e ao ua pō nei, huli aʻela ka mea ʻume i loko o ka ʻaha iā Hinaikamalama, a loaʻa ihola. | Close on morning the sport master searched the gathering for Hinaikamalama and found her. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki. | Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.2 | Hele akula ua mea ʻume nei a loaʻa ʻo Hinaikamalama, kau akula i ka maile, a kāʻili maila. | The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with the wand and withdrew it. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū maila ʻo Hinaikamalama ma waho o ka ʻaha i mua o ke anaina. | Then Hinaikamalama stood in the midst of the circle of players. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.8 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Poliʻahu iā Hinaikamalama, kokoe akula nā maka i ka ʻike i kona ʻenemi, a hala akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e hoʻoluʻolu ai. | When Poliahu saw Hinaikamalama, she frowned at sight of her rival. And Hauailiki and Hinaikamalama withdrew where they could take their pleasure. |
| Ch.19 p.97 para.9 sent.3 | Akā, inā i manaʻo ʻoe e lawe iaʻu i wahine hoʻāo nāu, a laila, e hāʻawi wau iaʻu nāu mau loa e like me ka makemake o koʻu mau mākua.” | But if you intend to take me as your wife, then 1 will give myself altogether to you as my parents desire." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēlā ʻōlelo a ka wahine, haʻi aku ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona manaʻo, “Ua pono kou manaʻo. | To the woman's words Hauailiki answered, "Your idea is a good one; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole pēlā,” wahi a Hinaikamalama, “E waiho puʻupaʻa iaʻu pēlā a hiki i kou manawa e kiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu, a loaʻa wau i Hāna.” | "Not so," said Hinaikamalama,"let me be virgin until you are ready to come and get me at Hana." |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.1 | I ke kolu o ka pō leʻaleʻa o Hauaʻiliki, i nā aliʻi e ʻākoakoa ana, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō i hui ai ʻo Lilinoe me Poliʻahu, ʻo Waiʻale a me Kahoupokāne, no ka mea, ua ʻimi mai lākou iā Poliʻahu me ka manaʻo, ke pono nei ko ʻAiwohikupua mā noho ʻana me Poliʻahu. | On the third night of Hauailiki's festivities, when the chiefs and others were assembled, that night Lilinoe and Poliahu, Waiale and Kahoupokane met, for the three had come to find Poliahu, thinking that Aiwohikupua was living with her. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.2 | I ia pō, iā ʻAiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko lāua manawa leʻaleʻa, komo ana nā wāhine noho mauna i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa. | This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place of assembly. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, nei akula ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa no kēia poʻe wāhine no ke ʻano ʻē o ko lākou kapa. | the group of players were in an uproar because of these women, because of the strange garments they wore; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.4 sent.3 | I ia manawa, popoʻi maila ke anu i ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa a puni ka pāpaʻi kilu, a kau maila ma luna o ka ʻaha ka pilikia a hiki i ka wanaʻao, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu mā iā Kauaʻi. | at the same time cold penetrated the whole kilu shelter and lasted until morning, when Poliahu and her companions left Kauai. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.1 | (Aia a hiki aku i ka hiki ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai i Kauaʻi, ma hope iho o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻāo ʻana aku me Lāʻieikawai, a laila, e hoʻomaka hou ke kamaʻilio no Hinaikamalama. | (When we get to Laieikawai's coming to Kauai after Kekalukaluokewa's marriage with Laieikawai, then we will begin again the story of Hinaikamalama; |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.5 sent.2 | Ma kēia wahi e kamaʻilio no ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, pēlā aku a hiki i ka hui ʻana me Lāʻieikawai.) | at this place let us tell of Kauakahialii's command to his friend, and so on until he meets Laieikawai.) |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kauakahialiʻi me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa ma Pihanakalani ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai Hawaiʻi mai, ʻoiai ua kokoke mai ko lāua mau lā hope, i ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kāna aikāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā, i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ona, a eia nō ia, “E kuʻu aikāne aloha nui, ke waiho aku nei wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ma luna ou, no ka mea, ke kokoke mai nei koʻu mau lā hope, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻaoʻao mau o ka honua. | After their return from Hawaii, Kauakahialii lived with Kailiokalauokekoa at Pihanakalani. Now the end of their days was near. Then Kauakahialii laid a blessing upon his friend, Kekalukaluokewa, and this it was: "Ah! my friend, greatly beloved, I give you my blessing, for the end of my days is near, and I am going back to the other side of the earth. |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.2 | Aia a hāʻule aku wau i kahi hiki ʻole iaʻu ke ʻike mai iā ʻolua me ka wahine a kāua, a laila, kū ʻoe i ka moku. | When I fall dead, there where sight of you and our wife comes not back, then do you
rule over the island, |
| Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.3 | ʻO ʻoe nō ma luna, ʻo ka wahine a kāua ma lalo, e like nō me kā kāua naʻi ʻana i ka moku i puni ai, pēlā nō ʻoe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a kāua. | you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the island, so will you and our wife do. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.1 sent.1 | “A make wau, a manaʻo aʻe paha ʻoe i wahine nāu, mai lawe ʻoe i kā kāua wahine. | "It may be when I am dead you will think of taking a wife; do not take our wife; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.1 | “Aia kāu wahine e kiʻi ʻo kuʻu wahine i haʻalele aku nei i Hawaiʻi, ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | "The woman for you to take is the wife left on Hawaii, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.4 | Aia a mālama pono ʻoe i ka ʻohe, a laila, wahine ʻoe, ʻo ia ke kauoha iā ʻoe.” | guard well the flute, then the woman is yours, this is my charge to you." |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.5 | Ma kēia kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, ua pono ia i ko ke aikāne manaʻo. | Kauakahialii's charge pleased his friend. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.2 sent.6 | Ma ia hope mai, make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, lilo ka noho aliʻi i kāna aikāne, a ʻo kā lāua wahine nō ke kuhina. | In the end Kauakahialii died; the chief, his friend, took the rule, and their wife was the counsellor. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.1 | A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe. | Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute; |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.3 | ʻO nā mea a pau āu e makemake ai, inā e kiʻi ʻoe i ka wahine a ko aikāne i kauoha ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea nō kēia nāna e hoʻohui iā ʻolua. | whatever things you desire it can do; if you go to get the wife your
friend charged you to, this will be the means of your meeting. |
| Ch.19 p.99 para.3 sent.5 | Ma kāu wahi e hele ai, a e noho ai, mai haʻalele iki i ka ʻohe, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe i ka hana a kāu aikāne i ko ʻolua manawa i hiʻi aʻe ai iaʻu i kuʻu wā e ʻaneʻane aku ana i ka make ma muli o kuʻu aloha i ko aikāne. | wherever you go to dwell, never leave the flute at all, for you well know what your friend did when you two came to get me when I was almost dead for love of your friend. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1 | A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi. | After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.2 | Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna hoʻoponopono ʻana i ka ʻāina a me kona noho aliʻi ʻana, i ia manawa, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne no Lāʻieikawai. | After apportioning the land and setting up his court, Kekalukaluokewa bethought him of his friend's charge concerning Laieikawai. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi. | Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.2 sent.2 | A mākaukau kā ke aliʻi kauoha, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi ʻelua mau punahele, a lawe aʻela i nā kaukaualiʻi, ka poʻe kūpono ke hele pū me ke aliʻi, a lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau iʻaloa a pau. | When the chief's command was carried out, the chief took two favorites, a suitable retinue of chiefs, and all the embalmed bodies of his ancestors. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.1 | I ka malama i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo ka Māhoe Mua, i nā malama maikaʻi o ka moana, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, a holo aku i Hawaiʻi. | In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left Kauai and came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.2 | Ua nui nā lā i hala iā lākou ma ia hele ʻana. | Many days passed on the voyage. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.1 | Ma kēia holo ʻana a lākou, hiki akula ma Makahanaloa i Hilo ma ke kakahiaka nui. | As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in Hilo. |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku kahi kanaka nāna i ʻike mua iā Lāʻieikawai i ke aliʻi, “E nānā ʻoe i kēlā ānuenue e piʻo lā i uka, ʻo Paliuli nō ia. | Then said the man who had seen Laieikawai before to the chief, "See that rainbow arching over the uplands; that is Paliuli, |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.3 | ʻO ia nō ua wahi lā, ma laila nō kahi i loaʻa ai iaʻu.” | where I found her." |
| Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.4 | E neʻe ana naʻe ka ua o Hilo i ia mau lā a lākou i hiki aku ai ma Makahanaloa. | Now the rain was sweeping Hilo at the time when they came to Makahanaloa. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kahi kanaka, ʻī aku ke aliʻi, “Alia wau e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāu no Lāʻieikawai kēlā hōʻailona, no ka mea, he mea mau i loko o ka wā ua ka piʻo o ke ānuenue. | At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, i kuʻu manaʻo, e hekau nā waʻa, a e kali kākou a mālie ka ua, a laila, i piʻo mai ke ānuenue i loko o ka wā ua ʻole, a laila, maopopo no Lāʻieikawai ka hōʻailona.” | so, my proposal is, let us anchor the canoes and wait until the rain has cleared, then if the rainbow remains when there is no rain, it must be a sign for Laieikawai.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.5 | I ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā ʻumikumamālua, puka akula ke aliʻi i waho mai ka hale aʻe, aia hoʻi, e hoʻomau ana ke ānuenue e like me ma mua. | In the early morning of the twelfth day the chief went out of the house, and lo! the rainbow persisted as before; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kēlā lā, pau ko ke aliʻi kānalua ʻana nō kēlā hōʻailona, a holo akula a hiki i Keaʻau. | That day there was no longer any doubt of the sign, and they sailed and came to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.2 sent.2 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma Keaʻau, ua hoʻi aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i uka o Paliuli. | When they arrived, Laieikawai had gone up to Paliuli. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki aku ai, ua nui nā kamaʻāina i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻōlelo mai o nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAkahi nō ka ʻāina kanaka maikaʻi o Kauaʻi!” | When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Kekalukaluokēwā mā i holo aku ai a hiki i Keaʻau, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Waka, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia. | On the day when Kekalukaluokewa sailed and came to Kauai, Waka foresaw this Kekalukahiokewa. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “Mai iho ʻoe i kai, no ka mea, ua hiki maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i Keaʻau i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe. | Said Waka to her grandchild, "Do not go again to the coast, for Kekalukaluokewa has come to Keaau to get you for his wife. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.3 | Make akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, kauoha aʻela i ke aikāne e kiʻi mai iā ʻoe i wahine, no laila, ʻo kāu kāne ia. | Kauakahialii is dead, and has charged his favorite to take you to wife; therefore this is your husband. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻae ʻoe ʻo kāu kāne ia, kū ʻoe i ka moku, ola nō hoʻi nā iwi. | If you accept this man you will rule the island, surely preserve (our) bones. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoe i uka nei a hala nā lā ʻehā, a laila, iho aku ʻoe, a inā ua makemake ʻoe, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai i kou makemake iaʻu.” | Therefore wait up here four days, then go down, and if you like him, then return and tell me your pleasure.'" |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.4 sent.7 | Ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka hā o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā hoʻomalu, ala aʻela ʻo ia a me kona kahu kuapuʻu, a iho akula i Keaʻau. | In the early morning of the fourth day of retirement, she arose and went down with her hunchbacked attendant to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma kahi kokoke iki e nānā aku ai i kauhale, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mua aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ma kūlana heʻe nalu ma mua o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku. | When she arrived close to the village, lo! Kekalukaluokewa was already out surf riding; |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā e noho ana ma kahi a lāua e hoʻohālua ana no Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ke kāne a ke kupuna wahine i makemake ai. | As Laieikawai and her companion spied out for Kekalukahiokewa, they did not know which man the grandmother wanted. |
| Ch.20 p.102 para.6 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona wahi kahu, “Pehea lā kāua e ʻike ai i ke kāne aʻu a kuʻu kupuna wahine i ʻōlelo mai nei?” | Said Laieikawai to her nurse, "How are we to know the man whom my grandmother said was here?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.1 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo aku kona kahu, “Pono kāua ke kali a pau kā lākou heʻe nalu ʻana, a ʻo ka mea e hele wale mai ana, ʻaʻole he paʻa i ka papa heʻe nalu, a laila, ʻo ke aliʻi nō ia. | Her nurse said. "Better wait until they are through surfing, and the one who comes back without a board, he is the chief." |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻopau aʻela nā heʻe nalu i ko lākou manawa heʻe nalu, a hoʻi maila a pae i uka. | Then, the surf riding ended and the surfers came back to shore. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.2 | I ia wā, ʻike akula lāua i ke kiʻi ʻia ʻana mai o nā papa o nā punahele e nā kānaka, a lawe ʻia akula. | Then they saw some men carrying the boards of the favorites, |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.3 | ʻO ka papa heʻe nalu hoʻi o ke aliʻi, na nā punahele i ʻauamo aku, a hele wale maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā. | but the chief's board the favorites bore on their shoulders, and Kekalukaluokewa came without anything. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.2 sent.4 | Pēlā i ʻike ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna kāne. | So Laieikawai looked upon her husband. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.3 sent.1 | A maopopo ihola iā lāua kā lāua mea i iho mai ai, a laila, hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i Paliuli, a haʻi akula i ke kupuna wahine i kā lāua mea i ʻike ai. | When they had seen what they had come for, they returned to
Paliuli and told their grandmother what they had seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.3 sent.2 | Nīnau maila ke kupuna wahine, “Ua makemake ʻoe i ko kāne?” | Asked the grandmother, "Were you pleased with the man?" |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai ʻo Waka, “ʻApōpō, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, ʻo ia ka wā e ʻau ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ka heʻe nalu, ʻo ia wale. | Said Waka, "To-morrow at daybreak Kekalukaluokewa goes surfing alone; |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia. | at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.3 | Aia a pau ka uhi ʻana o ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai nā mea a pau, ʻo ʻoe kekahi me Kekalukaluokēwā e heʻe mai ana i ka nalu hoʻokahi, ʻo ia ka manawa e loaʻa ai ko ihu i ke keiki Kauaʻi. | When the mist clears, then all shall see you riding on the wave with Kekalukaluokewa; that is the time to give a kiss to the Kauai youth. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.4 | No laila, i kou puka ʻana mai loko aku nei o kou hale, ʻaʻole ʻoe e kamaʻilio iki aku i kekahi kāne, ʻaʻole hoʻi i kekahi wahine. | So when you go out of the house, speak no word to anyone, man or woman, |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.6 | Aia a pau kā ʻolua heʻe nalu ʻana, a laila, e hoʻouna aku wau i nā manu a me ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, ʻo kou manawa ia e hoʻi mai ai me ko kāne a loko o ko ʻolua hale, a laila, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia ko kino e like me koʻu makemake. | After the surf riding, then I will send the birds and a mist over the land; that is the time for you to return with your husband to your house, become one flesh according to jour wish.'' |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.7 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka haʻi ʻia iā Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi akula ʻo ia ma kona hale aliʻi, ʻo ia a me kona kahu. | When all this had been told Laieikawai, she returned to the chief-house with her nurse. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai me kona kahu ma ka hale ma hope iho o ke kauoha ʻana a kona kupuna wahine, hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia i kona kahu e kiʻi aku iā Mailehaʻiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelauliʻi, Mailepākaha a me Kahalaomāpuana, kona mau hoa kūkā e like me kā lākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Afterward, when they were in the house, she sent her nurse to bring Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and Kahalaomapuana, her counsellors, as they had agreed. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.3 | Ua kūkā aʻe nei au me ke kupuna wahine o kākou, e hoʻāo wau i kāne naʻu, no laila wau i hoʻouna aku nei i ko kākou kahu e kiʻi aku iā ʻoukou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana ma hope iho o ko kākou hui ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | I have taken counsel with our grandmother about my marriage, so I sent my nurse to bring you, as we agreed when we met here. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.5 | A pehea? Aia i kā kākou hoʻoholo like ʻana. | What do you say? What you all agree, will do. |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.6 | Inā i ʻae mai ʻoukou, ua pono nō. | If you consent, well; |
| Ch.20 p.103 para.6 sent.7 | Inā e hōʻole mai, aia nō ia i ko kākou manaʻo.” | if not, it shall be just as you think." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, a i hoʻāo ʻoe i ke kāne, mai haʻalele ʻoe iā mākou e like me kā kākou hoʻohiki ʻana. | Only when you marry a husband do not forsake us, as we have agreed; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.1 sent.5 | ʻO ʻoe i ka pilikia, ʻo kākou pū i laila.” | if you are in trouble, we will share it." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.2 | Eia hoʻi, ua ʻike mua aʻe nei kākou ma nā mokuna mua, he mea mau nō iā Lāʻieikawai ka iho i kai o Keaʻau ma ka moʻolelo o Hauaʻiliki a me ka moʻolelo o ka hele ʻalua ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Hawaiʻi, a ʻo ia mau nō a hiki i ko Kekalukaluokēwā hiki ʻana i Hawaiʻi. | Now we have seen in former chapters, in the story of Hauailiki and the story of Aiwohikupua's second trip to Hawaii, that it was customary for Laieikawai to go down to Keaau, and it was the same when Kekalukaluokewa came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.1 | I nā manawa a pau o ko Lāʻieikawai hele ʻana ma Keaʻau, he mea mau i kēia keiki, iā Halaaniani, ka ʻike iā Lāʻieikawai ma Keaʻau. | Every time Laieikawai came to Keaau the youth Halaaniani saw her |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.2 | Me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, mai ia manawa mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka manaʻo ʻino e ake e loaʻa ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | without knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never left his mind to win Laieikawai, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.1 | I ka ʻehā o nā lā hoʻomalu o Lāʻieikawai, he mea hoʻohuoi iā Halaaniani ka nalo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole i hiki hou ma Keaʻau. | During the four days of Laieikawai's retirement Halaaniani brooded jealously over her absence. She came no more to Keaau. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.4 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hoʻokokoke mai ai ma kahi o nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau, lohe ihola ʻo ia, e lilo ana ua Lāʻieikawai nei iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | In the village he heard that Laieikawai was to be Kekalukaluokewa's. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻi wikiwiki akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me kona kaikuahine, me Maliʻo. | Then quickly he went to consult his sister, to Malio." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula kona kaikunāne, “E Maliʻo, i piʻi mai nei wau iā ʻoe e kiʻi ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, i nā lā a pau aʻu e nalo nei, ma Keaʻau nō wau no koʻu ʻike mau i kēia wahine maikaʻi. | Said her brother, " Malio, I have come to you to gain my desire. All those days I was absent I was at Keaau to behold a certain beautiful woman, |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.3 | No laila, ua hoʻokonokono ʻia mai wau e ke kuko e hele pinepine e ʻike i ua wahine nei. | for my passion forced me to go again and again to see this woman. |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.4 | A ma kēia lā, ua lohe aku nei wau e lilo ana i ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi i ka lā ʻapōpō. | To-day I heard that to-morrow she is to be the chief of Kauai; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.2 | Ua hāʻawi aʻela ke kupuna wahine i ke aliʻi nui o Kauaʻi. | whom the grandmother has given to the great chief of Kauai; |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.6 sent.5 | ʻO ia ka manawa o kāua e ʻike ai i ko nele a me ka loaʻa.” | that is the time for us to determine whether you lose or win." |
| Ch.20 p.104 para.7 sent.1 | Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine. | According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded. |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.1 | Ma mua o ko lāua manawa hiamoe, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “Inā e moe kāua i kēia pō, a i loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moeʻuhane, a laila, haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau.” | Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same." |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.2 | Iā lāua e moe ana, a hiki paha i ka pili o ke ao, ala aʻela ʻo Halaaniani. | They slept until toward morning. Halaaniani awoke, |
| Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole i loaʻa he moe iā ia, a ala maila nō hoʻi ʻo Maliʻo i ia manawa nō. | he could not sleep, and Malio awoke at the same time. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.2 sent.2 | I ka hiamoe ʻana nō, ʻo ke oki nō ia, ʻaʻole wau i loaʻa wahi moe iki, a puoho wale aʻela.” | as I slept I knew nothing, had not the least dream until I awoke just now." |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.3 sent.1 | Nīnau akula hoʻi ʻo Halaaniani i kona kaikuahine, “Pehea hoʻi ʻoe?” | Halaaniani asked his sister. "How was it with you?" |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.2 | Ia kaua nō i moe iho nei, hele aku nei nō kaua a ma nahelehele, moe ʻoe i kou pūha lāʻau, a ʻo wau nō hoʻi ma koʻu pūha lāʻau. | as we slept we went into the thicket: you slept in your hollow tree and I in mine: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.3 | Nānā aku nei koʻu ʻuhane i kekahi wahi manu e hana ana i kona pūnana. | my spirit saw a little bird building its nest: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.5 | A ma hope, he manu ʻokoʻa ka manu nana i lele mai a hoʻomoe i ua pūnana nei. | And by-and-by another bird flew hither and sat upon the nest, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.6 | ʻAʻole naʻe wau i ʻike i ka lele ʻana aku ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ua pūnana nei, a puoho wale aʻela wau. | [However I didn't see the last bird fly away who sat on the nest, and then I awoke.] |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.4 sent.7 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi i ʻike ʻia ka hoʻi hou ʻana mai o ka manu nana ka pūnana.” | but I saw not that bird come again whose the nest was.'' |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi akula kona kaikuahine i ke ʻano ʻoiaʻiʻo o ua moe la, “E pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ana nō ʻoe, no ka mea, ʻo ka manu mua nona ka pūnana, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā nō ia, a ʻo ka pūnana, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ia. | His sister told him the true meaning of the dream. "You will prosper; for the first bird whose the nest was, that is Kekalukaluokewa. and the nest, that is Laieikawai, |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo ka manu hope nana i hoʻomoe ka pūnana, ʻo ʻoe nō ia. | and the last bird who sat in the nest, that is you. |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.5 | A mao aʻe, a laila, ʻike ʻia aku ʻekolu ʻoukou e kū mai ana ma kua nalu, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe he mana koʻu e uhi aku ma luna o Waka, a ʻike ʻole ʻo ia i kaʻu mea e hana aku ai nou. | when it clears, then you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing for you: |
| Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.6 | No laila, e kū kāua a hele aku ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i kahi e hoʻāo ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai.” | so let us arise and get near to the place where Laieikawai weds." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.1 | A pau ka hōʻike ʻana a Maliʻo i ke ʻano o kēia mau mea, iho akula lāua a ma kahi kūpono iā lāua e noho ai. | After Malio's explanation of the dream was ended they went right to the place where the others were. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.1 sent.2 | ʻO Maliʻo naʻe, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana; a ʻo ia wale nō kona kumu i hoʻāno ai. | Now Malio had power to do supernatural deeds: it was to secure this power that she lived apart. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai ma Keaʻau, ʻike akula lāua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e ʻau aʻe ana i ka heʻe nalu. | When they came to Keaau they saw Kekalukaluokewa swimming out for surf riding. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.2 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu. | Malio said to Halaaniani. "You listen to me! |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.3 | Inā i hiki ʻoukou ma kūlana heʻe nalu, a heʻe ʻoukou i ka nalu, mai hoʻopae ʻoe. | When you get on the back of the wave and glide along with the breaker, do not ride — |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.4 | E hoʻomake ʻoe i kou nalu. | lose the wave; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.5 | Pēlā nō ʻoe e hoʻomake ai i hala nā nalu ʻehā o ko lāua heʻe ʻana. | this for four waves: |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.6 | A i ka lima o ka nalu, ʻo ia ko lāua nalu pau. | and the fifth wave, this is their last. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.7 | Malia o hoʻohuoi lāua i kou pae ʻole, nīnau iho i ke kumu o kou pae ʻole ʻana, a laila, naʻi aku ʻoe no ka maʻa ʻole i ka heʻe ʻana o ka nalu pokopoko. | Maybe they will wonder at your not riding ashore and ask the reason, then you answer you are not accustomed to surfing on the short waves, |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.8 | A i nīnau mai i kāu nalu lōʻihi e heʻe ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo Huia. | and when they ask you what long waves you surf on say on the Huia." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.9 | Inā i maliu ʻole mai kēlā i kāu ʻōlelo, a hoʻomākaukau lāua e heʻe i ko lāua nalu pau, iā lāua e heʻe ai, a laila, hopu aku ʻoe i nā wāwae o Lāʻieikawai i heʻe aku ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ʻo ia wale. | "If they pay no attention to yon, and prepare to ride in on their last wave, as they ride you must seize hold of Laieikawai's feet while Kekalukaluokewa rides in alone. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.10 | A lilo iā ʻoe kēlā wahine, a laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻoe i ka moana loa. | When you have the woman, carry her far out to sea; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.12 | A laila, pule aeae ma kuʻu inoa, a naʻu nō e hoʻouna aku i nalu ma luna o ʻolua. | then pray in my name and I will send a wave over you; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e kamaʻilio ana i kēia mau mea, uhi ana ka noe a Waka ma luna o ka ʻāina. | While they were talking Waka covered the land with a mist. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻi ka hekili, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma kūlana nalu, na Waka ia. | Then the thunder pealed and there was Laieikawai on the crest of the wave. This was Waka's work. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.3 sent.4 | I ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia ʻekolu poʻe e lana ana ma kūlana nalu e kū ana, a he mea haʻohaʻo ia iā uka i ka nānā aku. | When the mist cleared three persons floated on the crest of the wave, and this was a surprise to the onlookers. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.1 | E like me ke kauoha a Waka i kāna moʻopuna, “ʻAʻole e ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe a laʻa ka ihu iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a laila, ʻōlelo i nā mea ʻē aʻe.” | As Waka had commanded her grandchild, "speak to no one until you have kissed Kekalukaluokewa, then speak to others," |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.2 | Ua hoʻolohe nō kāna moʻopuna i ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | the grandchild obeyed her command. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.4 sent.3 | A iā lākou ʻekolu ma kūlana heʻe nalu, ʻaʻole kekahi leo i lohe ʻia i waena o lākou. | While they rode the surf not one word was heard between them. |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kū ʻana o ka nalu mua, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, “Pae kākou!” | As they stood on the first wave Kekalukaluokewa said, "Let us ride." |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻomoe like lākou i nā papa o lākou, make ihola ʻo Halaaniani, pae aku lāua lā. | Then they lay resting upon their boards; Halaaniani let his drop back, the other two rode in; |
| Ch.21 p.108 para.5 sent.3 | ʻO ia ka manawa i laʻa ai ka ihu o Lāʻieikawai iā Kekalukaluokēwā e like me ke kauoha a ke kupuna wahine. | then it was that Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa kissed as the grandmother had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.1 sent.1 | I ka hā o ko lāua nalu pae, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa ka nīnau a Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, me ka ʻī aku, “He aha kou mea e pae ʻole nei? | At the fourth wave, for the first time Laieikawai questioned Halaaniani: "Why do you not ride? |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.1 | “No ka maʻa ʻole i ka nalu pokopoko,” wahi a Halaaniani, “no ka mea, he nalu loloa koʻu e heʻe ai.” | "Because I am not used to the short waves," said Halaaniani, "the long wave is mine." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka nalu, ʻo ia ka nalu pau loa o Lāʻieikawai me Kekalukaluokēwā. | The fifth wave, this was the last for Laieikawai and Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.3 sent.2 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo. | As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa i lilo aku ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma ka lima o Halaaniani, ʻōlelo akula iā Halaaniani, “He mea kupanaha! | When Laieikawai was in Halaaniani's arms she said, "This is strange! |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.6 sent.1 | Iā lāua nō e ʻōlelo ana no kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia maila ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kahi o lāua e kū ana. | While they were speaking; Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they were. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.7 sent.2 | I ia manawa a lāua e ʻau ana, haʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “Ma kēia ʻau ʻana a kāua, mai ʻalawa ʻoe i hope, i mua nō nā maka. | and while they swam Halaaniani bade the princess, ''As we swim do not look back, face
ahead; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.2 | I ia manawa, pane aku ʻo ia, “Haʻohaʻo ka nalu āu, e ke kāne. | then she said, "This is a strange wave, man! |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.3 | Ke ʻau aku nei kāua i kahi o ka nalu ʻole. | We are swimming out where there are no waves at all; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.4 | Eia kāua i ka moana lewa loa. | we are in the deep ocean; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.5 | Ke haʻi ka nalu i kēia wahi, he mea kupanaha. | a wave here would be strange; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.8 sent.6 | He ʻale ka mea loaʻa i ka moana loa.” | there are only swells out here." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.10 sent.1 | I ia ʻau ʻana a lāua a hiki i kahi a Halaaniani e manaʻo ai ʻo kūlana nalu ia, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Halaaniani i kona hoa heʻe nalu, “Nānā ʻia ʻo uka.” | They swam until Halaaniani thought they could get the crest, then Halaaniani said to his surfing comrade, "Look toward the coast." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.11 sent.1 | Pane aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua nalo ka ʻāina, ua hele mai nei ʻo Kumukahi a ʻoniʻoni i ka ʻale.” | Laieikawai replied, "The land has vanished, Kumukahi comes bobbing on the wave." |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.1 | “ʻO kūlana nalu kēia,” wahi a Halaaniani, “Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, inā i haki ka nalu mua, ʻaʻole kāua e pae i ia nalu. | "This is our crest." said Halaaniani. "I warn you when the first wave breaks, do not ride that wave, |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.2 | A i ka lua o ka nalu, ʻaʻole nō e pae. | or the second; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.3 | A i ke kolu o ka nalu, ʻo ka nalu ia o kāua e pae ai. | the third wave is ours. |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.4 | I haki ka nalu, a i kākala, a i ʻō ʻia ʻoe, mai haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa; ʻo ka mea nō ia nāna e hoʻolana. | When the wave breaks and scatters, keep on, do not leave the board which keeps you floating; |
| Ch.21 p.109 para.12 sent.5 | Inā e haʻalele ʻoe i ka papa, a laila, ʻaʻole ʻoe e ʻike iaʻu.” | if you leave the board, then you will not see me again." |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.1 | A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mau ʻōlelo, pule akula ʻo Halaaniani i ko lāua akua ma ka inoa o kona kaikuahine e like me kā Maliʻo kauoha mua. | At the close of this speech Halaaniani prayed to their god in the name of his sister, as Malio had directed. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.2 | Pule akula ʻo Halaaniani a hiki i ka hapalua o ka manawa, kū ana ua nalu. | Halaaniani was half through his prayer; a crest arose; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.3 | Hoʻomau akula ʻo ia i ka pule a hiki i ka ʻāmama ʻana, kū hou ana ua nalu, ʻo ka lua ia. | he finished the prayer to the amen; again a crest arose, the second this; |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.4 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, ʻōpuʻu ana kahi nalu. | not long after another wave swelled. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.1 sent.5 | I ia wā, kāhea mai ʻo Halaaniani i kona hoa, “Pae kāua.” | This time Halaaniani called out, "Let us ride." |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻomoe koke ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka papa, ʻo ka pae akula nō ia ma ke kōkua aku o Halaaniani. | Then Laieikawai quickly lay down on the board and with Halaaniani's help rode toward the shore. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, aia nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka halehale poʻipū o ka nalu, a i ka haki maikaʻi ʻana o ka nalu, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani me ia. | Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with her. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.3 | I ʻalawa hou aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani ma ka peʻa o ka nalu, ma kona akamai nui. | Laieikawai looked again; Halaaniani with great dexterity was resting on the very tip of the wave. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.4 | I ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hāʻawi iā ia iho iā Halaaniani. | That was when Laieikawai began to give way to Halaaniani. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula lāua mai kā lāua heʻe nalu ʻana, me ka ʻike mai nō ʻo Waka i ko lāua heʻe aku, ua kuhi naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ko Lāʻieikawai hoa heʻe nalu. | Waka saw them returning from surf riding and supposed Laieikawai's companion was Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui. | Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things, |
| Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.3 | Ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua a me ka mokuna iwakāluakumamākolu e ʻike ai kākou i ka nui o kāna mau hana mana. | and in Chapters XXII and XXIII yon will see what great deeds she had power to perform. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani e heʻe nalu ana mai ka moana mai, ua uhi ʻia ko Waka mana e ka mana nui o Maliʻo. | While Laieikawai was surfing ashore with Halaaniani, Waka's supernatural gift was overshadowed by Malio's superior skill, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.1 sent.2 | A no laila, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Waka i nā mea a pau e hana ʻia ana o kāna moʻopuna. | and she did not see what was being done to her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, i ke kokoke ʻana aku o Lāʻieikawai mā e pae i ka honua, ʻo ia ka manawa a Waka i hoʻouna mai ai i nā manu ma loko o ka noe. | Just as Laieikawai came to land, Waka sent the birds in the mist, |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.2 | A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻo nā papa heʻe nalu wale nō ke waiho ana; aia akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani i uka o Paliuli ma ko Lāʻieikawai hale. | and when the mist passed off only the surf boards remained; Laieikawai was with Halaaniani in her house up at Paliuli. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.2 sent.3 | Ma laila ʻo Halaaniani i lawe ai iā Lāʻieikawai i wahine hoʻāo nāna. | There Halaaniani took Laieikawai to wife. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.1 | I ia lā a pō, mai ka pō a ao, a awakea, he mea haʻohaʻo loa iā Waka no kāna moʻopuna, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mua aku ʻo ia i kāna moʻopuna ma mua o kona hoʻouna ʻana aku e launa me Kekalukaluokēwā. | The night passed, day came, and it was midday; Waka thought this strange, for before sending her grandchild to meet Kekalukaluokewa she had said to her: |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.2 | Eia ke kauoha, “Iho ʻoe i kēia lā a hui ʻoe me Kekalukaluokēwā, hoʻi mai ʻolua a uka nei a laʻa ko kino, a laila, kiʻi aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, naʻu nō e mālama i kou pāʻū no ka hoʻohaumia ʻana iā ʻoe.” | "Go, to-day, and meet Kekalukaluokewa, then return to the uplands, you two, and after your flesh has become defiled come to me; I will take care of you until the pollution is past." |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia haʻohaʻo a Waka, ma ke awakea o ka lua o ka lā o ko Lāʻieikawai lā hui me Halaaniani, hele akula ke kupuna wahine e ʻike i ka pono o kāna moʻopuna. | Because Waka was surprised, at midday of the second day after Laieikawai joined Halaaniani. the grandmother went to look after her grandchild. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.1 | I ke kupuna wahine i hiki aku ai, aia naʻe, ua paʻuhia lāua e ka hiamoe nui, me he mea lā, ua lilo ka pō i manawa makaʻala na lāua e like me ka mea mau i nā mea hou. | When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, i loko o ka wā hiamoe o Lāʻieikawai, i nānā iho ka hana o ke kupuna wahine, he kāne ʻē kēia a ka moʻopuna e moe pū ana; ka mea a ke kupuna wahine i ʻae ʻole ai. | As Laieikawai lay asleep, her grandmother looked and saw that the man sleeping with her grandchild was not the one she had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.3 | A no kēia mea, hoʻāla aʻela ʻo Waka i ka moʻopuna. | Then Waka wakened the grandchild, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau i kuʻu manaʻo paʻa iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole wau e ʻike hou i kou maka, e kuʻu moʻopuna, ma kēia hope aku a hiki i kuʻu lā make, no ka mea, ua pale ʻoe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo. | Therefore, I give you my oath never to see your face again, my grandchild, from this time until I die, for you have disobeyed me. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.2 sent.7 | He nani ia ua ʻimi akula nō i ke kāne, hana pono iho nā lima, i kāu kāne nā pono a me kou hanohano.” | that you must look for from your husband; work with your own hands; let your husband be your fortune and your pride," |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.3 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia manawa, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Waka e hana i hale hou i like me ka hale i hana ʻia no Lāʻieikawai. | After this Waka made ready to build another house like that she had built for Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1 | A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.2 | A hiki ʻo Waka ma kahi o Kekalukaluokēwā, hopu akula ma nā wāwae me ka naʻau kaumaha, a ʻōlelo akula, “He nui kuʻu kaumaha a me kuʻu aloha iā ʻoe, e ke Aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻupu aku wau i kaʻu moʻopuna ʻo ʻoe ke kāne e ola ai kēia mau iwi. | When Waka reached Kekalukaluokewa's place, she clasped his feet and said, with sorrowful heart: "Great is my grief and my love for you, O chief, for I desired you for my grandchild as the man to save these bones. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.4 | I ʻike mai nei ka hana i kaʻu moʻopuna, e moe mai ana me Halaaniani, ka mea a koʻu naʻau i makemake ʻole ai. | I saw her sleeping with Halaaniani, not the man I had chosen for her. |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.5 | No laila, i hele mai nei au e noi aku iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i waʻa noʻu a me nā kānaka pū mai, e kiʻi wau i ka hānai a Kapūkaʻihaoa, iā Lāʻielohelohe. | Therefore, I come to beseech you to give me a canoe and men also, and I will go and get the foster child of Kapukaihaoa, Laielohelohe, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.2 | E nānā naʻe ʻoe a i kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, a laila, manaʻo aʻe ʻoe ua hoʻi mai wau me ko wahine. | Keep watch, and if the mist rises on the ocean, then you will know that I am returning with your wife, |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.5 sent.3 | A laila, hoʻomalu ʻoe iā ʻoe a hiki i ko ʻolua lā e hoʻāo ai.” | then purify yourself for two days before the marriage." |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.1 | Ma ka manaʻo paʻa o Waka, ua holo maila ʻo ia a hiki i Oʻahu nei, ma Honouliuli, kau nā waʻa. | According to her determination, Waka sailed to Oahu, where the canoes landed at Honouliuli |
| Ch.22 p.115 para.6 sent.3 | Lālau ihola ʻo ia he wahi puaʻa i mea ʻālana aku i mua o Kapūkaʻihaoa, ke kahuna nāna i mālama iā Lāʻielohelohe, a piʻi akula. | She took a little pig to sacrifice before Kapukaihaoa, the priest who took care of Laielohelohe, and went up thither. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.1 | Piʻi akula ʻo Waka a hiki i Kūkaniloko, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo ia ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, hahau akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna me ka pule ʻana. | Waka went up and reached Kukaniloko; she drew near the place where Laielohelohe was hidden, held the pig out to the priest and prayed, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻĀmama aʻela, kuʻu akula i ka puaʻa i mua o ke kahuna. | and came to the amen, then she let the pig go. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.2 | Ua ʻupu aku wau ʻo ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi ke kāne, akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻolohe i kaʻu ʻōlelo; ua lilo aku iā Halaaniani. | I wished to have the chief of Kauai for her husband, but she would not listen to me, she became Halaaniani's; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.3 | No laila, i kiʻi mai nei wau i kāu hānai i wahine na Kekalukaluokēwā, ke aliʻi o Kauaʻi, i kū kāua i ka moku, ola nā iwi o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hiki i ka make. | therefore, I come to take your foster child to be the wife of Kekalukaluokewa, the chief of Kauai. We two shall be provided for, he will preserve our bones in the days of our old age until we die, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.4 | A loaʻa iā kāua kēlā aliʻi, a laila, kū ka mākaia o kaʻu hānai, i ʻike ai ia, ua hewa kāna hana ʻana.” | and when that chief is ours my foster child will be supplanted, and she will realize how she has sinned." |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.2 sent.5 | ʻŌlelo mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua pono ka puaʻa, no laila, ke hoʻokuʻu aku nei wau i kaʻu hānai nāu e mālama. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "The pig is well, therefore I give you my foster child to care for, |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa komo akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me Waka ma kahi kapu, kahi hoʻi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | Then Waka entered with Kapukaihaoa the taboo place where Laielohelohe was hidden; |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.2 | Hoʻonoho ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, a komo akula ke kahuna ma kahi i hūnā ʻia ai. | Waka waited and the priest went still farther into the place |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.3 sent.3 | A lawe ʻia maila a mua o Waka, i ia manawa, kūlou akula ʻo Waka i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula. | and brought her to Waka, then Waka knelt before Laielohelohe and did her reverence. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.4 sent.1 | I ka lā i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a kau i luna o nā waʻa, i ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kahuna i ka piko o kāna hānai a lei ihola ma kona ʻāʻī. | On the day when Laielohelohe went on board the canoe, then the priest took his foster child's umbilical cord and wore it about his neck. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i kaumaha kona manaʻo no Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ua manaʻo nō he pōmaikaʻi e ili mai ana ma luna ona. | But he did not sorrow for Laielohelohe, thinking how good fortune had come to her. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.5 sent.1 | I ka manawa i lawe ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole kekahi o nā kānaka hoe waʻa i ʻike aku iā ia a hiki wale i Hawaiʻi. | From the time Laielohelohe was taken on board, not one of the paddlers had the least glimpse of her until they came to Hawaii. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.6 sent.1 | Noho maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me ke kali i loko ka manawa i kauoha ʻia. | Kekalukaluokewa waited during the time appointed. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, ma ke kakahiaka, i loko o ko ke aliʻi manawa i ala mai ai mai ka hiamoe mai, ʻike aʻela ʻo ia i ka hōʻailona a Waka i kauoha ai, no ka mea, aia ka pūnohu i ka moana. | The next day, in the early morning, when the chief awoke from sleep, he saw the sign which Waka had promised, for there was the colored cloud on the ocean. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, e ʻike mua ana lāua i ka lā e puka aku ai. | Kekalukaluokewa prepared for Laielohelohe's arrival, expecting to see her first at that time. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.8 sent.1 | Ma ka ʻauinalā, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula nā waʻa, ʻākoakoa aʻela nā kānaka a pau ma ke awa pae waʻa e ʻike i ke aliʻi, i ka manaʻo, e puka aku ana a hālāwai me ke kāne. | In the afternoon, when the double canoes came in sight, all the people crowded to the landing place to see the chief, thinking she would come ashore and meet her husband. |
| Ch.22 p.116 para.8 sent.2 | I ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o nā waʻa ma ke awa, i ia manawa ka uhi ʻana mai o ka ʻohu a me ka noe mai Paliuli mai. | When the canoe approached the shore, then fog and mist covered the land from Paliuli to the sea. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Waka ma loko o ka ʻohu, ma luna o nā manu a hiki i Paliuli, a hoʻonoho iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ka hale i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona. | Then Laielohelohe and Waka were borne under cover of the mist on the birds to Paliuli, and Laielohelohe was placed in the house prepared for her |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.1 sent.2 | Ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai a loaʻa hou iā Halaaniani. | and stayed there until Halaaniani took her. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Waka i hiki aku ai ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi, ʻōlelo akula, “Ua hiki mai ko wahine, no laila, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i kanahā lā. | Then Waka came to Kekalukaluokewa and .said, "Your wife has come, so prepare yourself in forty days; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.2 | E kuahaua aku i nā mea a pau e ʻākoakoa mai ma ko ʻolua wahi e hui ai. | summon all the people to assemble at the place where you two shall meet; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.3 sent.3 | E hana i pāpaʻi kilu, ma laila e hoʻohilahila aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i ka ʻino o kāna hana.” | make a kilu, shelter; there disgrace Laieikawai, that she may see what wrong she has done. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.1 | I ka manawa naʻe i lawe aku ai ʻo Waka i ka mana ma luna o Lāʻieikawai, a laila, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea e pono ai ko lākou noho ʻana, a hoʻoholo aʻela ua mau kaikamāhine nei i kā lākou ʻōlelo e pane aku ai iā Lāʻieikawai. | At the time when Waka took away her supernatural protection from Laieikawai, Aiwohikupua's sisters took counsel as to what they had better do; and they agreed upon what they should say to Laieikawai. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2 | Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku. | Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.4 | No laila, ʻaʻole mākou e haʻalele iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e haʻalele iā mākou a hiki i ko kākou make ʻana. | As we will not forsake you, so do not you forsake us until our death; |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.5 | ʻO ia kā mākou ʻōlelo i hoʻoholo mai nei.” | this is what we have agreed." |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāʻule ihola nā kulu waimaka no ke aloha i kona mau hoa kūkā, me ka ʻī aku, “Kuhi au e haʻalele ana ʻoukou iaʻu i ka lawe ʻia ʻana o ka pōmaikaʻi mai o kākou aku, ʻaʻole kā! | When Laieikawai heard these words her tears fell for love of her comrades, and she said, "I supposed you would forsake me when fortune was taken from me; not so! |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.3 | A, i loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi iaʻu ma kēia hope aku, a laila, e hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoukou a pau i mau mea nui ma luna oʻu.” | Should fortune come to me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself." |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.1 | I ka ʻahā malama paha i ko lāua noho hoʻāo ʻana, ma kekahi lā awakea, puka aʻela ʻo Halaaniani mai loko aʻe o ka hale. | Perhaps the fourth month of their union, one day at noon when Halaaniani opened the door |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.2 | I hele aku i waho, i ia manawa, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻielohelohe e puka aʻe ana mai loko aʻe o kona hale kapu. | and went outside the house, he saw Laielohelohe going out of her taboo house. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hiki hou ke kuko i loko o Halaaniani. | Then once more longing seized Halaaniani. |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.1 | I ia lā nō, iā lāua e noho pono ana me Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Halaaniani e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia iā Lāʻielohelohe. | As he was at that time living on good terms with Laieikawai, [Halaaniani was thinking of a way to get and pollute Laielohelohe.] |
| Ch.22 p.117 para.7 sent.2 | No laila, ʻimi ihola ʻo Halaaniani i hewa no Lāʻieikawai i mea hoʻi e kaʻawale ai lāua, a laila, kiʻi aku i kāna mea e manaʻo nei. | Halaaniani sought some pretext for parting from Laieikawai in order to carry out his purpose. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.1 | I ka pō iho, ʻōlelo hoʻowalewale akula ʻo Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻī aku, “Iā kāua e noho nei i uka nei, mai ko kāua noho ʻana i uka nei a hiki i kēia manawa, ʻaʻole he pau o koʻu leʻaleʻa i ka heʻe nalu. | That night Halaaniani deceived Laieikawai, saying, "Ever since we have lived up here, my delight in surf riding has never ceased; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.2 | Aia a awakea, kau mai iaʻu ka leʻaleʻa, pēlā i nā lā a pau. | at noon the longing seizes me; it is the same every day; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.1 sent.3 | No laila, ke manaʻo nei au, ʻapōpō kāua, iho i kai o Keaʻau i ka heʻe nalu, a hoʻi mai nō hoʻi.” | so I propose to-morrow we go down to Keaau surf riding, and return here." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona mau hoa kūkā, nā kaikuahine hoʻi o ʻAiwohikupua, haʻi akula i ko lāua manaʻo me ke kāne i kūkā ai i ia pō, a he mea maikaʻi nō ia i kona mau hoa kūkā. | Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and this pleased her counsellors. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.2 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ua mau hoa lā, “Ke iho nei māua i kai ma ka makemake o ke kāne a kākou. | Laieikawai said to them, "We two are going to the sea, as our husband wishes. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.3 | I kali aʻe ʻoukou a i anahulu māua, mai hoʻohuoi ʻoukou. | You wait; do not be anxious if ten days pass |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.4 | ʻAʻole nō i pau ka leʻaleʻa heʻe nalu o kā kākou kāne. | and our husband has not had enough of the sport of surf riding; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.5 | Akā hoʻi, i hala ke anahulu me ka pō keu, a laila, ua pono ʻole māua, a laila, huki aʻe ʻoukou iaʻu.” | but if more than ten days pass, some evil has befallen us; then come to my help." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.1 | A hala akula lāua a hiki i kahi e kokoke aku ana i Keaʻau, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo Halaaniani e hana i ke kalohe iā Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E iho mua aku ʻoe o kāua a hiki i kai. | They departed and came to a place just above Keaau; then Halaaniani began to make trouble for Laieikawai, saying, "You go ahead to the coast |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.2 | E piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke (Maliʻo), a hoʻi mai wau. | and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, Malio, and return. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.3 | A inā i kali ʻoe iaʻu a i pō kēia lā, a ao ka pō, a i pō hou ua lā, a laila, manaʻo aʻe ʻoe ua make wau, a laila, moe hou aku ʻoe i kāne hou.” | And if you wait for me until day follows night, and night again that day, and again the day succeeds the night, then you will know that I am dead; then marry another husband." |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a kāna kāne, ʻauʻa aku ka wahine, a i ʻole, e piʻi pū nō lāua. | This proposal of her husband's did not please the wife, and she proposed their going up together, |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.4 sent.5 | A no ka pākela loa o Halaaniani i ke akamai i ka hoʻopuka i nā ʻōlelo paheʻe, ua puni kāna wahine maikaʻi iā ia. | but the slippery fellow used all his cunning, and she was deceived. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.1 | Hala akula ʻo Halaaniani, iho akula nō hoʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i Keaʻau, ma kahi kaʻawale aʻe i pili ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | Halaaniani left her. Laieikawai went on to Keaau, and at a place not close to Kekalukaluokewa, |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.2 | Noho ihola ʻo ia ma laila a pō ia lā, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai kāna kāne. | there she remained; and night fell, and the husband did not return; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.3 | Mai ia pō a ao, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai. | day came, and he did not return. |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.4 | Kali hou akula i ia lā a pō, pale ka pono. | She waited that day until night; it was no better; |
| Ch.22 p.118 para.5 sent.5 | A laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai ua make kāna kāne, a laila, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka akula ia i ka uē paʻiāuma no kāna kāne. | then she thought her husband was dead, and she began to pour out her grief. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.1 | He mea kaumaha loa iā Lāʻieikawai no ka make ʻana o kāna kāne, no laila i kanikau ai ʻo ia hoʻokahi anahulu me ʻelua mau lā keu (he ʻumikumamālua lā) no ke aloha iā ia. | Very heavy hearted was Laieikawai at her husband's death, so she mourned ten days and two (twelve days) for love of him. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.2 | I loko o kēia mau lā kanikau o Lāʻieikawai, he mea haʻohaʻo loa ia i kona mau hoa kūkā, no ka mea, ua kauoha mua ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma mua o ko lāua iho ʻana i kai o Keaʻau. | While Laieikawai mourned, her counsellors wondered, for Laieikawai had given them her charge before going to Keaau. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.3 | “He ʻumikumamākahi lā e kali ai” kona mau hoa iā ia, a i “hoʻi ʻole aku” i nā lā i kauoha ʻia e like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana aʻe nei ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamālua, a laila, maopopo, ua pono ʻole. | "Wait for me ten days, and should I not return," she had bidden them as told in Chapter XXII; so clearly she was in trouble. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.1 sent.4 | A no ka hala ʻana o ka manawa a Lāʻieikawai i kauoha ai i kona mau hoa, no laila, ala aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ke kakahiaka nui o ka ʻumikumamālua o ka lā, iho akula e ʻike i ka pono o ko lākou hoa. | And the time having passed which Laieikawai charged her companions to wait, Aiwohikupua's sisters awoke early in the morning of the twelfth day and went to look after their comrade. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki lākou ma Keaʻau, iā lākou e kokoke aku ana e hiki, ʻike mua maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, paʻiāuma maila me ka uē. | They went to Keaau, and as they approached and Laieikawai spied her counsellors she poured out her grief with wailing. |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, he mea haʻohaʻo naʻe ia i kona mau hoa ka uē ʻana, a ua akāka kāna kauoha “ua pono ʻole lāua” ma ka uē ʻana a Lāʻieikawai a me nā helehelena o ka pōʻino, no ka mea, aia ʻo Lāʻieikawai e kukuli ana i ka honua, a ʻo kekahi lima, ua peʻa aʻela ma ke kua, a ʻo kekahi lima, aia ma ka lae, a uē helu akula ʻo ia penei: | Now her counsellors marveled at her wailing and remembered her saying "some evil has befallen"; at her wailing and at her gestures of distress, for Laieikawai was kneeling on the ground with one hand clapped across her back and the other at her forehead, and she wailed aloud as follows: |
| Ch.23 p.119 para.3 sent.4 | Ua nei nākolo i ke aloha I ka hele o ke kāne, he hoa pili ē! | There is a rushing at my heart for love. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.1 sent.1 | Ua hala kuʻu lehua, aia i Koʻokoʻolau, | Because [my lehua] is gone — my close companion! |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.1 sent.2 | I ka nae kolopua, | With his soft pantings. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.2 sent.3 | Ua kupu liʻa haliʻa i ka manaʻo ē, | The first faint fear branches and grows — I can not bear it! |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.2 sent.4 | Ke hoʻopāʻele mai nei i kuʻu manawa, | My heart Is darkened |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.2 sent.5 | I ke aloha lā, | With love. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe kona mau hoa i kēia uē a Lāʻieikawai, uē like aʻela lākou a pau. | When her companions heard Laieikawai wailing, they all wailed with her. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.3 sent.2 | A pau kā lākou pihe uē, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “He mea kupanaha, iā kākou e uē nei, ʻo ka hāmama wale iho nō kā koʻu waha, ʻaʻole a kahe mai o ka waimaka, ʻo ke kaea pū wale aʻela nō ia, me he mea lā, i pania mai ka waimaka.” | After their lament, said Kahalaomapuana, "This is a strange way to cry; you open your mouth wide, but no tears run; you seem to be dried up, as if the tears were shut off." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.4 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “Me he mea lā, ʻaʻole i pōʻino kā kākou kāne.” | Kahalaomapuana replied, ''As if there were nothing the matter with our husband." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua make, no ka mea, iā māua nō i iho mai ai a ma uka aʻe nei lā, ʻo ka hiki mai nō hoʻi ia i kai nei, ʻōlelo mai nō kēlā iaʻu, 'E iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua, e piʻi aʻe au e ʻike i ko kaikoʻeke. | Said Laieikawai, "He is dead, for on the way down, just above here, he said, 'You go ahead and I will go up and see your sister-in-law, |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.2 | E kali naʻe ʻoe iaʻu a i pō kēia lā, a ao ka pō, a pō hou ua lā, a laila, ua make au.' | and if you wait for me until day follows night and night day and day again that night, then I am dead,' |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.4 | Kali iho nei wau a hala kona manawa i kauoha ai, manaʻo aʻe nei au ua make. | I waited here; the appointed time passed; I thought he was dead; |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.5 sent.5 | ʻO ia wau i noho iho nei a hiki wale mai nei ʻoukou lā e uē aku ana wau.” | here I stayed until you came and found me wailing." |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻAʻole i make. | Said Kahalaomapuana, "He is not dead; |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.2 | Nānā ʻia aku i kēia lā. | wait a day; |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.4 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Kahalaomāpuana, kakali akula lākou a hala nā lā ʻehā, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i ke kō o kā Kahalaomāpuana mea i ʻōlelo ai. | Because of Kahalaomapuana's words they waited four days, but nothing happened. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.5 | No laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka uē i ke ahiahi o ke kolu o ka lā a pō, mai ia pō a wanaʻao, ʻakahi nō a loaʻa iā ia ka hiamoe. | Then Laieikawai began to wail again until evening of the third day, and this night, at dawn, for the first time she fell asleep. |
| Ch.23 p.120 para.6 sent.6 | Iā Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka iho ai e hoʻokau hiamoe, kū ana nō ʻo Halaaniani me ka wahine hou, a hikilele aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai; he moeʻuhane kā! | Just as sleep came to her Halaaniani stood before her with another woman, and Laieikawai started up, and it was only a dream! |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa nō, ua loaʻa iā Mailehaʻiwale he moeʻuhane, ala aʻela ʻo ia a kamaʻilio akula iā Mailelauliʻi a me Mailekaluhea i kēia moe. | At the same time Mailehaiwale had a vision. She awoke and told her dream to Mailelaulii and Mailekaluhea. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.1 sent.2 | E kamaʻilio ana nō lākou no kēlā moe, i ia manawa, puoho maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, a haʻi maila i kāna moe. | As they were talking about it Laieikawai awoke and told her dream. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.1 | E hahaʻi ana nō lākou i nā moeʻuhane, puoho maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana mai ka hiamoe mai a nīnau mai i kā lākou mea e kamaʻilio ana. | As they discussed the dreams Kahalaomapuana awoke from sleep and asked what they were talking about. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.2 sent.2 | Haʻi maila ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i ka moe i loaʻa iā ia, “i uka nō i Paliuli, hele aʻela nō ʻo Halaaniani a lawe aʻe ana nō iā ʻoe (Kahalaomāpuana), a hele aku nei nō ʻolua ma kahi ʻē aku. | Mailehaiwale told the dream that had come to her: "It was up at Paliuli, Halaaniani came and took you, Kahalaomapuana, and you two went away somewhere; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.3 sent.1 | Haʻi aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna moe, ʻī maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “ʻAʻole i make ʻo Halaaniani. | Laieikawai also told her dream, and Kahalaomapuana said, "Halaaniani is not dead; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.3 sent.4 | A no kēia mea, hoʻōki loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna uē ʻana, hoʻi akula lākou i uka o Paliuli. | Then Laieikawai stopped wailing, and they returned to Paliuli. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.4 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Halaaniani, a ma ʻaneʻi kākou e ʻike ai i kona kalohe launa ʻole.) | (At this place we shall tell of Halaaniani, and here we shall see his clever trickery.) |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.5 sent.1 | Ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Halaaniani iā Lāʻieikawai, e piʻi e hālāwai me Maliʻo, iā lāua i hoʻokaʻawale ai ma hope iho o kā Halaaniani kauoha ʻana iā ia, piʻi akula ʻo ia a hālāwai pū me Maliʻo. | When Halaaniani told Laieikawai he was going up to see Malio, this was in order to get away from her after giving her his commands. The fellow went up and met Malio. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Halaaniani, “I piʻi hou mai nei wau iā ʻoe e hoʻokō mai ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, ua ʻike hou au he kaikamahine maikaʻi i like kona helehelena me ko Lāʻieikawai. | Said Halaaniani, "I have come up here to you once more to show you what I desire, for I have again seen a beautiful woman with a face like Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.1 | “Ma ke awakea o nehinei, iaʻu i puka aʻe ai i waho mai ko māua hale aʻe, ʻike akula wau i kēia kaikamahine ʻōpiopio i maikaʻi kona mau helehelena. | "Yesterday morning when I went outside my house I saw this young girl with the lovely face; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.7 sent.3 | A no koʻu manaʻo ʻo ʻoe nō ka mea nāna e hoʻopōmaikaʻi nei iaʻu ma nā mea aʻu e makemake ai, no laila wau i hiki hou mai nei.” | And because I remembered that you were the one who fulfilled my wishes, therefore I have come up here again." |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻO Lāʻielohelohe nā, ʻo kekahi moʻopuna a Waka. | Said Malio to her brother, "That is Laielohelohe, another of Waka's grandchildren; |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.3 | No laila, e hele ʻoe e mākaʻi i ka hale o ua kaikamahine lā me ko ʻike ʻole ʻia mai. | Therefore go and watch the girl's house without being seen |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4 | I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā. | for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Maliʻo, hele akula ʻo Halaaniani e hoʻohālua mau ma waho o ko Lāʻielohelohe hale me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai, kokoke ʻalua anahulu kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a laila, ʻike ʻo ia i kā Lāʻielohelohe hana, he kui lehua. | At these words of Malio, Halaaniani went to spy outside of Laielohelohe's house without being seen; almost twice ten days he lay in wait; then he saw Laielohelohe stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.121 para.9 sent.2 | Hoʻomau pinepine akula ʻo ia a nui nā lā, aia nō ʻo ia e hoʻomau ana i kāna hana he kui lehua. | He came repeatedly many days; there she was stringing lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani e hālāwai me ke kaikuahine e like me kāna kauoha, a haʻi akula i nā mea āna i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani returned to his sister as he had been directed, and told her what he had seen of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.1 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea hiki ke hana ʻia aku no Lāʻielohelohe e kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ka waenakonu o ka pō, a laila, piʻi mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i hele aku ai kāua ma kahi o Lāʻielohelohe.” | When Malio heard the story she told her brother what to do to win Laielohelohe, and said to Halaaniani, "Go now, and in the middle of the night come up here to me, and we two will go to Laielohelohe's place." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kokoke i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona, a laila, ala maila ʻo ia, a hālāwai me kona kaikuahine. | Halaaniani went away, and close to the appointed time, then he arose and joined his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.2 sent.2 | Lālau aʻela kona kaikuahine i ka pū lāʻī, a hele akula me kona kaikunāne a kokoke akula lāua ma kahi a Lāʻielohelohe e kui lehua mau ai. | His sister took a ti-leaf trumpet and went with her brother, and close to the place where Laielohelohe was wont to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E piʻi ʻoe ma luna o kekahi lāʻau, ma kahi ou e ʻike aku ana iā Lāʻielohelohe, a ma laila ʻoe e noho ai. | Then Malio said to Halaaniani, "You climb up in the lehua tree where you can see Laielohelohe, and there you stay. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.2 | E hoʻolohe mai ʻoe i ke kani aku a kuʻu pū lāʻī, ʻelima aʻu puhi ʻana. | Listen to me play on the ti-leaf trumpet; when I have blown five times, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.3 | Inā ua ʻike ʻoe e au ana kona maka i kahi i kani aku ai ka pū lāʻī, a laila kā hoʻi, loaʻa iā kāua. | if you see her turn her eyes to the place where the sound comes from, then we shall surely win, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.3 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, i ʻāluli ʻole aʻe kona mau maka i kuʻu hoʻokani aku, a laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā kāua i kēia lā.” | but if she does not look toward where I am playing, then we shall not win to-day." |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.4 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o lāua, ʻo Lāʻielohelohe e haʻihaʻi lehua ana. | and when they looked, there was Laielohelohe breaking lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pili aʻela ʻo Halaaniani ma kekahi kumulāʻau, a nānā akula. | Then Halaaniani climbed up the trunk of a tree and kept watch. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.5 sent.4 | Pēlā a hiki i ka lima o ke kani ʻana o ka pū lāʻī, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani i ʻike iki ua huli aʻe ka maka a hoʻolohe i kēia mea kani. | so on until the fifth time, but Halaaniani did not see the girl turn her eyes or listen to the sound. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.1 | Kali maila ʻo Maliʻo no ka hoʻi aku o Halaaniani e haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | Malio waited for Halaaniani to return and tell what he had seen, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i hoʻi aku, no laila, hoʻomau hou akula ʻo Maliʻo i ke puhi i ka pū lāʻī. | but as he did not return, Malio again blew on the trumpet |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.6 sent.3 | ʻElima hoʻokani ʻana, ʻaʻole nō i ʻike iki ʻo Halaaniani i ka nānā o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, a hoʻi wale nō. | five times; still Halaaniani did not see Laielohelohe pay the least attention until she went away altogether. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Halaaniani a kamaʻilio aku i kona kaikuahine, ʻī maila kona kaikuahine, “Loaʻa ʻole aʻela iā kāua i ka pū lāʻī, i kuʻu hano aku ia loaʻa?” | Halaaniani came back and told his sister, and his sister said, "We have not won her with the trumpet; shall we try my nose flute? " |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.7 sent.2 | Hoʻi akula lāua ma ko lāua wahi, a ma kekahi kakahiaka aʻe, hiki hou nō lāua i kahi mua a lāua i hoʻohālua ai. | The two returned home, and very early in the morning, they came again to the same place where they lay in ambush before. |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.2 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua hiki ʻana aku, ua haʻi mua aku ʻo Maliʻo i kāna ʻōlelo i kona kaikunāne penei, “E haku ʻoe i lehua, a huihui a lilo i mea hoʻokahi. | Malio had already instructed her brother, as follows: "Take lehua flowers, bind them into a cluster, |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.3 | Aia a lohe ʻoe i kuʻu hoʻokani aku i ka hano, ʻo ia kou wā e hoʻokuʻu iho ai i kēlā pōpō lehua i luna pono ona. | when you hear me playing the nose flute, then drop the bunch of flowers right over her; |
| Ch.23 p.122 para.8 sent.4 | Malia o hoʻohuoi kēlā i ia mea.” | maybe she will be curious about this." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.2 | I ia wā nō, kani akula ka hano a Maliʻo. | Just as Malio's nose flute sounded, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.3 | I ia wā nō hoʻi ko Halaaniani hoʻolei ʻana iho i ka pōpō lehua mai luna iho o ka lāʻau, a hāʻule pololei ihola ma ke alo ponoʻī o Lāʻielohelohe. | Halaaniani dropped the bunch of lehua flowers down from the tree, and it fell directly in front of Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, ʻalawa pono aʻela nā maka o Lāʻielohelohe i luna, me ka ʻōlelo aʻe, “Inā he kāne ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia makana a me kēia hano e kani nei, a laila, naʻu ʻoe. | Then Laielohelohe turned her eyes right upward, saying, "If you are a man who has sent me this gift and this music of the flute, then you are mine; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.5 | Inā he wahine ʻoe, a laila, i aikāne ʻoe naʻu.” | if you are a woman, then you shall be my intimate friend." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Halaaniani i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea manawa ʻole ia noho ʻana i lalo e hui me kona kaikuahine. | When Halaaniani heard this speech, he waited not a moment to descend and join his sister. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.2 | Nīnau mai ʻo Maliʻo, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike ai no Lāʻielohelohe. | To Malio's question he told her what he had seen. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “E hoʻi kāua a kakahiaka, hiki hou mai kāua i ʻaneʻi. | Said Malio to Halaaniani, "We will go home and early in the morning come here again, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.2 sent.4 | I ia manawa e lohe maopopo aku ai kāua i kona manaʻo.” | then we shall find out her intentions." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai a noho iho, hiki maila ʻo Lāʻielohelohe ma kona wahi mau e kui lehua ai. | When they had taken their stations, Laielohelohe came as usual to string lehua blossoms. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻokani akula ʻo Maliʻo i ka hano iā Lāʻielohelohe e hoʻomaka aku ana e ʻako lehua. | Then Malio sounded the flute, as Laielohelohe began to snip the lehua blossoms, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki, no ka mea, ua lilo loa ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hoʻolohe i ka mea kani. | and she stopped, for her attention was attracted to the music. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.4 | ʻEkolu hoʻokani ʻana a Maliʻo i ka hano. | Three times Malio sounded the nose flute. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa nō, pane mai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “Inā he wahine ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia hano, a laila, e honi nō kāua.” | Then said Laielohelohe, "If you are a woman who sounds the flute, then let us two kiss." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Maliʻo i mua o Lāʻielohelohe, a ʻike maila kēlā iā ia nei, a he mea malihini hoʻi ia i ko Lāʻielohelohe mau maka. | At Laielohelohe's words, Malio approached Laielohelohe and the girl saw her, and she was a stranger to Laielohelohe's eyes. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.4 sent.2 | I ia wā, hoʻomaka maila kēlā e hoʻokō e like me kāna ʻōlelo mua ma ka honi ʻana o lāua. | Then she started to kiss her. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.3 | E hoʻi ʻolua ma ko ʻolua wahi, mai hele hou mai, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe wale nō kaʻu mea i ʻae aku ai e hāʻawi i koʻu aloha nou ma ko kāua honi ʻana. | you both go back to your own place and do not come here again. For it was only you I promised to greet with a kiss, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole au i ʻae me kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | no one else; |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.5 sent.5 | Inā e hoʻokō au i kāu noi, a laila, ua kūʻē wau i ka ʻōlelo a koʻu mea nāna e mālama maikaʻi nei.” | should I do as you desire, I should disobey my good guardian's command." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.6 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Maliʻo i kēia ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula a haʻi i kona kaikunāne, me ka ʻī aku, “Ua nele aʻe nei kāua i kēia lā. | When Malio heard this she returned to her brother and said, "We have failed to-day, |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.6 sent.2 | Akā, hoʻāʻo wau ma kuʻu mana i kō ai kou makemake.” | but I will try my supernatural arts to fulfill your desire." |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i ka hale, i ia manawa, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia iā Halaaniani e hele e mākaʻi aku iā Lāʻieikawai. | They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy upon Laieikawai. |
| Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.2 | Iā Halaaniani i hiki ai ma Keaʻau, ma muli o ke kauoha a kona kaikuahine, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike, a i lohe hoʻi no Lāʻieikawai. | When Halaaniani came to Keaau as his sister directed, he neither saw nor heard of Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa naʻe āna i hiki aku ai, lohe ihola ʻo Halaaniani, he lā nui no Kekalukaluokēwā. | On his arrival there, Halaaniani heard there was to be a great day for Kekalukaluokewa, |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.1 sent.3 | A maopopo ihola iā Halaaniani ka lā hoʻokahakaha o nā aliʻi, hoʻi akula ʻo ia a haʻi aku i kona kaikuahine no kēia mea. | And when he had carefully noted the day for the chief's wedding feast he returned and told his sister this thing. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Maliʻo i lohe ai, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne, “A hiki i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka lā e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe.” | When Malio heard it she said to her brother, "On the marriage day of Kekalukaluokewa with Laielohelohe, on that day Laielohelohe shall be yours.'' |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.3 sent.1 | A he mea mau hoʻi i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ka iho i kai o Keaʻau e hoʻohālua ai no kā lākou kāne, no ka make, a make ʻole paha. | Now Aiwohikupua's sisters were wont to go down to the sea at Keaau to keep watch for their husband, to make sure if he were dead or not. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.4 sent.1 | I ua mau kaikuahine nei o ʻAiwohikupua e iho ana i Keaʻau, lohe lākou, he lā nui no Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe. | As Aiwohikupua's sisters were on the way to Keaau, they heard of the festival for Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.1 | I ke kokoke ʻana aku i ua lā nui nei, iho akula ʻo Waka mai Paliuli aku e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā: “ʻApōpō, i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, e kuahaua ʻoe i nā kānaka a pau a me kou aloaliʻi e hele aku ma kahi āu i hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻokahakahaka. | When the great day drew near, Waka went down from Paliuli to meet Kekalukaluokewa, and Waka said to Kekalukaluokewa: "To- morrow at sunrise call together all the people and the chiefs of the household to the place prepared for the celebration; |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.3 | I ia manawa e hele aku ʻoe e hōʻike mua iā ʻoe, a kokoke aku i ke awakea, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe i kou hale. | Then go and show yourself first among them and near midday return to your house |
| Ch.24 p.125 para.5 sent.4 | Aia a hiki aku ma hope iho o ka ʻauinalā, i ia manawa, e hoʻouhi aku wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina, a ma luna hoʻi o kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā kānaka. | until day declines, then I will send a mist to cover the land, and the place where the people are assembled. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.1 sent.1 | “Aia a hoʻomaka mai ke poʻi ʻana o ka noe ma ka ʻāina, a laila, e kali ʻoe i ia wā a lohe ʻoe i ka leo ʻikuā a nā manu, a haʻalele wale. | "When the mist begins to close down over the land, then wait until you hear the birds singing and they cease; |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.1 sent.2 | Kali hou aku ʻoe i ia wā a lohe hou ʻoe i ka leo ʻikuā hou a nā manu, a haʻalele wale. | wait again until you hear the birds singing and they cease. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.1 | “A ma hope o ia manawa, e hoʻopau aku nō wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina. | "And after that I will lift the mist over the land. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.2 sent.3 | I piʻi ka ʻohu a uhi i luna o nā kuahiwi, i ia manawa, e uhi hou ana ka noe e like me ma mua. | where the cloud rises and covers the mountain top, then the mist will fall again as before. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.3 sent.1 | “E kali ʻoe i ia manawa. | "Wait this time |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e lohe ʻoe i ke keʻu a ka ʻalae a me ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki e hoʻonēnē ana, i ia manawa, e puka ʻoe mai ka hale nei aku, a kū ma waho o ke anaina. | until you hear the cry of the alae bird, and the ewaewaiki calling; then come out of the house and stand before the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.5 sent.2 | A ma ia hope koke iho o ia manawa, e lohe auaneʻi ʻoe i ka leo o nā kāhuli e ʻikuā ana, i ia manawa e hui ai ʻolua ma ke kaʻawale. | Soon after this, you will hear the land snails singing, then do you two meet apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.1 | “Iā ʻolua e hui ana, hoʻokahi hekili e kuʻi i ia manawa, nākolo ka honua, haʻalulu ka ʻaha a pau, i ia manawa, e hoʻouna aku wau iā ʻolua ma luna o nā manu. | "And when you two meet, a single peal of thunder will crash, the earth tremble, the whole place of assembly shall shake. Then I will send you two on the birds, |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa e kū ai ka mākaia o Lāʻieikawai, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i kona hilahila, a holo aku me he pio kauā lā.” | Then comes Laieikawai's disgrace, when she sees her shame and goes off afoot like a captive slave." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.7 sent.1 | Ma mua iho nei, ua ʻōlelo ʻia, ua hiki aku ʻo Halaaniani i Keaʻau e ʻike i ka pono o kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | Already has Halaaniani's expedition been described to look after his wife Laieikawai at Keaau, |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.8 sent.1 | I kēlā lā a Waka i hiki ai i Keaʻau e hālāwai me Kekalukaluokēwā e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma luna aʻe, ʻo ia nō ka lā a Maliʻo i ʻōlelo aku ai iā Halaaniani e hoʻomākaukau no ka iho e ʻike i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe mā, me ka ʻī aku naʻe o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, “ʻApōpō, i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, i ia manawa e lilo ai ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ʻoe. | On the day when Waka went to Keaau to meet Kekalukaluokewa, as we have seen above. On that very day. Malio told Halaaniani to get ready to go down to the festival, saying: "To-morrow, at the marriage celebration of Kekalukaluokewa and Laielohelohe, then Laielohelohe shall be yours. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui o kekahi lā aʻe, ʻo ia hoʻi ka lā hoʻokahakaha o ua mau aliʻi nei, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hele maila i mua o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, kona mau kahu nāna e mālama. | Early in the morning of the next day, the day of the chief's marriage celebration, Kihanuilulumoku was summoned into the presence of Aiwohikupua's sisters, the servants who guarded Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.2 | A hiki maila ua moʻo nui nei, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi ʻia aku nei ʻoe e lawe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou i kai o Keaʻau e nānā mākou i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā. | When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast. |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.3 | Aia a hiki i ka ʻauinalā, a ma hope iho o ia manawa, e kiʻi mai ʻoe, a iho aku kākou.” | Be ready to take us down soon after the sun begins to decline." |
| Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.4 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku, a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia ai, a hele maila. | Kihanuilulumoku went away until the time appointed, then he came to them. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.1 | I ua moʻo nei i hoʻomaka ai e hele mai i mua o kona mau haku, aia hoʻi, ua uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina i ka noe mai uka o Paliuli a puni ka ʻāina. | And as the lizard started to come into his mistress's presence, lo! the land was veiled thick with mist up there at Paliuli, and all
around, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i wikiwiki ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i ka lawe i kona mau haku, no ka mea, ua maopopo nō iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka manawa e hui ai nā aliʻi. | but Kihanuilulumoku did not hurry to his mistresses, for he knew when the chiefs' meeting was to take place. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kēia noe i uhi mua mai ma luna o ka ʻāina, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ia i ke kauoha a Waka. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw this mist begin to descend over the land, then he remembered Waka's charge. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.2 | Kakali hou akula nō ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona i koe. | He waited for the remaining signs. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.2 sent.3 | Ma hope iho o ia manawa, lohe aʻela kēia i ka leo o ka ʻewaʻewa iki a me ke kāhuli, i ia manawa, puka akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai kona hale aku a kū ma waho o ka ʻaha ma kahi kaʻawale. | After hearing the voices of the ewaewaiki and the land shells, then Kekalukaluokewa came out of his house and stood apart from the assembly. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, ʻo ia ka manawa a Kihanuilūlūmoku i kuʻu aku ai i kona alelo i waho i noho iho ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua. | Just at that moment, Kihanuilulumoku stuck out his tongue as a seat for Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.1 | A i ke kuʻi ʻana o ka leo o ka hekili, uhi ka ʻohu a me ka noe, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, i nānā akula ka hana o ka ʻaha, aia ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Halaaniani e kau mai ana i luna o nā manu. | And when the voice of the thunder crashed, clouds and mist covered the land, and when it cleared, the place of meeting was to be seen; and there were Laielohelohe and Halaaniani resting upon the birds. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō hoʻi, ʻike ʻia maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua e kau mai ana i luna o ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku, ka moʻo nui o Paliuli. | Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hiki ai i kēlā manawa hoʻokahi me nā mea nona ka lā hoʻokahakaha, aia hoʻi, ua ʻike akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Halaaniani, ʻaʻole i make. | Now they arrived at the same instant as those for whom the day was celebrated; lo! Laieikawai saw that Halaaniani was not dead, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.5 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo ia i ka ʻōlelo wānana a Kahalaomāpuana. | and she remembered Kahalomapuana's prediction. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa a Kekalukaluokēwā i ʻike aku ai e kau mai ana ʻo Halaaniani me Lāʻielohelohe i luna o nā manu, a laila, manaʻo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona nele iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When Kekalukaluokewa saw Halaaniani and Laielohelohe resting on the birds, he thought he had lost Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, piʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i uka o Paliuli, e haʻi aku i kēia mea iā Waka, a haʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Waka i kēia mau mea, “Ua lilo ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Halaaniani. | So Kekalukaluokewa went up to Paliuli to tell Waka. And Kekalukaluokewa told Waka all these things, saying: "Halaaniani got Laielohelohe; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.6 sent.3 | Aia ʻo ia ke kau pū lā me Halaaniani i kēia manawa!” | there she was at the time set, she and Halaaniani seated together!" |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Waka, “ʻAʻole e lilo iā ia, akā, e iho aku kāua a kokoke aku wau i ka ʻaha. | Said Waka, "He shall never get her; but let us go down and I will get close to the place of meeting; |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.2 | Inā ua hāʻawi aku ʻo ia i kona ihu e honi aku iā Halaaniani, ka mea aʻu i kauoha aku ai ʻaʻole e lilo i ka mea ʻē aʻe, a iā ʻoe wale nō e laʻa ai ka ihu o kuʻu moʻopuna, a laʻa pū nō hoʻi me kona kino, a laila, ua nele kāua i ka wahine ʻole. | if she has given Halaaniani a kiss, the thing which I forbade her to grant, for to you alone is my grandchild's kiss devoted — if she has defiled herself with him, then we lose the wife, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.3 | A laila, e lawe aku ʻoe iaʻu i ka lua me ko minamina ʻole. | then take me to my grave without pity. |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.4 | Akā hoʻi, ua hoʻolohe akula ia i kaʻu kauoha, ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | But if she has harkened to my command not to trust anyone else, |
| Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.6 | Ua hoʻolohe nō kuʻu moʻopuna i kaʻu ʻōlelo.” | if my grandchild has harkened to my command." |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.1 | Iā lāua i kokoke e hiki aku, hoʻouna akula ʻo Waka i ka noe a me ka ʻohu ma luna o ka ʻaha, a ʻike ʻole kekahi i kekahi. | As they approached, Waka sent the clouds and mist over the assembly, and they could not distinguish one from another. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa i hoʻouna aku ai ʻo Waka iā Kekalukaluokēwā ma luna o nā manu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka noe, aia hoʻi e kau pū mai ana ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā i luna o nā manu, a laila, ʻuā aʻela ke anaina kanaka a puni ka ʻaha, “Hoʻāo nā aliʻi ē! | Then Waka sent Kekalukaluokewa upon the birds, and when the clouds cleared, lo! Laielohelohe and Kekalukaluokewa sat together upon the birds. Then the congregation shouted all about the place of assembly: "The marriage of the chiefs! |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Waka i kēia pihe ʻuā, a laila, hiki maila ʻo Waka i mua o ka ʻaha, a kū maila i waenakonu o ke anaina, a hoʻopuka maila i ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila no Lāʻieikawai. | When Waka heard the sound of shouting, then Waka came into the presence of the assembly and stood in the midst of the congregation and taunted Laieikawai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.2 | A lohe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia leo hoʻohilahila a Waka iā ia, walania ihola kona naʻau a me nā kaikuahine pū kekahi o ʻAiwohikupua. | When Laieikawai heard Waka's taunts, her heart smarted and the hearts of every one of Aiwohikupua's sisters with her; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe akula ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku iā lākou a noho i uka o ʻOlaʻa, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Lāʻieikawai e hoʻāʻā ʻia i kona hilahila nui no ka ʻōlelo a Waka, a hele pū nō hoʻi me kona mau hoa. | then Kihanuilulumoku bore them back on his tongue to dwell in the uplands of Olaa; thus did Laieikawai begin to burn with shame at Waka's words, and she and her companions went away together. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā lā, hoʻāo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻielohelohe, a hoʻi akula i uka o Paliuli a hiki i ko lākou hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi. | On that day, Kekalukaluokewa wedded Laielohelohe, and they went up to the uplands of Paliuli until their return to Kauai. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.3 sent.2 | A lilo ihola ʻo Halaaniani i mea nele loa, ʻaʻole ona kamaʻilio i koe. | And Halaaniani became a vagabond; nothing more remains to be said about him. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ko ke aliʻi kāne manaʻo paʻa e hoʻi nō i Kauaʻi, lawe aʻela ʻo ia i kāna wahine me ko lāua kupuna wahine i Kauaʻi. | And when the chief resolved to return to Kauai, he took his wife and their grandmother to Kauai, |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.3 | A mākaukau lākou e hoʻi, haʻalele lākou iā Keaʻau, hiki mua lākou i Oʻahu nei ma Honouliuli, a lawe aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa me lākou i Kauaʻi. | When they were ready to return, they left Keaau, went first to Honouliuli on Oahu and there took Kapukaihaoa with them to Kauai; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.4 sent.4 | A hiki lākou i Kauaʻi ma Pihanakalani, a ili aʻela ka hoʻoponopono o nā ʻāina a me ke aupuni iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a hoʻolilo ʻia ihola ʻo Waka, ʻo ia ke kolu o ka hoʻoilina o ka noho aliʻi. | and they went to Kauai, to Pihanakalani, and turned over the rule over the land and its divisions to Kapukaihaoa, and Waka was made the third heir to the chief's seat. |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.5 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e kamaʻilio kākou no Lāʻieikawai, a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula, iā Hulumāniani.) | (At this place let us tell of Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet, Hulumaniani.) |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo ka mana noho i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, ʻo ia ka mea i kaʻawale mai ʻo Lāʻieikawai aku. | but the art of resting on the wings of birds was taken away from her; |
| Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.3 | Koe nō naʻe kekahi mau kāhiko ʻē aʻe, a me kekahi mau hōʻailona aliʻi iā ia ma muli o ka mana i loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua maiā Kihanuilūlūmoku aʻe. | nevertheless some of her former power remained and the signs of her chiefly rank, according to the authority the sisters of Aiwohikupua had over the lizard. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i hoʻi aku ai mai Keaʻau aku, ma hope iho o kona hoʻohilahila ʻana e Waka, a noho ma ʻOlaʻa, i ia manawa, kūkākūkā aʻela nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i ka mea hiki ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka naʻau kaumaha o ke aliʻi (Lāʻieikawai) no kona hilahila i ka ʻōlelo kumakaia a Waka. | When Laieikawai returned from Keaau after Waka had disgraced her, and dwelt at Olaa. Then Aiwohikupua's sisters consulted how to comfort the heavy heart of the princess, Laieikawai, for her shame at Waka's reproaches. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a haʻi akula i kā lākou ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i kūkā ai i mua o Lāʻieikawai me ka ʻī aku, “E ke aliʻi wahine o ka laʻi, ua kūkākūkā aʻe nei mākou i mea e hoʻopau ai i kou naʻau kaumaha no kou hoʻohilahila ʻia, akā, ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoe wale kai kaumaha. | They went and told Laieikawai their decision, saying: ''O princess of peace, we have agreed upon something to relieve your burden of shame, for not you alone bear the burden; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.5 | Ua hoʻoholo aʻe nei mākou i pōmaikaʻi like no kākou, ua ʻae aʻe nei ko kākou kaikaina e kiʻi aku iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne nāu. | We have agreed here to share your fortune; our younger sister has consented to go and get Kaonohiokala for your husband, |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.6 | He keiki aliʻi e noho lā i Keʻalohilani. | the boy chief [living at Kealohilani] |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.1 sent.8 | He kaikunāne nō no kākou, ko ʻAiwohikupua mea nāna i hoʻāliʻi mai iā ia. | a brother of ours, through whom Aiwohikupua gained the rank of chief. |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.1 | “Inā e ʻae ʻoe e kiʻi ʻia nō ko kākou kaikunāne, a laila, e loaʻa iā kākou ka hanohano nui i ʻoi aku ma mua o kēia, a e lilo auaneʻi ʻoe i mea kapu ʻihiʻihi loa, me ko launa ʻole mai iā mākou. | "If you will consent to your brother being fetched, then we shall win greater honor than was ours before, and you will become a sacred person of great dignity so that you can not associate with us; |
| Ch.25 p.129 para.2 sent.2 | A ʻo ia kā mākou i noʻonoʻo iho nei. | now this is what we have thought of; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.” | Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together." |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.2 | E nānā ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo hoʻohilahila a ko kupuna wahine. | consider your grandmother's taunts; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.4 | A no kēia mea, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona ʻae. | And for this reason Laieikawai gave her consent. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi maila ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna ʻōlelo kauoha iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau kaikuaʻana, “Ke kiʻi nei au i ko kākou kaikunāne i kāne na ke aliʻi. | Then Kahalaomapuana left directions with Laieikawai and her sisters, saying: "I go to get our brother as husband for the princess; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.3 sent.2 | E pono iā ʻoukou ke mālama pono i ko kākou haku. | your duty is to take good care of our mistress; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.4 sent.1 | (Ma kēia wahi, e waiho iki i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no kēia mea. | (At this place we will leave off speaking of this journey; |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.4 sent.2 | E pono iā kākou e kamaʻilio no Lāʻieikawai a me kona loaʻa ʻana i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai Kauaʻi mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua ʻelua o kēia kaʻao). | we must tell about Laieikawai and her meeting with the prophet who followed her from Kauai hither, as related in the first two chapters of this story.) |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.1 | Ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana haʻalele ʻana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, kupu aʻela i loko o Lāʻieikawai ka manaʻo makemake e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi a puni. | After Kahalaomapuana left her sisters, the desire grew within Laieikawai's mind to travel around Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.6 sent.2 | A no kēia manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻokō akula kona mau hoa i ko ke aliʻi makemake, a hele akula e kaʻapuni iā Hawaiʻi. | So her companions carried out the chief's wish and they set out to travel around about Hawaii. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.7 sent.1 | Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila. | On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.1 | I loko o ko lākou mau lā ma laila, ʻike maila ka makāula i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i kai, me he mea lā, i Kawaihae ponoʻī lā. | During the days they were there the seer saw the rainbow arching over the sea as if right at Kawaihae. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.2 | I uka naʻe o ʻOuli ma Waimea kahi a ka makāula i ʻike mai ai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua aʻe nei, ua hiki ka makāula ma Hilo i kaiwilahilahi, a ua lōʻihi nō nā makahiki ma laila o ke kali ʻana i kāna mea i ʻimi ai. | The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the place the seer looked from. For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.3 | Akā, no ka hiki ʻole i ua makāula nei ke kali no kāna mea i ʻimi ai, no laila, hoʻopau aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo kali a me ka ʻimi aku no kāna mea i ukali mai ai mai Kauaʻi mai. | But when it did not come to the seer as he waited for the sign he was seeking, then he waited and sought no longer for the sign he had followed from Kauai to this place. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.4 | No laila, haʻalele kēia iā Hilo, a manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia e hoʻi loa i Kauaʻi, a hoʻi akula. | So he left Hilo, intending to go all the way back to Kauai, and he set out. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.5 | I loko naʻe o ko ka makāula hoʻi ʻana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i haʻalele i kāna mau mea i lawe mai ai mai Kauaʻi mai (ʻo ia ka puaʻa a me ka moa). | On his return, he did not leave the offerings which he had brought from Kauai thither, the pig and the cock. |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6 | Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila. | When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there, |
| Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.7 | A ma kekahi lā aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike hou i kēlā hōʻailona. | and on the next day he did not see the sign again. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, ʻo ia lā nō hoʻi ka lā a Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kaiʻōpae. | Next day the seer left the place, the very day when Laieikawai's party left Kaiopae, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻi akula a ma uka o Kahuā, ma Moʻolau ko lākou wahi i noho ai. | and came back above Kahuwa and stopped at Moolau. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.1 | I ka makāula i hiki mai ai i Puʻuloa mai Waimea mai, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Moʻolau. | When the seer reached Puuloa from Waimea, he saw the rainbow arching over Moolau; |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hāʻupu iki aʻela ka manaʻo o ka makāula me ka nalu ʻana i loko ona iho, “ʻO kuʻu mea nō paha kēia i ʻimi mai nei?” | then the seer began to wonder, "Can that be the sign I came to seek?" |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.3 | Hoʻomau maila ka makāula i kona hele ʻana a hiki i luna pono o Pālalahuakiʻi, a laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, me ka hoʻomaopopo i loko ona a ʻike leʻa i kāna mea e ʻimi nei. | The seer kept right on up to the summit of Palalahuakii. There he saw the rainbow plainly and recognized it, and knew it was the sign he was seeking. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua e haʻi mai i ke ʻano o kēlā ānuenue āna e ʻike nei, akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa i kona akua ka hoʻokō ʻia o kāna pule. | Then he prayed to his god to interpret the rainbow to him, but his god did not answer his prayer. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.3 sent.2 | Haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki akula ʻo ia ma Waikā a ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai, no ka mea, ua pōʻeleʻele ihola. | The seer left that place, went to Waika, for it was then dark. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho akula ka makāula a hiki i kahi āna e ʻike nei i ke ānuenue, a i ka hoʻokokoke ʻana aku o ua makāula nei, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia iā Lāʻieikawai e kono mau ana i ka lae kahakai. | Then the seer went away to the place where he had seen the rainbow, and. approaching, he saw Laieikawai plainly, strolling, along the sea beach. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, pule akula ka makāula i kona akua e hōʻike mai iā ia i kēia wahine, ʻo kāna mea paha e ʻimi nei, ʻaʻole paha. | Then the seer prayed to his god to show him whether this woman was the one he was seeking or not, |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.5 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hōʻike ʻana ma ona lā, no laila, ʻaʻole ka makāula i waiho i kāna mau mōhai i mua o Lāʻieikawai. | but he got no answer that day. Therefore, the seer did not lay down his offering before Laieikawai. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.6 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki akula kēia ma Lamaloloa, a noho ihola ma laila. | The next day the seer left the place, went to Lamaloloa and remained there. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, komo pinepine aʻela ʻo ia i loko o ka heiau i Pāhauna, ma laila ʻo ia i pule hoʻomau ai i kona akua. | Then he went repeatedly into the temple of Pahauna and there prayed unceasingly to his god. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.1 | Ua lōʻihi nā lā ma hope iho o ka noho ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma Moʻolau, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi. | After a number of days at Moolau, Laieikawai and her companions left that place. |
| Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.2 | Hele akula lākou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heʻe nalu ma laila, no laila, iā lākou ma laila e mākaʻikaʻi ana i ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, ua nanea loa lākou ma laila. | They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were surf riding, gladly remained. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kekahi lā aʻe, ma ke awakea, i ka wā e laʻilaʻi ana ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, i ia wā ka makāula i puka aʻe ai mai loko aʻe o ka heiau ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o kāna pule. | The next day at noon, when the sun shone clear over the land, the prophet went outside the temple after his prayer. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.1 sent.3 | Iho akula ua makāula nei a hiki i laila, ʻike akula ʻo ia i ke kaikamahine nō āna i ʻike mua ai i kaiʻōpae. | and he went away thither, and saw the same girl whom he had seen before at Kaiopae. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, emi hope maila ʻo ia a ma ke kaʻawale, pule hou akula i kona akua e hōʻike mai i kāna mea e ʻimi nei, akā, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa ka hōʻike ʻana ma ona lā. | So he fell back to a distance to pray again to his god to show him
if this was the one he was seeking, but he got no answer that day; |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka hoʻokō ʻole ʻia o kāna mea e noi nei i kona akua, ʻaneʻane ʻo ia e hoʻohiki ʻino aku i kona akua, akā, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo ia. | and, because his god did not answer his petition, he almost swore at his god, but still he persevered. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.3 sent.1 | He mea pilikia loa i ka makāula ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai, a iā lākou ma kahi hoʻokahi, nīnau akula ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “He aha kā ʻoukou mea e noho nei ma ʻaneʻi? | The seer was greatly disturbed at seeing Laieikawai, and when he had reached the spot, he asked Laieikawai and her companions, "Why do you sit here? |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.4 sent.1 | “He mea hiki ʻole iā mākou ke hele aku,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai, “he pono e nānā aku i kā nā kamaʻāina heʻe nalu ʻana.” | The princess answered, "We can not go; it is better to watch the others." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.1 | “E noho ana mākou ma ʻaneʻi a kali ana i waʻa. | "We are sitting here, waiting for a canoe |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.2 | Inā he waʻa e holo ai i Maui, Molokaʻi, Oʻahu a hiki i Kauaʻi, a laila, holo mākou.” | to carry us to Maui, Molokai, Oahu, and to Kauai, then we shall set sail." |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo, ʻī akula ka makāula, “Inā e holo ana ʻoukou i Kauaʻi, a laila, aia iaʻu ka waʻa. | To this the seer replied. "If you are going to Kauai, then here is my canoe, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.2 | Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu ʻōlelo ʻana e kau wale ʻoukou ma luna o kuʻu waʻa, e hoʻohaumia aku ana au iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻo koʻu makemake, e lilo ʻoukou i mau kaikamāhine naʻu, me he mau kaikamāhine ponoʻī lā, i lilo ai ʻoukou i mea nāna e hoʻokaulana i koʻu inoa. | Do not suppose I have asked you on board my canoe in order to defile you; but my wish is to take you all as my daughters; such daughters as you can make my name famous, |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.3 | Aia a lilo ʻoukou i mea e kaulana ai au, a laila, e ola auaneʻi koʻu inoa, 'Nā kaikamāhine a Hulumāniani'. | for my name will live in the saying, 'The daughters of Hulumaniani,' |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.9 sent.6 | I ia manawa, ʻimi aʻela ka makāula i waʻa a loaʻa iā ia he kaulua, me nā kānaka pū nō hoʻi. | Then the seer sought a canoe and found a double canoe with men to man it. |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.1 | Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, kau akula lākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo akula a kau ma Honuaʻula i Maui, a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, i Molokaʻi. | Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and the next day to Molokai; |
| Ch.25 p.133 para.10 sent.2 | Haʻalele lākou iā Molokaʻi, hiki lākou ma Lāʻie, Koʻolauloa, a ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā. | they left Molokai, went to Laie, Koolauloa, and stayed there some days. |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.1 | I ia lā a lākou e hiki ai ma Lāʻie, a i ia pō iho nō, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa a me ko lākou makua kāne hoʻokama. | On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her companions and to her foster father: |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.2 | Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “Ua lohe au i koʻu kupuna wahine, i ʻaneʻi koʻu wahi i hānai ai. | "I have heard from my grandmother that this is my birthplace; |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.3 | He mau māhoe kā māua, a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai. | we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water; |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.4 | Ma laila koʻu wahi i hānai ʻia ai e koʻu kupuna wahine. | there I was brought up by my grandmother. |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.1 | “A, ʻo koʻu lua, lilo ia i ke kahuna ka mālama. | "And my twin, the priest guarded her, |
| Ch.25 p.134 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka ʻike ʻana o ke kahuna nāna i mālama i koʻu kōkoʻolua i ka makāula nāna i ʻike mai mai Kauaʻi mai, no laila, kauoha ai ke kahuna i koʻu kupuna wahine e ʻāhaʻi loa, a ʻo ia koʻu mea i ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai i Paliuli, a hālāwai wale kākou.” | and because the priest who guarded my companion saw the prophet who had come here from Kauai to see us, therefore the priest commanded my grandmother to flee far away: and this was why I was carried away to Paliuli and why we met there." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, a laila, hoʻomaopopo leʻa aʻela ka makāula, ʻo ka mea nō kēia āna e ʻimi nei. | When the seer heard this story the seer saw plainly that this was the very one he sought. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.2 | Akā hoʻi, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai, naue akula ka makāula ma kahi kaʻawale, a pule akula i kona akua e hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine. | But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a distance and prayed to his god lo confirm the girl's story. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kāna pule ʻana, hoʻi maila, a hiamoe ihola, a i loko a kona manawa hiamoe, hiki maila ma o ua makāula nei ke kuhikuhi ma ka hihiʻo mai kona akua mai, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Ua hiki mai ka manawa e hoʻokō ʻia ai kou makemake, a e kuʻu ai hoʻi ka luhi o kou ʻimi ʻana i ka loa. | After praying he came back and went to sleep, and as he slept the seer received the assurance in a vision from his god, saying, "The time has come to fulfill your wishes, to free you from the weariness of your long search. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.2 sent.2 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻo ka mea nona ke kamaʻilio ʻana nona iho iā ʻoukou, ʻo ia nō ua mea lā āu i ʻimi ai. | She is here — the one who told you her story; this is the one you are seeking. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.3 sent.1 | “No laila, e ala aʻe ʻoe a e lawe i kāu mea i hoʻomākaukau ai nona. | "Therefore arise and take the offering you have prepared |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.3 sent.2 | E waiho aku i kāu mōhai i mua ona me ka hoʻomaikaʻi mua ma ka inoa o kou akua. | and lay it before her, having blessed her in the name of your god. |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.4 sent.2 | E lawe koke aku iā lākou ma kēia pō nō i Kauaʻi, a hoʻonoho i nā pali o Hāʻena i uka o Honopūwaiakua.” | carry them at once to Kauai, this very night, and let them dwell on the cliff's of Haena in the uplands of Honopuwaiakua." |
| Ch.26 p.135 para.5 sent.2 | Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai. | he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1 | “A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.” | "And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o koʻu pōmaikaʻi nui, no ka mea, ua lawe aku ʻo Waka i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai oʻu aku nei. | Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for Waka has taken her favor from me: |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, ma kēia hope aku, e kali ʻoe a loaʻa iaʻu he pōmaikaʻi ʻoi aku ma mua o ka pōmaikaʻi a me ka hanohano i loaʻa mua iaʻu, a laila, ʻo ʻoe pū kekahi me mākou i hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia.” | but hereafter I shall win honor beyond my former honor and glory; then you shall also rise to prosperity with us." |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe aʻela ka makāula e like me ke kauoha a kona akua, holo akula i ia pō, a hoʻonoho i kahi i kauoha ʻia. | And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded — sailed that night and dwelt in the place commanded. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.2 | I ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma uka o Honopūwaiakua, a he mau lā ko lākou ma laila, he mea mau i ua makāula nei ke kaʻahele i kekahi manawa. | Many days the seer lived here with his daughter above Honopuwaiakua. At one time the seer made one of his customary journeys. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.4 sent.1 | I loko o kona lā e hele ana ma kona ʻano makāula, iā ia hoʻi i hiki aku ai i Wailua, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau o Kauaʻi ma o ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi me nā kaikamāhine koʻikoʻi, ma muli naʻe o ka ʻōlelo kuahaua a ʻAiwohikupua, a lawe ʻia mai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa i mua o ke aliʻi. | As he traveled in his character as seer he came to Wailua. Lo! all the virgin daughters of Kauai were gathered together, all of the rank of chief with the girls of well-to-do families, at the command of Aiwohikupua to bring the virgins before the chief, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.5 sent.2 | Nīnau akula ka makāula i kekahi poʻe o ka ʻaha, “He aha ka hana a kēia ʻaha? | The seer asked some one in the crowd. "What is this assembly for, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.1 | Haʻi ʻia maila, “Ua kuahaua ʻia nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a pau ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a ʻo ka mea a ʻAiwohikupua e makemake ai, a laila, e lawe ʻo ia ʻelua mau kaikamāhine i mau wāhine nāna, a ʻo lāua nā mea pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | He was told, "All the virgins have been summoned by the chief's command, and the two who please Aiwohikupua, these he will take for his wives in place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.6 sent.2 | A ʻo nā mākua nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mau wāhine na ke aliʻi, e hōʻaʻahu ʻia ka ʻahuʻula no lāua.” | and their parents are to be clothed in feather cloaks. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kū aʻela ua makāula nei, a kāhea akula me ka leo nui i mua o ke aliʻi a me ka ʻaha a pau, “E ke aliʻi, ke ʻike nei au, he mea maikaʻi no ke aliʻi ka lawe ʻana i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa i mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi. | Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in a loud voice: "O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever one of these virgins pleases him, |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.2 | Akā, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi o kēia poʻe kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa ke pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | but not one of these can fill the loss of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.136 para.8 sent.1 | “Inā i nānā iho nei wau i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa, ua ʻano like iki aku ka maikaʻi me ka ʻūhā hema o kaʻu mau kaikamāhine, a laila, e aho lā ia. | "If any one of these virgins here could compare in beauty with the left leg of my daughters, then she would be worth it. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.1 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me ka leo huhū, “Ināhea mākou i ʻike ai he kaikamahine kāu!?” | Said Aiwohikupua in an angry voice, "When did we ever know that you had daughters!" |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.1 sent.2 | A ʻo ua makāula nei, lilo aʻela ia i ʻenemi no ka poʻe nāna nā kaikamāhine i lawe ʻia i mua o ke aliʻi. | And those who had brought their daughters before the chief looked upon the seer as an enemy. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.2 sent.1 | A no ka ʻōlelo huhū ʻana mai o ke aliʻi, ʻī aku ua makāula nei, “ʻO wau hoʻokahi ka mea i ʻimi ikaika i haku no ka ʻāina a puni nā moku. | And to the chief's angry words the seer replied, "Did I not seek diligently and alone for a ruler over all these islands? |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.2 | Inā e kū ma ka ʻāina, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, ua ka ua, kuʻi ka hekili, ʻōlapa ka uila, ʻōpaʻipaʻi ka mauna, waikahe ka ʻāina, pualena ka moana i ka hele a kuʻu kaikamahine haku.” | if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my daughter and lord." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka makāula, lilo ihola ia ʻōlelo ʻana i mea ʻeʻehia no nā kānaka a puni ka ʻaha. | And the seer's words spread fear through the assembly. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.4 sent.3 | No laila, koi ikaika aʻela lākou i ke aliʻi e hoʻopaʻa ʻia i loko o ka hale paehumu (ka hale paʻahao), kahi e hoʻopaʻa ai i ko ke aliʻi poʻe lawehala. | They strongly urged the chief, therefore, to bind him within the
house of detention, the prison house, where the chief's enemies are
wont to be imprisoned. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.5 sent.1 | Ma ka lā o ua makāula nei e hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai, a ma ia pō iho, ma ka wanaʻao, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua, a ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki aku ka leo o kāna pule i mua o kona akua. | On the day of his imprisonment, that night at dawn, he prayed to his god. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.1 | I ia kakahiaka, hoʻouna akula ke aliʻi i kona ilāmuku e hele aku e ʻike i ka pono o ua makāula nei ma loko o kahi paʻa o ke aliʻi. | In the morning the chief sent the executioner to go and see how the prophet fared in prison. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.2 | A hiki akula ka ilāmuku ma waho o ka hale, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula, a kāhea akula ʻo ia me ka leo nui, | When the executioner came to the outside of the prison, he called with a loud voice: |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.6 sent.6 | ʻEkolu hea ʻana o ka ilāmuku i kēia ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i lohe i kekahi leo no loko mai. | Three times the executioner called, but heard not a sound from within. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.7 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ka ilāmuku, a haʻi akula i ke aliʻi, “Ua make ka makāula.” | The executioner returned to the chief and said, "The prophet is dead." |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.8 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i nā luna o ka heiau, a kau aku i ka makāula ma ka lele i mua o ke kuahu. | Then the chief commanded the head man of the temple to ... lay the prophet on the place of sacrifice before the altar. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea ma kahi kaʻawale aku, a ma ia pō iho, lawe akula ʻo ia hoʻokahi pū maiʻa, ua wahī ʻia i ke kapa, me he kupapaʻu lā, a hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ua makāula nei, a hoʻi akula a hui me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a haʻi akula i kēia mau mea a me kona pilikia ʻana. | Now the seer heard this command from some distance away, and in the night he took a banana plant covered with tapa like a human figure and put it inside the place where he had been imprisoned, and went back and joined his daughters and told them all about his troubles. |
| Ch.26 p.137 para.9 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka lā kauila o ka heiau, lawe aʻela ka makāula iā Lāʻieikawai a me kona mau hoa pū ma luna o nā waʻa. | And near the day of sacrifice at the temple, the seer took Laieikawai and her companions on board of the double canoe. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka nui hoʻi o ka lā e kauila ai ka heiau, kiʻi ʻia akula ke kanaka o ka heiau, a i ke komo ʻana aku o nā luna o ke aliʻi, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa i ka wahī ʻia, lawe ʻia akula a waiho ma loko o ka heiau. | In the very early morning of the day of sacrifice at the temple the man was to be brought for sacrifice, and when the head men of the temple entered the prison, lo! the body was tightly wrapped up, and it was brought and laid within the temple. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.2 | A kokoke i ka hola e kau ʻia ai ke kanaka ma ka lele, ʻākoakoa aʻe nā mea a pau a me ke aliʻi pū. | And close to the hour when the man was to be laid upon the altar all the people assembled and the chief with them; |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.1 sent.3 | A hiki ke aliʻi i luna o ka ʻanuʻu, lawe ʻia maila ua pū maiʻa i wahī ʻia a kūpono ma lalo o ka lele. | and the chief went up on the high place, the banana plant was brought and laid directly under the altar. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ke aliʻi i kona mau luna, “E wehe i ke kapa o ke kupapaʻu, a kau aku i luna o ka lele i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona.” | Said the chief to his head men, "Unwrap the tapa from the body and place it upon the altar prepared for it." |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.3 sent.1 | I ka wehe ʻana aʻe, aia he pū maiʻa ko loko, ʻaʻole ka makāula ka mea i manaʻo ʻia. | When it was unwrapped there was a banana plant inside, not the prophet, as was expected. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.3 sent.5 | Nui loa ihola ka huhū o ke aliʻi i nā luna o ka hale paʻahao, kahi i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai ka makāula. | Great was the chiefs anger against the keeper of the prison where the prophet was confined. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa, hoʻokolokolo ʻia ihola kona mau luna. | Then all the keepers were called to trial. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa hoʻi e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ana nā luna o ke aliʻi, hiki maila ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma luna o ke kaulua, a lana ma waho o ka nuku o ka muliwai. | While the chief's keepers were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.3 | Kū maila ka makāula ma kekahi waʻa, a ʻo nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua ma kekahi waʻa, a ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi i luna o ka pola o nā waʻa kahi i kū mai ai i loko hoʻi o kona pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu. | The seer stood on one canoe and Aiwohikupua's sisters on the other, and Laieikawai stood on the high seat between, under the symbols of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.1 | I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai. | As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.2 | A pau ia, lawe ka makāula i ka pāʻū o Lāʻieikawai, a waiho i uka. | After this the seer took Laieikawai's skirt and laid it down on the land; |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.5 sent.3 | I ia wā, kuʻi ka hekili, hiolo ka heiau, haʻihaʻi ka lele. | then the thunder cracked, the temple fell, the altar crumbled. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka hōʻike ʻia, i nānā aku ka hana o ʻAiwohikupua a me nā mea ʻē aʻe, e kū mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi kapu i luna o nā waʻa. | After all these signs had been displayed, Aiwohikupua and the others saw Laieikawai standing above the canoes under the symbol of a taboo chief. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kanikani pihe akula ka ʻaha, “Ka wahine maikaʻi ē! | Then the assembly shouted aloud, "O the beautiful woman! |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.6 sent.5 | I ia manawa, naholo maila nā kānaka a kū ma uka o kahakai, hehi kekahi ma luna o kekahi i ʻike leʻa aku lākou. | Then the men ran in flocks from the land down to the sea beach; one trampled on another in order to see. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāhea akula ka makāula iā ʻAiwohikupua, “Mai hoʻāhewa aku i kou mau luna. | Then the seer called out to Aiwohikupua. "Your keepers are not guilty: |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.2 | ʻAʻole wau na lākou i hoʻokuʻu mai kahi paʻa mai. | not by their means was I freed from prison, |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.3 | Na kuʻu akua i lawe mai iaʻu mai kuʻu pilikia maʻū wale ʻana, a kuʻu haku. | but by my god, who has saved me from many perils; and this is my lord. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.4 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu ʻōlelo iā ʻoe, he kaikamahine kaʻu, kuʻu haku hoʻi aʻu i ʻimi ai, ka mea nāna kēia mau iwi.” | "I spoke truly; this is my daughter, my lord, whom I went to seek, my preserver.'" |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.7 sent.5 | A no ka ʻike maopopo ʻana aku o ʻAiwohikupua iā Lāʻieikawai, he mea ʻē hoʻi ka haʻalulu o kona puʻuwai, a waiho akula i ka honua, me he mea make lā. | And when Aiwohikupua looked upon Laieikawai his heart trembled, and he fell to the ground as if dead. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.1 | A māmā aʻela ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona luna e lawe mai i ka makāula me nā kaikamāhine pū mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama. | When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.2 | Hele akula ka luna, a kāhea akula i ka makāula i luna o nā waʻa, me ka haʻi aku i ka ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi. | The head man went and called out to the seer on the canoe and told him the chief's word. |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.1 | A lohe ka makāula i kēia mea, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i ka luna, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ke aliʻi, kuʻu haku hoʻi, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe, ʻaʻole e lilo kuʻu kaikamahine haku i wahine nāna. | When the seer heard it he said to the head man, "Return and tell the chief, my lord indeed, that my lordly daughter shall never become his wife; |
| Ch.26 p.139 para.1 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike hou ʻia ma ia hope iho i Wailua, hoʻi akula lākou a noho i Honopūwaiakua. | nor was he seen again after that at Wailua; they returned and dwelt at Honopuwaiakua. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.1 sent.1 | Ma kēia mokuna, e kamaʻilio kākou no ke kiʻi ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāne hoʻopalau na Lāʻieikawai a me kona hoʻi ʻana mai. | In this chapter we will tell how Kahalaomapuana went to get Kaonohiokala, the Eyeball-of-the-Sun, the betrothed husband of Laieikawai, and of her return. |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.2 sent.1 | A pau ke kauoha a Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a mākaukau hoʻi kona hele ʻana, ma ka puka ʻana o ka lā, komo aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Kihanuilūlūmoku, a ʻau akula ma ka moana a hiki i Keʻalohilani. | After Kahalaomapuana had laid her commands upon her sisters and made preparation for the journey, At the rising of the sun Kahalaomapuana entered inside Kihanuilulumoku and swam through the ocean and came to The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1 | Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens; |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.2 | I ke poʻo nō, piha ʻo loko o ua hale nui nei o Mokukelekahiki. | the head alone filled that great house of Mokukelekahiki's, |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.1 | He mea weliweli iā Mokukelekahiki ka ʻike ʻana i ua moʻo nei, lele akula ʻo ia a hiki i luna o Nuʻumealani. | A terrible sight to Mokukelekahiki to see that lizard; he flew away up to Nuumealani, [the Raised Place in the Heavens;] |
| Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.2 | I laila ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, ke kupua nui nāna e pani ka puka o ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti, kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | there was Kaeloikamalama, the magician, who closes the door of the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti, where Kaonohiokala was hidden. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo Mokukelekahiki iā Kāʻeloikamalama i kona ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo. | Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, lele akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me Mokukelekahiki mai luna mai o Nuʻumealani, he ʻāina aia i ka lewa. | Then Kaeloikamalama flew down with Mokukelekahiki from the heights of Nuumealani, the land in the air. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.1 | I ia hiki ʻana mai o Mokukelekahiki mā ma ka hale, e moe nei ka moʻo. | As Mokukelekahiki and his companion approached the house where the lizard was sleeping, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku (ka moʻo) iā Kahalaomāpuana, “I hiki mai auaneʻi kēia mau kānaka e lele mai nei i o kāua nei, a laila, e luaʻi aku wau iā ʻoe, a kau ma ka āʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | then said Kihanuilulumoku to Kahalaomapuana, "When those men get here who are flying toward us, then I will throw you out and land you on Kaeloikamalama's neck, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.3 | A i nīnau aʻe iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, he kama ʻoe na lāua. | and when he questions you, then tell him you are a child of theirs, |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.2 sent.4 | A i nīnau mai i kā kāua hana i hiki mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe.” | and when he asks what our journey is for, then tell him." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.1 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho ma hope iho o kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, halulu ana ʻo Mokukelekahiki lāua me Kāʻeloikamalama ma ka puka o ka hale. | Not long after, Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama thundered at the door of the house. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.2 | I nānā aku ka hana o ua moʻo nei, e kū mai ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama me ka lāʻau pālau, ʻo Kapahiʻelihonua ka inoa, he iwakālua anana ka loa, ʻehā kanaka nāna e apo puni. | When the lizard looked, there stood Kaeloikamalama with the digging spade called Kapahaelihonua, [The Knife-that-cuts-the- earth,] twenty fathoms its length, four men to span it. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.3 sent.3 | Manaʻo ihola ka moʻo “he luku kēia,” aia naʻe, e ʻōniu ana ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama i ka lāʻau pālau i ka wēlau o kona lima. | Thought the lizard, "A slaughterer this." There was Kaeloikamalama swinging the digging spade in his fingers. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hāpai maila ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku i kona huelo mai loko aʻe o ka moana, piʻi ke kai i luna, me he poʻi ʻana a ka nalu i ke kumu pali, me he ʻakūkū nalu lā i poʻi i loko o ka malama ʻo Kaulua, piʻi ke ehu o ke kai i luna, pouli ka lā, kū ka punakea i uka. | Then Kihanuilulumoku lifted his tail out of the water, the sea swelled, the waves overwhelmed the cliffs from their foundations as high waves sweep the coast in February; the spume of the sea rose high, the sun was darkened, white sand was flung on the shore. |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, luaʻi aku ana ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku iā Kahalaomāpuana, kau ana i luna o ka ʻāʻī o Kāʻeloikamalama. | Then Kihanuilulumoku threw out Kahalaomapuana, and she fell upon Kaeloikamalama's neck." |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.7 sent.1 | Nīnau lāua, “He aha ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kama i hiki mai ai?” | The two asked, "On what journey, my child, do you come hither?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.9 sent.1 | Nīnau hou lāua, “ʻImi i ka lani ʻo wai?” | Again they asked, "To seek what one from the heavens?" |
| Ch.27 p.143 para.12 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, ka haku o mākou.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "To be husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our mistress." |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻu ihola mai ka ʻāʻī iho, honi akula i ka ihu o ke kaikamahine, no ka mea, ʻo Mokukelekahiki a me Kāʻeloikamalama, he mau kaikunāne no Laukieleʻula, ka makuahine o lākou me ʻAiwohikupua. | then they released her from Kaeloikamalama's neck and kissed their daughter. For Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama were brothers of Laukieleula, Aiwohikupua's mother. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.2 sent.1 | Hele akula lāua, hoʻokahi anahulu, hiki i kahi e piʻi ai, kāhea akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “E ka Lanalananuiʻaimakua ē! | For ten days they journeyed before they reached the place to go up; Kaeloikamalama called out, "O Lanalananuiaimakua! Great ancestral spider. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.3 sent.1 | Kuʻu ʻia mai ke alanui i piʻi aku wau!! | Let down the road here for me to go up!! |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.4 sent.2 | ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, kuʻu mai ana ʻo Lanalananuiʻaimakua i ka pūnāwelewele, hihipeʻa ka lewa. | Not long after, Great ancestral spider let down a spider-web that made a network in the air. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, aʻoaʻo akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Eia ko alanui i piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe i hiki i luna, a i ʻike ʻoe hoʻokahi hale e kū ana i loko o ka mahina, aia i laila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; there is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.1 | “I nānā aku auaneʻi ʻoe, ka ʻelemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke poʻo, ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele nō ia. | "When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is Moanalihaikawaokele; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole e lohe i kāu ʻōlelo, kuhi auaneʻi iā ʻoe he mea ʻē. | he will not listen to you, he will take you for another. |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.1 | “Kali aku ʻoe a moe, e huli ana ke alo i lalo, ʻaʻole i moe, akā, i nānā aku ʻoe a i huli ke alo i luna, ua moe kā hoʻi, a laila, hele aku ʻoe. | "Wait until he is asleep; should be turn his face down he is not asleep, but when you see him with the face turned up, he is really asleep; |
| Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.3 | Paʻa ʻoe a paʻa i ka ʻumiʻumi, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe, | holding tight to his beard, then call out: |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.1 sent.1 | Pēlā auaneʻi ʻoe e hea iho ai, a inā e nīnau mai kēlā iā ʻoe, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe i kāu huakaʻi i hele mai ai.” | "So you must call to him, and if he questions you, then tell him about your journey here. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.1 | “I piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe, a i uhi ke ʻawa, na ko makuahine ia hana. | "On the way up, if fine rain covers you, that is your mother's doings; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.2 | I hiki mai ke anu ma ou lā, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | if cold comes, do not be afraid. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i honi ʻoe i ke ʻala, ʻo ko makuahine nō ia nona ke ʻala, a laila, palekana. | Keep on up; and if you smell a fragrance, that too is your mother's, it is her fragrance, then all is well, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.4 | Kokoke ʻoe e puka i luna, piʻi nō ʻoe, a i ʻō mai auaneʻi ke kukuna o ka lā, a i keʻehi ka wela iā ʻoe, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | you are almost to the top; keep on up, and if the sun's rays pierce and the heat strikes you, do not fear when you feel the sun's hot breath; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.5 | I ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe i ka ʻoi o ka nohi o ka lā, a laila, hoʻomanawanui aku nō ʻoe a komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a laila, pau ka make. | try to bear it and you will enter the shadow of the moon; then you will not die, |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.2 | A ahiahi, paʻa ʻo ia i ke ʻawa, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo kā ka makua kāne hana ia. | and in the evening she was covered with fine rain; this she thought was her father's doings; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.3 | Mai ia pō a wanaʻao, honi ʻo ia i ke ʻala o ke kiele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo ka makuahine ia. | at night until dawn she smelled the fragrance of the kiele plant; this she thought was her mother's art; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.4 | Mai ia wanaʻao a kiʻekiʻe ka lā, loaʻa ʻo ia i ka wela o ka lā, manaʻo aʻela ʻo ia, ʻo ka hana kēia a kona kaikunāne. | from dawn until the sun was high she was in the heat of the sun, she thought this was her brother's doing. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5 | I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea. | Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.1 | ʻIke akula ʻo ia i kēia hale nui e kū ana, ua pō ihola, hele akula ʻo ia ma ka lulu, aia nō e ala mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele. | She saw the big house standing, it was then night. She approached to the leeward; lo! Moanalihaikawaokele was still awake; |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka hiamoe iā Moanalihaikawaokele. | Still Moanalihaikawaokele did not sleep. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.2 | Holokikī akula kēia a paʻa ma ka ʻumiʻumi o ka makua kāne, kāhea ihola e like me ke aʻoaʻo ʻana a Kāʻeloikamalama i hōʻike ʻia ma luna. | she ran quickly and seized her father's beard and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown above. |
| Ch.27 p.146 para.6 sent.3 | Oi noke i ke kūpaka i ʻō i ʻaneʻi a pau ke aho o Moanalihaikawaokele. | he kept on twisting here and there until his breath was exhausted. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.1 sent.2 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau iho ka makua kāne, “He aha kāu huakaʻi i hiki mai ai?” | and when he had ended wailing, the father asked, "On what journey do you come hither?" |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne haku i kāne na ke kaikamahine aliʻi o Hawaiʻiākea, na Lāʻieikawai, he aikāne aliʻi a mākou, ko mākou mea nāna i mālama.” | Said Kahalaomapuana, "I have come to get my brother and lord to be the husband to the princess of broad Hawaii, to Laieikawai, our royal friend, the one who protects us." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.1 | Haʻi akula ʻo ia i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia e ko lākou kaikunāne a me kā lākou aikāne, ʻī maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole naʻu e ʻae aku. | She related all that her brother had done, and their friend. Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "The consent is not mine to give, |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.3 | Aia ke noho lā i kahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hele aku. | she lives there in the taboo place prohibited to me. |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.5 | No laila, e kali ʻoe, a hiki i nā lā maʻi o ko makuahine. | "Therefore, wait until the time comes |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.7 sent.6 | I hoʻi mai kēlā, haʻi aku ʻoe i kāu huakaʻi i hiki mai ai i ʻaneʻi.” | when your mother returns, then tell her on what journey you have come hither." |
| Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.3 | I hiki mai kēlā i kakahiaka, e moe aku ana ʻoe i ka hale, ʻaʻole ona wahi e hele ʻē aku ai, no ka mea, ua haumia. | in the early morning when she comes, you will be sleeping in the house; there is no place for her to go to get away from you, because she is unclean. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.2 | I nānā mai ka hana, e moe ana kēia mea. | when she saw someone sleeping there, |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki i ua ʻo Laukieleʻula ke hoʻokaʻawale iā ia, no ka mea, ua haumia. | she could not go away because she was unclean |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.4 | ʻO kēlā hale wale no kahi i ʻae ʻia nona. | and that house was the only one open to her. |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.1 sent.5 | “ʻO wai ʻoe, e kēia kupu, e kēia kalohe, nāna i komo kuʻu wahi kapu, kahi hiki ʻole i nā mea ʻē aʻe ke komo ma kēia wahi?” | "Who are you, lawless one, mischief-maker, who have entered my taboo house, the place prohibited to any other?" |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.1 | Noho ihola lāua ʻekolu lā, kokoke i ka wā e pau ai ka haumia o Laukieleʻula, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kaikamahine, “O hele, no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka wā mau o ko makuahine. | Three days the two stayed there; close to the time when Laukieleula's uncleanness would end, Moanalihaikawaokele said to his daughter, "Come! for your mother's days are almost ended; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.2 | Hele nō ʻoe i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele o ka lā ʻapōpō a noho ma ka luawai, kahi āna e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ai iā ia. | to- morrow, early in the morning before daylight, go and sit by the water hole where she washes herself; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.3 | Mai hōʻike ʻoe, aia a lele kēlā i loko o ke kiʻowai a i luʻu i lalo o ka wai, a laila, holo aku ʻoe a lawe mai i ka pāʻū a me ke kapa ona i haumia i kona maʻi. | do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes; |
| Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.4 | I ʻauʻau kēlā a hoʻi mai ma kapa, ʻaʻole ke kapa, a laila, manaʻo mai ua kiʻi aku au i hoʻi mai ai kēlā i ka hale nei. | when she has bathed and returns for the clothes, they will be gone; then she will think that I have taken them; when she comes to the house, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi. | "If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.2 | Hoʻokahi wale nō mea nui āna, ʻo ka lani āu i kiʻi mai nei. | only one thing will be great enough, to get you the high one; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a nīnau kēlā i kou makemake, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, ʻo ko ʻike kā hoʻi ia i ko kaikunāne. | then when she asks you what you desire, tell her; then you shall see your brother; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.4 | ʻIke pū me aʻu, no ka mea, hoʻokahi wale nō aʻu ʻike ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi, he kiʻei mai kā, ʻo ka nalo akula nō ia.” | we shall both see him, for I see him only once a year; he peeps out and disappears." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.1 | A hiki i ka manawa a ka makua kāne i ʻōlelo ai, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine i kakahiaka nui pōʻeleʻele, a hele akula e like me ke kauoha a kona makua kāne. | At the time the father had said, the daughter arose very early in the morning before daylight, and went as her father had directed. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.2 | Iā ia i hiki aku ai, peʻe ihola ma kahi kokoke i ke kiʻowai, ʻaʻole i ʻupuʻupu iho, hiki ana ka makuahine, a wehe i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia, a lele akula i loko o ka wai. | When she arrived, she hid close to the water hole; not long after, the mother came, took off her polluted clothes and sprang into the water. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.2 sent.3 | I ia manawa, lawe aʻela ke kaikamahine i ka mea i kauoha ʻia iā ia, a hoʻi akula me ka makua kāne. | Then the girl took the things as directed and returned to her father. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.3 sent.1 | ʻAʻole kēia i liʻuliʻu iho, halulu ana ka makuahine. | She had not been there long; the mother came in a rage; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.1 | “E Moanalihaikawaokele, ʻo kuʻu kapa i haumia, hō mai. | "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted clothes, |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.2 | E lawe aʻe au e hoʻomaʻemaʻe i ka wai.” | let me take them to wash in the water." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.5 | Kiʻei akula kēia i loko o ka hale, e moe ana ʻo Kahalaomāpuana; ua pūloʻu iho i ke kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻole ʻia. | she peeped into the house where Kahalaomapuana lay sleeping, her head (covered with a clean piece of tapa. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.6 | Kāhea ihola, “E Moanalihaikawaokele, hō mai kuʻu kapa i haumia i kuʻu maʻi. | She called, "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted skirt; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.7 | E lawe aʻe au e hoʻomaʻemaʻe i ka wai.” | let me take it to wash in the water." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, puoho aʻela ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, me he mea lā ua hiamoe, me ka ʻī aku i ka makuahine, “E kuʻu Haku makuahine, ua hele aku nei kēlā. | Then Kahalaomapuana started up as if she had been asleep and said to her mother, "My mother and ruler, he has gone; |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.2 | ʻO wau wale nō ko ka hale nei, a ʻo ko kapa naʻe i haumia i ko maʻi, eia lā.” | only I am in the house; that polluted skirt of yours, here it is." |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1 | “Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?” | "Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? " |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.2 | ʻApo akula ia i ke kaikamahine a uē akula i ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma ka paukū ma luna aʻe nei. | She embraced the girl and wailed out the words in the line above. |
| Ch.28 p.151 para.7 sent.1 | A pau ka uē ʻana, nīnau iho ka makuahine, “He aha kāu huakaʻi i hiki mai ai i o māua nei?” | When she had ceased wailing, the mother asked, "On what journey do you come hither to us ? " |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.1 | “I kiʻi mai nei au i kuʻu kaikunāne i kāne na ke aikāne a mākou, ke aliʻi wahine o Hawaiʻinuiākea, ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ka mea nāna i mālama iā mākou i loko o ko mākou haʻalele ʻia ʻana e ko mākou kaikunāne aloha ʻole. | "I come to get my older brother for a husband for our friend, the princess of the great broad land of Hawaii, Laieikawai, our protector when we were lovelessly deserted by our older brother; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ maila ka makuahine, “Ke ʻae aku nei au, no ka mea, ʻaʻole oʻu uku no kou mālama ʻana i kuʻu kapa i haumia iaʻu. | The mother said, "I grant it in recompense for your guarding my polluted garment. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.2 | Inā nō lā hoʻi he mea ʻē ka mea nāna i kiʻi mai nei, inā nō lā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau e ʻae aku. | "If anyone else had come to get him, I would not have consented; |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.4 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ua ʻōlelo nō ko kaikunāne, ʻo ʻoe hoʻokahi nō kāna mea i ʻoi aku ke aloha a me ka manaʻo nui, a no laila, e piʻi kāua e ʻike i ko kaikunāne. | "Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves
best and thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.3 sent.2 | E hea aʻe au i ke kahu manu o ʻolua, a nāna kāua e lawe aku a komo i ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti.” | let me call the bird guardian of you two, who will bear us to the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti." |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hea akula ka makuahine, | Then the mother called: |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.4 sent.4 | Hoʻi ka wela i Keʻalohilani, | The heat returns to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.1 | Ka manu nāna i kāohi nā ao luna, | The bird who holds back the clouds above, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.2 | Neʻe nā ʻōpua i ka moana, | The painted clouds move across the ocean, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.5 sent.10 | Kiʻi ʻia mai, lawe aku i luna i o Awakea.” | Come and receive her, take her above to Awakea, the noonday. |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.1 | I ia wā, kuʻu ihola ua manu nei i nā ʻēheu i lalo, a ʻo ke kino, aia nō i luna. | Then that bird drooped its wings down and its body remained aloft, |
| Ch.28 p.152 para.6 sent.2 | Ma ia wā, kau akula ʻo Laukieleʻula me Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ka ʻēheu o ua manu nei, ʻo ka lele akula nō ia a hiki iā Awakea, ka mea nāna e wehe ke pani o ka lā, kahi i noho ai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā. | then Laukieleula and Kahalaomapuana rested upon the bird's wings and it flew and came to Awakea, the Noonday, the one who opens the door of the sun where Kaonohiokala lived. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa a lāua i hiki aku ai, ua pani ʻia akula ko ke aliʻi wahi e nā ao hekili. | At the time they arrived, the entrance to the chief's house was blocked by thunderclouds. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ke ʻaʻe lā ʻo Awakea me kona wela nui, a ʻauheʻe akula nā ao hekili i mua ona. | Then Noonday put forth her heat and the clouds melted before her; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.2 sent.2 | Aia hoʻi, ʻike ʻia akula ke aliʻi e moe mai ana i ka ʻōnohi pono o ka lā, i ka puokooko hoʻi o ka wela loa, no laila i kapa ʻia ai ka inoa o ke aliʻi ma muli o ia ʻano (Kaʻōnohiokalā). | lo! the chief appeared sleeping right in the eye of the sun in the fire of its intensest heat, so he was named after this custom The Eye of the Sun. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, lālau ihola ʻo Laukieleʻula i kekahi kukuna o ka lā a kāohi ihola. | Then Laukieleula seized hold of one of the sun's rays and held it. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ala maila ke aliʻi. | Then the chief awoke. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.3 sent.3 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike aku ai i kona kaikunāne, ua like nā maka me ka uila, a ʻo kona ʻili a me kona kino a puni, ua like me ke okooko o ke kapuahi hoʻoheʻeheʻe hao. | When Kahalaomapuana looked upon her brother his eyes were like lightning and his skin all over his body was like the heat of the furnace where iron is melted. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe o Kaʻōnohiokalā, ala maila mai kona hiamoe ʻana, ʻalawa aʻela kēlā iā Laukieleʻula e hea aku i nā kiaʻi o ka malu, kāhea aʻela: | When Kaonohiokala heard he awoke from sleep and signed with his eyes to Laukieleula to call the guards of the shade. She called: |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hele maila nā kiaʻi o ka malu, a kū ihola i mua o ke aliʻi. | Then the guards of the shade came and stood before the chief. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.1 | A loaʻa ka malumalu i mua o ko ke aliʻi wahi moe, a laila, kāhea maila i ke kaikuahine, a hele akula a uē ihola, no ka mea, ua māʻeʻele kona puʻuwai i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, a he nui nō hoʻi nā lā o ke kaʻawale ʻana. | When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their separation. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.8 sent.2 | A laila, haʻi akula kēlā e like me kāna ʻōlelo i ka makuahine. | Then she told him the same thing she had told the mother. |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.9 sent.1 | A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia mau ʻōlelo, hāliu akula ʻo ia i ko lāua makuahine, me ka nīnau aku, “E Laukieleʻula, ua ʻae anei ʻoe iaʻu e kiʻi i ka mea a ia nei e ʻōlelo mai nei i wahine naʻu?” | When the chief heard these things, he turned to their mother and asked, "Laukieleula, do you consent to my going to get the one whom she speaks of for my wife?" |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.2 | Inā ʻo kekahi o lākou kai kiʻi mai nei, inā ʻaʻole e hiki mai i o kāua nei; i lalo akula nō hoʻi. | if anyone else had brought her to get you, if she had not come to us two, she might have stayed below; |
| Ch.28 p.153 para.10 sent.3 | ʻAe ʻia aku ka ʻōlelo a kou pōkiʻi, no ka mea, nāu i wehe mua ke alanui, a na ko kaikuahine i pani mai. | grant your little sister's request, for you first opened the pathway, she closed it; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.3 | ʻO kēia wahine nō aʻu i kiʻi mai nei iā ʻoe, i ka huakaʻi mua ʻana i kiʻi ai i ua wahine nei, hoʻi hou aʻe iā mākou, hele nō mākou a hiki i kahi o ua wahine nei, ke aliʻi wahine aʻu e ʻōlelo nei. | with this woman whom I am come to get you for. When he first went to woo this woman he came back again after us; we went with him and came to the woman's house, the princess of
whom I speak. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.4 | I ka pō, hiki mākou i uka i loko o ka ulu lāʻau, ʻo ia wale nō a me kona kupuna wahine ko ia wahi. | That night we went to the uplands; in the midst of the forest there she dwelt with her grandmother. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.6 | I nānā aku ka hana i ka hale o ua ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō. | and looked at the workmanship of Laieikawai's house, inwrought with the yellow feathers of the oo bird. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.1 | “Kiʻi ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻaʻole i loaʻa. | "Mailehaiwale went to woo her, gained nothing, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.3 | Kiʻi aku ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa. | Mailekaluhea went, gained nothing at all; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.4 | Kiʻi aku ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa. | Mailelaulii went, gained nothing at all; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.5 | Kiʻi aku ʻo Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole nō i loaʻa. | Mailepakaha went, gained nothing at all; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.2 sent.6 | I ka hōʻole wale nō a pau lākou, koe ʻo wau, ʻaʻole hoʻi wau i kiʻi, ʻo ka huhū ihola nō ia iā mākou, haʻalele i ka nāhelehele. | she refused them all; I remained, I never went to woo her; he went away in a rage leaving us in the jungle. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.1 | “A haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, ukali aku mākou ma hope, pākela loa nō ko mākou kaikunāne i ka huhū, me he mea lā, na mākou i hōʻole kona makemake. | "When he left us, we followed; our brother's rage waxed as if we had denied his wish. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.3 sent.2 | No laila lā, hoʻi hou mākou a kahi i haʻalele mua ʻia ai, na ua kaikamahine aliʻi lā i mālama iā mākou, a haʻalele wale akula wau, hele mai nei. | "Then it was we returned to where he left us, and the princess protected us, until I left to come hither; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mau ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē ka huhū. | When Kaonohiokala heard this story, he was angry. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe me ou kaikuaʻana a me ke aikāne aliʻi a ʻoukou, kuʻu wahine hoʻi, kali mai ʻoukou. | Then he said to Kahalaomapuana, "Return to your sisters and to your friend, the princess; my wife she shall be; wait, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.3 | I neʻe ka ua ma kēia hope iho, a i lanipili, eia nō wau i ʻaneʻi. | and when the rain falls and floods the land, I am still here. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.4 | I kaikoʻo auaneʻi ka moana, a i kū ka puna kea i uka, eia nō wau i ʻaneʻi. | "When the ocean billows swell and the surf throws white sand
on the shore, I am still here; |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.5 | Inā e pā ka makani a hoʻokahi anahulu, mālie, i kuʻi pāloʻo ka hekili, aia wau i Kahakaekaea. | when the wind whips the air and for ten days lies calm, when thunder peals without rain, then I am at Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.4 sent.6 | Kuʻi pāloʻo hou auaneʻi ka hekili ʻekolu pōhaku, ua hala iaʻu ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti; aia wau i Keʻalohilani. | "When the dry thunder peals again, then ceases, I have left the taboo house at the borders of Tahiti. I am at Kealohilani, |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.1 | “Ma ia hope iho, hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou, a i kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, hoʻokahi malama e poʻi ai ka ʻino a mao aʻe, aia wau ma ke kua o nā mauna i ka wā mōlehulehu o ke kakahiaka. | "After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one month bad weather closes down, when the storm clears, there I am behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn. |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.2 | Kali mai ʻoukou a i puka aku ka lā, a haʻalele iho i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aʻe ai ʻoukou iaʻu. | "Wait here and at daybreak, when I leave the summit of the mountain, then you shall see me |
| Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.3 | E noho ana wau i loko o ka lā, i waena o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ʻōnohi aliʻi. | sitting within the sun in the center of its ring of light, encircled by the rainbow of a chief. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole naʻe kākou e hālāwai i ia manawa. | "Still we shall not yet meet; |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.2 | Aia ko kākou hālāwai i ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka mahina i ka pō i o Māhealani, a laila e hui ai au me kuʻu wahine. | our meeting shall be in the dusk of evening, when the moon rises on the night of full moon; then I will meet my wife. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.3 | Aia a hoʻāo māua, a laila, e hoʻomaka wau i ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | "After our marriage, then I will bring destruction over the earth upon those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.4 | No laila, e lawe aku ʻoe i ka hōʻailona o Lāʻieikawai, he ānuenue, ʻo kuʻu wahine ia.” | "Therefore, take a sign for Laieikawai, a rainbow; thus shall I know my wife." |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.2 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi ihola ʻo ia ma ke ala āna i piʻi aku ai, hoʻokahi malama, a hālāwai ihola me Kihanuilūlūmoku, haʻi akula i ka huaʻōlelo, “Ua pono kāua, ua waiwai nō hoʻi.” | These words ended, she returned by the same way that she had climbed up, and within one month found Kihanuilulumoku and told all briefly, "We are all right; we have prospered." |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.1 | Hiki lāua i ʻOlaʻa, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā. | They came to Olaa. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.3 | Hiki lāua i Maui, hanu aʻela ka moʻo, ʻaʻole nō. | They went to Maui; the lizard smelled about; not a trace. |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.5 | Hiki lāua i Kauaʻi, hanu aʻela a puni, ʻaʻole i loaʻa. | They came to Kauai; the lizard sniffed about the coast, found nothing; |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.3 sent.6 | Hanu aʻela i nā mauna, aia hoʻi, e noho ana i Honopūwaiakua. | sniffed inland; there they were, living at Honopuwaiakua, |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.4 sent.2 | Akā, he mea malihini naʻe i ka makāula kēia kaikamahine ʻōpiopio, a he mea weliweli nō hoʻi i ua makāula nei ka ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo. | but a stranger to the seer was this younger sister, and he was terrified at sight of the lizard; |
| Ch.28 p.155 para.5 sent.1 | He ʻumikumamākahi malama, me ke anahulu, me ʻehā lā keu, ʻo ia ka lōʻihi o ke kaʻawale ʻana o Kahalaomāpuana, mai ka lā i haʻalele ai iā Lāʻieikawai mā a hiki i ko lāua hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai. | Eleven months, ten days, and four days over it was since Kahalaomapuana left Laieikawai and her companions until their return from The-shining-heavens. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi mai ai mai kāna huakaʻi ʻimi aliʻi mai Keʻalohilani mai, haʻi akula ʻo ia i ka moʻolelo o ko lāua hele ʻana, a me nā hihia he nui, a me nā lauwili ʻana, a me nā mea a pau āna i ʻike ai i loko o kona manawa hele. | When Kahalaomapuana returned from Kealohilani, from her journey in search of a chief, she related the story of her trip, of its windings and twistings, and all the things she had seen while she was away. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.2 | I loko naʻe o kāna manawa e ʻōlelo nei no ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻī maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa, “E nā hoa, iā Kahalaomāpuana e ʻōlelo nei no Kaʻōnohiokalā, ke kaikunāne o kākou, kuʻu kāne hoʻi, ke kau ʻē mai nei iaʻu ka haliʻa o ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli. | When she recited the charge given her by Kaonohiokala, Laieikawai said to her companions, "O comrades, as Kahalaomapuana tells me the message of your brother and my husband, a strange foreboding weighs upon me, and I am amazed; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.4 | I ahona paha a ʻike aku, ʻo kuʻu make nō paha ia, no ka mea, ke makaʻu honua ʻē mai nei nō i kona manawa ʻaʻole me kākou.” | When I think of seeing him, however I may desire it, I am ready to die with fear before he has even come to us." |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.3 | A no kona hānau mua ʻana, lilo ai ʻo ia i hiwahiwa na nā mākua o kākou. | He was the firstborn of us; he was greatly beloved by our parents; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.4 | Ma ona lā i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana nui hiki ʻole iā mākou, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana nei, ʻalua wale nō mea i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana, koe aku naʻe ke kapu no ko kākou kaikunāne, no laila, mai makaʻu ʻoe. | to him was given superhuman powers which we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear; |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.2 | Aia a hiki aku i nā pō mahina kōnane e hiki mai ai. | when the nights of full moon come. |
| Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.3 | Aia a lohe aku kākou i ka hekili kuʻi pāmaloʻo a me ka hekili i loko o ke kuāua, i ia manawa e ʻike ai ko ka ʻāina nei, he ua me ka uila, he kaikoʻo ma ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, uhi paʻa ʻia ka ʻāina a me ka moana a puni e ka noe, ke ʻawa, ka ʻohu a me ke kualau. | "When we hear the thunder peal in dry weather and in wet, then we shall see over the earth rain and lightning, billows swell on the ocean, freshets on the land, land and sea covered thick with fog, fine mist and rain, and the beating of the ocean rain. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1 | “A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua. | "When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.2 | E ʻike auaneʻi ka ʻāina i ka luku nui ma ia hope iho, a nāna e kāʻili aku i ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe mai ka ʻāina aku, a laila, no kākou ka pōmaikaʻi a me kā kākou pua aku.” | Afterwards the earth shall behold a great destruction and shall see all the haughty snatched away out of the land; then we shall be blessed, and our seed." |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.3 | A lohe kāna mau kaikamāhine i kēia wānana a ka makāula, nalu ihola lākou i loko o lākou iho ma ke kaʻawale i kēia wānana a ka makāula, me ka haʻi ʻole aku i ua makāula nei, no ka mea, ua hoʻomanaʻo wale aʻela lākou no kā lākou mea i hoʻouna ai i ko lākou kaikaina. | When his daughters heard the seer's prophecy, they wondered within themselves that he should prophesy at this distance, without knowing anything about their sister's mission for which they waited. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.1 | Ma kona ʻano makāula, ua hiki iā ia ke hele aku e kūkala ma Kauaʻi a puni, me ka haʻi aku i kāna mea i ʻike, a no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope. | As a prophet it was his privilege to proclaim about Kauai those things which he saw would come to pass. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, kauoha ihola i kāna mau kaikamāhine, ma mua o kona haʻalele ʻana iā lākou, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ke hele nei au ma kuʻu ʻaoʻao mau. | So, before leaving his daughters, he commanded them and said, "My daughters. I am giving you my instructions before leaving you, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hele loa ana, akā, e hele ana wau e haʻi aku i kēia mea aʻu e kamaʻilio nei iā ʻoukou, a hoʻi mai wau. | not, indeed, for long; but I go to announce those things which I have told you. and shall return hither. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.5 | No laila, e noho ʻoukou ma kahi a kuʻu akua i kuhikuhi ai iaʻu. | Therefore, dwell here in this place, which my god has pointed out to me, |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.6 | E waiho ʻoukou iā ʻoukou ma loko o ka maluhia a hiki i ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kuʻu wānana.” | and keep yourselves pure until my prophecy is fulfilled." |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.8 | Ma laila ʻo ia i kūkala aku ai e like me kona ʻike. | there he proclaimed what he had seen. |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.3 sent.1 | A hiki mua ʻo ia i o ʻAiwohikupua, me ka ʻī aku, “Mai kēia lā aku, e kūkulu mua ʻoe i mau lepa a puni kou wahi, a e hoʻokomo i kāu poʻe aloha a pau ma loko, no ka mea, ma kēia hope koke iho, e hiki mai ana ka luku ma luna o ka ʻāina. | And first he came to Aiwohikupua and said, "From this day, erect flag signals around your dwelling, and bring inside all whom you love. "For there comes shortly a destruction over the earth; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.1 | “Ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka mea mana, e hōʻike mai nō ʻo ia i hōʻailona no ka luku ʻana, ʻaʻole ma luna o nā makaʻāinana, ma luna pono iho nō ou, a ʻo kou poʻe. | "Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself and your people; |
| Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa e moe ai nā mea kiʻekiʻe o ka ʻāina nei i mua ona, a e kāʻili ʻia aku ka hanohano maiā ʻoe aku. | then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him and your pride shall be taken from you. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.1 sent.1 | “Inā e hoʻolohe ʻoe i kaʻu ʻōlelo, a laila, e pakele ʻoe i ka luku e hiki mai ana, a ʻoiaʻiʻo. | "If you listen to my word, then you will be spared from the destruction that is verily to come; |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.2 sent.1 | Pēlā ʻo ia i kūkala hele ai i mua o nā aliʻi a puni ʻo Kauaʻi. | Thus he proclaimed to all the chiefs on Kauai, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.2 sent.2 | ʻO ka poʻe aliʻi i lohe i kā ka makāula, ʻo lākou nō kai pakele. | and the chiefs who listened to the seer, they were spared. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.4 sent.1 | Akā, ʻo Waka, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hoʻokō, me ka ʻōlelo mai, “Inā he akua ka mea nāna e luku mai, a laila, he akua nō koʻu e hiki ai ke hoʻopakele iaʻu a me kaʻu mau aliʻi.” | But Waka would not listen, and answered, "If a god is the one to bring destruction, then I have another god to save me and my chiefs." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka, hāliu akula ka makāula i ke aliʻi, a ʻōlelo akula, “Mai hoʻolohe i kā ko kupuna wahine, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka luku nui ma luna o nā aliʻi. | And at Waka's words the seer turned to the chiefs and said, "Do not listen to your grandmother, for a great destruction is coming over the chiefs. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.2 | ʻĀnō, e kūkulu i lepa a puni ʻoe, a e hoʻokomo i kāu mea aloha ma loko o nā lepa i kūkulu ʻia. | Plant flag signals at once around you, and bring all dear to you inside the signals you have set up, |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.3 | A ʻo ka mea e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole i kaʻu, e hāʻule nō lākou i loko o ka luku nui. | and whoever will not believe me, let them fall in the great day of destruction. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.4 | A hiki i ua lā lā, e moe ana nā luāhine ma nā kapuaʻi o ke keiki mana, me ke noi aku i ola, ʻaʻole e loaʻa, no ka mea, ua hōʻole i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula nei.” | "When that day comes, the old women will lie down before the soles of the feet of that mighty youth, and plead for life, and not get it, because they have disbelieved the words of the prophet." |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.5 | A no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ke kō mau o kāna mau wānana ma mua aku, no laila, ua pale kēlā i ka ʻōlelo a ka luahine. | And because Kekalukaluokewa knew that his former prophecies had been fulfilled, therefore he rejected the old woman's counsel. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.5 sent.6 | A hala akula ka makāula, kūkulu aʻela ke aliʻi i lepa a puni kona hale aliʻi, a noho ihola ma loko o kahi hoʻomalu e like me ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | When the seer left the chief placed flag signals all around the palace and stayed within the protected place as the prophet had commanded. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.2 | No ke aloha wale nō a ka makāula ke kumu o kona hele ʻana aku e haʻi i kāna mea i ʻike ai. | For no other reason than love did the seer go to tell those things which he saw. |
| Ch.29 p.159 para.6 sent.3 | Hoʻokahi lā o kona noho ʻana me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma Honopuʻuwaiakua, mai kona hoʻi ʻana aku mai kaʻapuni, hiki mai ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma mua aʻe nei i hōʻike ʻia ma nēia mokuna. | He had been back one day with his daughters at Honopuwaiakua when Kahalaomapuana arrived, as described in the chapter before. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi anahulu ma hope iho o ko Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi ʻana mai mai Keʻalohilani mai, i ia manawa, hiki maila ka hōʻailona mua a ko lākou kaikunāne e like me ke kauoha i kona kaikuahine. | Ten days after Kahalaomapuana's return from Kealohilani came the first of their brother's promised signs. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.2 | Pēlā i hoʻāʻo liʻiliʻi ai nā hōʻailona i loko o nā lā ʻelima, a ʻo ke ono o ka lā, kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, waikahe ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, ku ka pūnohu i ka moana. | So the signs began little by little during five days, and on the sixth day the thunder cracked, the rain poured down, the ocean billows swelled, the land was flooded, the lightning flashed, the mist closed down, the rainbow arched, the colored cloud rose over the ocean. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.1 sent.3 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku ka makāula, “E aʻu mau kaikamāhine, ua hiki mai ka hoʻokō ʻia ʻana o kuʻu wānana e like me kaʻu ʻōlelo mua iā ʻoukou.” | Then the seer said, "My daughters, the time is come when my prophecy is fulfilled as I declared it to you." |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula nā kaikamāhine, “ʻO ia hoʻi kā mākou i hamumu iho nei, no ka mea, ua lohe mua nō mākou i kēia mea iā ʻoe, ʻoiai, ʻaʻole kēia (Kahalaomāpuana) i hiki mai, a ma kā ia nei hoʻi ʻana mai nei, lohe hope mākou iā ia nei.” | The daughters answered, ''This is what we have been whispering about, for first you told us these things while Kahalaomapuana had not yet returned, and since her return she has told us the same thing again." |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.3 | E hiki mai ana ka pōmaikaʻi iā kākou, a e lilo auaneʻi kākou i mea nui nāna e ʻai nā moku a puni, ʻaʻole kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, a e noho aliʻi auaneʻi ʻoukou ma luna o ka ʻāina a e holo aku ka poʻe hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou mai ka noho aliʻi aku. | we shall prosper and become mighty ones among the islands round about; none shall be above us; and you shall rule over the land, and those who have done evil against you shall flee from you and be chiefs no more. |
| Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.4 | No laila wau i ukali ai me ka hoʻomanawanui i loko o ka luhi a me ka ʻīnea, i loko o nā pilikia he nui. | ''For this have I followed you persistently through danger and cost and through hard weariness, |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.1 sent.2 | Ma ke kakahiaka, i nā kukuna o ka lā i haʻalele iho ai i nā mauna, ʻike ʻia akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e noho ana i loko o ka wela kūkanono o ka lā ma waena pono o ka luakālai i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ānuenue a me ka ua koko. | in the early morning when the rays of the sun rose above the mountain, Kaonohiokala was seen sitting within the smoking heat of the sun, right in the middle of the sun's ring, encircled with rainbows and a red mist. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.2 sent.1 | I kēlā wā nō, lohe ʻia akula ka pihe ʻuā a puni ʻo Kauaʻi i ka ʻike ʻana aku i ka hiwahiwa kama kahi a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua ʻo Laukieleʻula, ke aliʻi nui o Kahakaekaea a me Nuʻumealani. | Then the sound of shouting was heard all over Kauai at the sight of the beloved child of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula, the great high chief of Kahakaekaea and Nuumealani. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.3 sent.2 | Ua paʻa ka leo, ʻo ke kuhikuhi wale iho nō a ka lima, ʻaʻohe leo, me ke kūnou ʻana o ke poʻo, no ka mea, ua paʻa ka leo i ka ʻuā iā Kaʻōnohiokalā. | until they were hoarse and could only point with their hands and nod their heads, for they were hoarse with shouting for Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa a Kaʻōnohiokalā e nānā mai ana i ka honua nei, aia hoʻi, e ʻaʻahu mai ana ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kapa ānuenue a kona kaikuahine (Kahalaomāpuana) i lawe mai ai, a laila, maopopo aʻela iā ia, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kēia, ka wahine hoʻopalau āna. | Now, as Kaonohiokala looked down upon the earth, lo! Laieikawai was clothed in the rainbow garment his sister, Kahalaomapuana, had brought her; then through this sign he recognized Laieikawai as his betrothed wife. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.2 | Iā Kaʻōnohiokalā i hiki mai ai, moe kukuli ihola kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula i mua o ka hiwahiwa. | When he came, all his sisters bowed down before him, and the prophet before the Beloved. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.6 sent.1 | A, ʻo Lāʻieikawai kekahi, i ka hiwahiwa i ʻike mai ai iā Lāʻieikawai e hoʻomaka ana e kukuli, kāhea maila ka hiwahiwa, “E kuʻu Haku wahine, e Lāʻieikawai ē! | And Laieikawai was about to do the same; when the Beloved saw Laieikawai about to kneel he cried out, "O my wife and ruler! O Laieikawai! |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.7 sent.1 | “E kuʻu Haku, he weliweli koʻu a me ka haʻalulu nui, a inā i manaʻo ʻoe e lawe i kuʻu ola nei, e pono ke lawe aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau i hālāwai me kekahi mea weliweli nui ma mua e like me kēia,” wahi a Lāʻieikawai. | "My lord, I am amazed and tremble, and if you desire to take my life, it is well; for never have I met before with anyone so terrible as this!" answered Laieikawai. |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.8 sent.1 | “ʻAʻole au i hiki mai e lawe i kou ola, akā, ma ka huakaʻi a kuʻu kaikuahine i hiki aʻe nei i ou lā, a no laila, ua hāʻawi mai wau i hōʻailona noʻu e ʻike ai iā ʻoe, a e maopopo ai iaʻu, ʻo ʻoe kuʻu wahine hoʻopalau. | "I have not come to take your life, but on my sister's visit to me I gave her a sign for me to know you by and recognize you as my betrothed wife; |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.1 | I ia manawa, kāhea ihola ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, “Ke lawe nei wau i kuʻu wahine, a ma kēia pō e hiki hou mai māua,” a laila, kāʻili ʻia akula kāna wahine me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia e kona mau hoa. | Then he called to his sisters, "I take my wife and at this time of the night will come again hither." Then his wife was caught away out of sight of her companions, |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo ka makāula ka mea i ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa aku i ka lawe ʻia ʻana ma ke ānuenue, a noho i loko o ka mahina. | but the prophet had a glimpse of her being carried on the rainbow to dwell within the moon; |
| Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.3 | Ma laila i hōʻoiaʻiʻo ai lāua i ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu. | there they took in pledge their moments of bliss. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.1 | A ma kekahi pō aʻe, i ka mahina e kōnane ʻoluʻolu ana, i ka wā hapa o ka laʻi, kuʻu ʻia maila kekahi ānuenue i ʻūlili ʻia mai luna mai o ka mahina a hiki i lalo nei i ka wā e kūpono ana ka mahina i luna pono o Honopuʻuwaiakua. | And the next night when the moon shone bright, at the time when its light decreased, a rainbow was let down, fastened to the moon and reaching to the earth; when the moon was directly over Honopuwaiakua, |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, iho maila nā aliʻi o ka lewa me ko lāua ʻihiʻihi nui, a kū maila i mua o ka makāula, me ka ʻōlelo iho, “E hele aʻe ʻoe e kala aku i nā mea a pau, i hoʻokahi anahulu, e hoʻohui ʻia ma kahi hoʻokahi. | then the chiefs appeared above in the sky in their majesty and stood before the prophet, saying: "Go and summon all the people for ten days to gather together in one place; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.3 | A laila, e hoʻopuka aku wau i ʻōlelo hoʻopaʻi no ka poʻe i hana ʻino mai iā ʻoukou. | then I will declare my wrath against those who have done you wrong. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.1 sent.4 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, a laila, e hui hou kāua, a naʻu nō e haʻi aku i ka mea e pono ai ke hana ʻoe a me kāu mau kaikamāhine pū me ʻoe.” | "At the end of ten days, then we shall meet again, and I will tell you what is well for you to do, and my sisters with you." |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.2 sent.2 | A hala ia, a laila, kāʻili pū ʻia akula nā kaikuahine ʻelima i luna, a noho pū me ia i ka ʻolu o ka mahina. | and when he had departed the five sisters were taken up to dwell with the wife in the shelter of the moon. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.3 sent.1 | I ka makāula i kaʻapuni ai ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ka hiwahiwa, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hālāwai me kekahi kanaka hoʻokahi, no ka mea, ua pau i uka o Pihanakalani, kahi i ʻōlelo ʻia he lanakila. | On the seer's circuit, according to the command of the Beloved, he did not encounter a single person, for all had gone up to Pihanakalani, the place where it had been predicted that victory should be accomplished. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.3 sent.2 | A pau nā lā he ʻumi, hiki aku ka makāula i Honopūwaiakua. | After ten days the seer returned to Honopuwaiakua; |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.4 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hālāwai maila me ia ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a haʻi akula i kāna ʻōlelo hōʻike no kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni e like me ke kauoha a ka hiwahiwa. | Then Kaonohiokala met him, and the seer told him about the circuit he had made at the Beloved's command. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.5 sent.1 | I ia manawa kāʻili pū ʻia akula ka makāula a noho i ka mahina. | Then the prophet was taken up also to dwell in the moon. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.1 | A i ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka lā, i ka wā i haʻalele iho ai nā kukuna wela o ka lā i nā mauna, i ia manawa ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hiwahiwa e hoʻopaʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka pū. | And in the morning of the next day, at sunrise, when the hot rays of the sun rose over the mountains, Then the Beloved began to punish Aiwohikupua and Waka. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.6 sent.2 | Hāʻawi ʻia ka make no Waka, a ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, hoʻopaʻi ʻia akula ia e lilo i kanaka ʻilihune e ʻaeʻa haukaʻe ana ma luna o ka ʻāina a hiki i kona mau lā hope. | To Waka he meted out death, and Aiwohikupua was punished by being deprived of all his wealth, to wander like a vagrant over the earth until the end of his days. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.7 sent.1 | I ke kakahiaka naʻe, i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka luku iā ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka, aia hoʻi, ʻo ke anaina i ʻākoakoa ma Pihanakalani, ʻike akula lākou i ke ānuenue i kuʻu ʻia mai ma ka mahina mai, i ʻūlili ʻia i nā kukuna wela o ka lā. | Now in the early morning of the day of Aiwohikupua's and Waka's downfall, Lo! the multitude assembled at Pihanakalani saw a rainbow let down from the moon to earth, trembling in the hot rays of the sun. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.1 | A laila, i ia manawa ʻākoakoa lākou a pau, ka makāula a me nā kaikamāhine ʻelima, e kau mai ana ma ke ala i ʻūlili ʻia, a ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā me Lāʻieikawai ma ke kaʻawale, a he mau kapuaʻi ko lāua me he ahi lā. | Then, as they all crowded together, the seer and the five girls stood on the ladder way, and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai apart, and the soles of their feet were like fire. |
| Ch.30 p.165 para.8 sent.2 | ʻO ia ka manawa a ʻAiwohikupua a me Waka i hāʻule ai i ka honua me ka ʻāpono i ka ʻōlelo a ka makāula. | This was the time when Aiwohikupua and Waka fell to the ground, and the seer's prophecy was fulfilled. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.1 | A pau ka hoʻopaʻi a ke aliʻi no nā ʻenemi, hoʻonoho aʻela ke aliʻi o luna iā Kahalaomāpuana i mōʻī, a hoʻonoho pākahi akula i nā kaikuahine ona ma nā mokupuni. | When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over separate islands. |
| Ch.30 p.166 para.10 sent.3 | Akā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hewa o kona mau kaikuahine ma ia hope iho a hiki i ka haʻalele ʻana i kēia ao. | But there was no fault to be found with his sisters until they left this world. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.1 | Ma hope o ko Lāʻieikawai hoʻāo ʻana me Kaʻōnohiokala me ka hoʻoponopono i ka noho ʻana o kona mau kaikuahine, ka makāula a me Kekalukaluokēwā ma, a pau kēia mau mea i ka hoʻoponopono ʻia, hoʻi akula lāua i luna o ka ʻaina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | After the marriage of Laieikawai and Kaonohiokala, when his sisters and the seer and Kekalukaluokewa and his wife were well established, after all this had been set in order, they returned to the country in the heavens called Kahakaekaea and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2 | A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō. | And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power. |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe. | Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me; |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.2 | No laila, e nānā kekahi i kekahi me ka noho like, no ka mea, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi like ʻia ʻoukou. | therefore, live in peace, for each alike has prospered, |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.3 | ʻAʻole kekahi mea o ʻoukou i hoʻonele ʻia i ka pōmaikaʻi, akā, ʻo ia nei (Kaʻōnohiokalā) nō ko māua mea e hiki mai i o ʻoukou nei e ʻike i ka pono o ko ʻoukou noho ʻana.” | not one of you lacks fortune. But Kaonohiokala will visit you to look after your welfare." |
| Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.4 | A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula lāua me ko lāua ʻike ʻole ʻia, a e like me ka ʻōlelo, “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā ka mea iho mai e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau hoa,” ʻo ia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho ʻana me kāna kāne. | After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life with her husband. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻieikawai ma ko lāua wahi me kāna kāne, he mea mau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā ka iho pinepine mai i lalo nei e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine a me kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe); ʻekolu iho ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi. | "While Laieikawai lived at home with her husband it was Kaonohiokala's custom to come down from time to time to look after his sisters' welfare and that of his young wife three times every year. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.2 | ʻElima paha makahiki ka lōʻihi o ko lāua noho ʻana ma ka hoʻohiki paʻa o ka pelika male, a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho pono ʻana me kāna kāne, i ia manawa, hāʻule ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe me ka ʻike ʻole o nā mea ʻē aʻe i kēia hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa. | They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala fell into sin with Laielohelohe without
knowing of his falling into sin. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.1 | I ka ʻekolu malama o Lāʻieikawai mā i luna, iho maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, a hoʻi akula me Lāʻieikawai. | After Laieikawai had lived three months above, Kaonohiokala went down to look after his sister's welfare, and returned to Laieikawai; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.2 | Pēlā i kēlā a me kēia hapakolu o ka makahiki. | so he did until the third year, |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.3 | A i ka ʻekolu makahiki o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā huakaʻi mākaʻi i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokanaka makua loa aʻela kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe), a laila, ua piʻi mai a māhuahua ka wahine maikaʻi, a ʻoi aʻe ma mua o kona kaikuaʻana ʻo Lāʻieikawai. | and after three years of going below to see after his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was fullgrown and her beauty had increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe i hāʻule ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia manawa, i ka hewa, akā, ua hoʻomaka aʻe kona kuko ʻino e hana i ka mea pono ʻole. | Not at this time, however, did Kaonohiokala fall into sin, but his sinful longing had its beginning. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.1 | I kēlā hele ʻana kēia hele ʻana a Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei, a hiki i ka ʻehā makahiki, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia mai ka nani o Lāʻielohelohe ma mua o kāna ʻike mua ʻana, a māhuahua loa aʻela ka manaʻo ʻino o Kaʻōnohiokalā. | On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and his sinful lust increased mightily, |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.2 | Akā, ma kona ʻano keiki akua, hoʻomanawanui akula nō ʻo ia e pale aʻe i kona kuko. | but by his nature as a child of god he persisted in checking his lust; |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.4 sent.1 | I ka lima o ka makahiki, ma ka pau ʻana o ka hapahā mua o ua makahiki lā, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei. | In the fifth year, at the end of the first quarter, Kaonohiokala went away to do his work below. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.4 sent.2 | I kēlā manawa, ua kāʻili ʻia aku ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo maikaʻi mai ona aku a kaʻawale loa, a hāʻule ihola ʻo ia i ka hewa. | At that time virtue departed far from the mind of Kaonohiokala and he fell into sin. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.1 | I kēlā manawa nō hoʻi, iā ia e hālāwai lā me kona mau kaikuahine a me ka makāula hoʻi, ka punalua a me kā lāua wahine hoʻi (Lāʻielohelohe), hoʻomaka aʻela ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e hoʻoponopono hou no ke aupuni, a no laila, ua hoʻomaka hou ka ʻahaʻōlelo. | Now at this time, when he met his sisters, the prophet and his punalua and their wife (Laielohelohe), Kaonohiokala began to redistribute the land, so he called a fresh council. |
| Ch.31 p.168 para.5 sent.2 | A i mea e pono ai ko ke aliʻi manaʻo kolohe, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine i poʻe kiaʻi no ka ʻāina i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Keʻalohilani, a na lākou e hoʻoponopono pū me Mokukelekahiki i ka noho ʻana a me nā hana a pau e pili ana i ka ʻāina. | And to carry out his evil purpose, he transferred his sisters to be guards over the land called Kealohilani, and arranged that they should live with Mokukelekahiki and have charge of the land with him. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.1 | A ʻike aʻela kekahi o kona mau kaikuahine ua ʻoi aku ka hanohano ma mua o kēia noho ʻana, no ka mea, ua hoʻolilo ʻia i mau aliʻi no kahi hiki ʻole iā lākou ke noho, e lawelawe pū me Mokukelekahiki, no laila, hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ka ʻae ma muli o ka ʻōlelo a ko lākou kaikunāne. | When some of his sisters saw how much greater the honor was to become chiefs in a land they had never visited, and serve with Mokukelekahiki there, they agreed to consent to their brother's plan. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.2 | Akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻae aku e hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani, no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaʻa iā ia ma mua o ka hoʻi ʻana i Keʻalohilani. | But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3 | A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana. | And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.4 | A inā ʻo wau nō ma lalo nei, ʻo ʻoe nō ma luna mai, a ʻo lākou nei hoʻi i waena aʻe nei, a laila, pono iho nō kākou, like loa me ka hānau ʻana mai a ko kākou makuahine, no ka mea, nāu i wāhi ke alanui, a ʻo kou mau pōkiʻi hoʻi, hele aku ma hope ou, a naʻu hoʻi i pani aku. | and if I stay below here and you above and they between, then all will be well, just as we were born of our mother; for you broke the way, your little sisters followed you, and I stopped it up; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.2 | Akā, no ke ake nui o Kaʻōnohiokalā e kaʻawale aku ʻo ia i kahi ʻē, i mea e ʻike ʻole ʻia ai kona kalohe ʻana, no laila, hailona akula ʻo ia i kona mau kaikuahine, a ʻo ka mea e kū ai ka hailona, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani. | but because of Kaonohiokala's great desire to get her away so that she would not detect his mischievous doings, therefore he cast lots upon his sisters, and the one upon whom the lot rested must go back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.3 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kona mau kaikuahine, “E hele ʻoukou e ʻuʻu mai i pua kiliʻoʻopu. | Said Kaonohiokala to his sisters, "Go and pull a grass flower; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole e hui i ko ʻoukou hele ʻana. | do not go together, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.5 | E hele ʻoukou ma ke kaʻawale kekahi i kekahi. | every one by herself, |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.7 | E like me ko hānau ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hele ai, a pēlā nō hoʻi ʻoukou ke hoʻi mai, a ʻo ka mea lōʻihi o kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻo ia ke hoʻi i Keʻalohilani.” | in the order of your birth, and the one who has the longest grass stem, she shall go to Kealohilani." |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.2 sent.8 | Hele akula kēlā a me kēia o lākou ma ke kaʻawale, a hoʻi maila e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia iā lākou. | Every one went separately and returned as they had been told. |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻo ka lua hoʻi, huhuki maila, a ʻoki aʻela i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻekolu ʻīniha a me ka hapa paha. | and the second one pulled and broke her flower perhaps three inches and a half; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.3 | A ʻo ke kolu hoʻi, huhuki maila i kāna kiliʻoʻopu, ʻelua ʻīniha paha ka lōʻihi. | and the third, she pulled her grass stem about two inches long; |
| Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5 | A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole. | and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.1 | Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe! | But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling! |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.1 sent.2 | E waiho i kāu kiliʻoʻopu pēlā.” | leave your grass stem as it is. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.1 | Kiola akula nā mea i koe i kā lākou, akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole i hōʻike mai, ʻī mai naʻe “Ua kū iaʻu ka hailona.” | "The others laid down theirs, but Kahalaomapuana did not show hers; said he, "The lot rests upon you." |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, koi akula ʻo ia i kona kaikunāne e hailona hou. | Then she begged her brother to draw the lot again; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.2 sent.4 | ʻAʻole ʻōlelo i koe a Kahalaomāpuana, no ka mea, ua kū ka hailona iā ia. | Kahalaomapuana had nothing left to say, for the lot rested upon her. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona. | Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.1 | A i ka lā o Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi ai i Keʻalohilani, kuʻu ʻia maila ke ānuenue mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei. | And on the day when Kahalaomapuana was to depart for Kealohilani, the rainbow was let down from above the earth. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne me ka ʻī aku, “E kū ke alanui o kuʻu lani pēlā e kali no nā lā he ʻumi. | Then she said to her brother, "Let the pathway of my high one wait ten days, |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.3 | E hoʻākoakoa mai nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau i hōʻike aku ai wau i koʻu aloha nui iā lākou ma mua o kou lawe ʻana aku iaʻu.” | and let the chiefs be gathered together and all the people of the land, that I may show them my great love before you take me away." |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.4 sent.4 | A ʻike ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine, hoʻoholo aʻela ʻo ia i kona manaʻo ʻae, a laila, lawe hou ʻia akula ke alanui i luna me kona kaikunāne pū. | When Kaonohiokala saw that his sister's words were well, he granted her wish; then the pathway was taken up again with her brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.1 | A i ka ʻumi o ka lā, kuʻu ʻia maila ua alanui nei i mua o ke anaina a kau akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i luna o ke alanui ʻūlili i hoʻomākaukau ʻia nona, a huli maila me ka naʻau kaumaha, i hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i nakulu wai o Kūlanihākoʻi, me ka ʻī mai, “E nā aliʻi, nā makaʻāinana, ke haʻalele nei wau iā ʻoukou. | And on the tenth day, the pathway was let down again before the assembly, and Kahalaomapuana mounted upon the ladder way prepared for her and turned with heavy heart, her eyes filled with a flood of tears, the water drops of Kulanihakoi, and said: "O chiefs and people, I am leaving you |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.2 | Ke hoʻi nei wau i ka ʻāina a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai. | to return to a land unknown to you; |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.4 | ʻAʻole naʻe no koʻu makemake e hoʻi i ia ʻāina, akā, na koʻu lima nō i ʻae iaʻu e haʻalele iā ʻoukou ma muli o ka hailona a kuʻu kaikunāne lani nei. | it was not my wish to go back to this land, but my hand decided my leaving you according to the lot laid by my divine brother. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.6 | No laila, e pule ʻoukou i ke akua, a e pule nō hoʻi wau i koʻu akua, a inā i mana nā pule a kākou, a laila, e hālāwai hou ana nō kākou ma kēia hope aku. | now, therefore, do you pray to your god and I will pray to my god, and if our prayer has might, then shall we meet again hereafter. |
| Ch.31 p.170 para.5 sent.10 | A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa. | Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1 | ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia. | The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.2 | He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine. | who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away, |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.1 | A kaʻawale akula kona kaikuahine, a i ka pau ʻana paha o ka hapahā ʻelua o ka lima o ka makahiki, iho hou maila ʻo ia i lalo nei e hoʻokō i kona manaʻo kuko iā Lāʻielohelohe. | When his sister had gone, about the end of the second quarter of the fifth year, he went away below to carry out his lustful design upon Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.31 p.171 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hoʻokō koke i ia manawa, akā, i mea e pono ai ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā, no laila, waiho akula ʻo ia i mua o Kekalukaluokēwā e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kahalaomāpuana, a ʻo ka makāula nō kona kuhina nui, a hoʻonoho ʻia akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale i kiaʻāina paha no Kauaʻi, iā Mailekaluhea no Oʻahu, ʻo Mailelauliʻi no Maui a me nā moku ʻē aʻe; iā Mailepākaha no Hawaiʻi. | Not just at that time, but he made things right with Kekalukaluokewa by putting him in Kahalaomapuana's place and the seer as his chief counsellor. Mailehaiwale was made governor on Kauai, Mailekaluhea on Oahu, Mailelaulii on Maui and the other islands, Mailepakaha on Hawaii. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1 | A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī. | When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.2 | A no kēia mea, lawe aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona kuhina nui (ka makāula), ma kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni. | And for this reason Kekalukaluokewa took his chief counsellor (the prophet) with him on the circuit. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.1 | I ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Pihanakalani, a hele akula ma kāna ʻoihana kaʻapuni, i ia lā nō hoʻi ka haʻalele ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā iā lalo nei. | So Kekalukaluokewa left Pihanakalani and started on the business of visiting the group; the same day Kaonohiokala left those below. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.2 sent.2 | Ma kēlā hoʻi ʻana ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i hiki loa i luna, akā, ua ʻike naʻe ʻo ia i ia lā e holo ana nā waʻa o Kekalukaluokēwā i ka moana, a no ia mea, hoʻi hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai luna mai a hiki i lalo nei, a launa ihola me Lāʻielohelohe; ʻaʻole naʻe i hana ʻia ka hewa i ia manawa. | When Kaonohiokala started to return he did not go all the way up, but just watched that day the sailing of Kekalukaluokewa's canoes over the ocean. Then Kaonohiokala came back down and sought the companionship of Laielohelohe, but not just then was the sin committed. |
| Ch.32 p.173 para.3 sent.3 | A no laila, ma nā lā hope nei, ua hiki ʻole iaʻu ke hoʻomanawanui e pale aku i ke kuko noʻu iā ʻoe mai ou aku.” | Now at last my patience no longer avails to turn away my passion from you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.1 sent.1 | “E kuʻu Lani ē,” wahi a Lāʻielohelohe, “pehea lā e kaʻawale ai i ia kuko ou maiā ʻoe aʻe? | "O my high one," said Laielohelohe, "how can you rid yourself of your passion? |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.1 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole kāua e launa kino, e kuʻu Lani, no ka mea, ʻo ka mea nāna i mālama iaʻu mai kuʻu wā ʻuʻuku mai a loaʻa wale kuʻu kāne, nāna ka ʻōlelo paʻa ma oʻu lā, ʻaʻole e hāʻawi i kuʻu kino me kahi mea ʻē aʻe e hoʻohaumia. | Said Laielohelohe, "We can not touch one another, my high one, for the one who brought me up from the time I was born until I found my husband, he has strictly bound me not to defile my flesh with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.2 sent.2 | A no laila, e kuʻu Lani ē, na ka mea nāna ka hoʻohiki paʻa iaʻu e ʻae aku i kou makemake.” | and, therefore, my high one, it is his to grant your wish." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.1 | A lohe ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i kēia mea, ʻakahi nō a hoʻomōhala ʻia ke kuko ʻino i loko, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna me kāna wahine (Lāʻieikawai). | "When Kaonohiokala heard this, then he had some check to his passion, then he returned to the heavens to his wife, Laieikawai. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i anahulu kona mau lā i luna, uhi paʻapū hou ʻia maila ʻo ia e nā hekili o ke kuko ʻino, a hiki ʻole ke hoʻomanawanui no ke kuko. | He had not been ten days there when he was again thick-pressed by the thunders of his evil lust, and he could not hold out against it. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.1 | A no ka lohe mua ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā “nā mea nāna i mālama” iā ia ka “hoʻohiki paʻa e ʻae aku,” no laila, kiʻi mua akula ʻo ia ma o Kapūkaʻihaoa lā e noi aku e ʻae mai i ko ke aliʻi makemake. | And having heard that her guardian who bound her must give his consent, he first sought Kapukaihaoa and asked his consent to the chief's purpose. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.2 | A no laila hoʻi, hele mua akula ʻo ia, a ʻōlelo aku iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “Ua makemake wau e lawe iā Lāʻielohelohe e pili me aʻu i kēia manawa. | So he went first and said to Kapukaihaoa: "I wish to unite myself with Laielohelohe for a time, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe no ke kāʻili loa mai, akā, i mea e hoʻomāmā aʻe ai i koʻu naʻau kaumaha i ke kuko i kāu milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili lā āu i kuʻu makemake, akā, ua kuhikuhi mai kēlā nāu e ʻae aku. | not to take her away altogether, but to ease my heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my boon of her, but she sent me for your consent, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.2 | He mea pono nou e komo aku ʻoe me kaʻu milimili, no ka mea, ua ʻike au i koʻu pōmaikaʻi ʻole no kaʻu mea i luahi ai. | it is well for you to go in to my foster child; for no good has come to me from my charge. |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.3 | Ua ʻupu aku hoʻi ko māua manaʻo me ka mea nāna i mālama kāu wahine (Lāʻieikawai), ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā ke kāne a kaʻu hānai; ua pono nō. | It was our strong desire, mine and hers who took care of your wife Laieikawai, that Kekalukaluokewa should be our foster child's husband; very good, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.4 | Akā, i kēia noho aupuni ʻana, ua lilo ka pōmaikaʻi i ka mea ʻē aʻe, no laila, ua nele wau, no ka mea hoʻi, ua hāʻawi aʻe nei kēlā i nā moku a pau i ou kaikuahine, koe hoʻi wau, ka mea nāna kāna wahine i wahine ai. | but in settling the rule over the islands, the gain has gone to others and I have nothing. For he has given all the islands to your sisters, and I have nothing, the one who provided him with his wife; |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.5 | A no laila, e aho hoʻi ke kā i ka nele loa, a nāu ka wahine a ʻolua.” | so it will be well, in order to avoid a second misfortune, that you have the wife for the two of you." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.1 | A pau kēia mau kamaʻilio a lāua ma ke kaʻawale, hele akula ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa me ke aliʻi pū a hiki i o Lāʻielohelohe lā, ʻī akula, “E kuʻu luhi, eia ke kāne. | At the end of their secret conference, Kapukaihaoa went with the chief to Laielohelohe. Said he, "My ward, here is the husband, |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.3 | Keʻehia kūlana a paʻa, a nānā mai i ka mea nāna i luhi.” | a solid fortune, nothing can shake its foundation; and look to the one who bore the burden." |
| Ch.32 p.174 para.6 sent.5 | ʻEkolu mau lā o lāua ma kā lāua mau hana, hoʻi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i Kahakaekaea. | Three days after, Kaonohiokala returned to Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.2 | I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ʻōlelo hoʻopunipuni i mua o Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia ka hā o nā lā kaʻawale o lāua, me ka ʻī aku, “Haʻohaʻo hoʻi kēia pō oʻu. | Then on the fourth day of their separation, he told a lie to Laieikawai and said, "This was a strange night for me, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole wau i moe iki i ka hoʻopahupahu wale ʻia nō a ao wale.” | I never slept, there was a drumming all night long." |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.4 sent.3 | Akā, ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia kona pilikia ma ka manaʻo, he aha lā i ia mea i kona manaʻo ʻana! | But Laielohelohe never thought of harm; what was that to her mind! |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lāua e hui ana ma ka makemake o ke aliʻi kāne, i ia manawa, ua ʻike ʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no ka mea, ʻaʻole nō ʻo ke aliʻi wahine makemake iki e hana i ka hewa me ke aliʻi nui o luna, aia hoʻi, ma muli o ka ʻonou a kona mea nāna i mālama wale nō ka hoʻokō ʻana. | When they met at the chief's wish, Laielohelohe did not love Kaonohiokala, for the princess did not wish to commit sin with the great chief from the heavens, but to satisfy her guardian's greed. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.1 | Hoʻokahi anahulu paha o ko lāua hana ʻana i ka hewa, hoʻi akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i luna. | After perhaps ten days of these evil doings, Kaonohiokala returned above. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ulu maila a māhuahua ke aloha o Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā no kona hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa me Kaʻōnohiokalā. | Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.1 | I kekahi lā ma ke ahiahi, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, “E kuʻu kahu nāna i mālama maikaʻi, i kēia manawa, ua pōʻino loa iaʻu ka manaʻo no Kaʻōnohiokalā i loko o nā manawa o māua i hana iho nei i ka hewa, a ke hoʻomāhuahua mai nei ke aloha o kuʻu kāne (Kekalukaluokēwā) iaʻu, no ka mea, i ka noho iho nei nō kā i ka pono me ke kāne, me ko māua maikaʻi, a lalau wale nō i ka hewa, ʻaʻole no koʻu makemake, no kou makemake wale nō. | One day in the evening Laielohelohe said to Kapukaihaoa, "My good guard and protector, I am sorry for my sin with Kaonohiokala, and love grows within me for Kekalukaluokewa, my husband; good and happy has been our life together, and I sinned not by my own wish, but through your wish alone. |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.7 sent.2 | He aha nō lā hoʻi kou hewa ke hōʻole aku, i kuhikuhi aku hoʻi wau i kou ʻae ʻole no kou hoʻohiki ʻana, ʻaʻole au e launa me kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | What harm had you refused? I referred the matter to you because of your binding me not to keep companionship with anyone; |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.8 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa, “I ʻae aku au e lilo ʻoe i ka mea ʻē no kuʻu nele i ka haʻawina waiwai o ko kāne, no ka mea, ma kuʻu maka ponoʻī nei nō ka waiwai a ko kāne i hāʻawi aʻe ai, a ʻo wau nō ke kū. | Said Kapukaihaoa, "I allowed you to be another's because your husband gave me no gifts; for in my very face your husband's gifts were given to others; there I stood, |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.8 sent.3 | ʻAʻole hoʻi au i manaʻo ʻia ka mea nāna ka wahine i wahine ai ʻo ia.” | Little he thought of me from whom he got his wife." |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.9 sent.1 | ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona kahu nāna i hānai, “Inā ʻo kou kumu ia o ka hāʻawi ʻana i kuʻu kino e hoʻohaumia me Kaʻōnohiokalā, a laila, ua hewa loa ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻoe, ʻaʻole no Kekalukaluokēwā i hoʻonoho nā mea ma luna o nā ʻāina, akā, no Kaʻōnohiokalā nō. | Said Laielohelohe to her foster father, "If that is why you have given me over to sin with Kaonohiokala, then you have done very wrong, for you know the rulers over the islands were not appointed by Kekalukaluokewa, but by Kaonohiokala; |
| Ch.32 p.175 para.9 sent.2 | A no laila, ʻapōpō e kau wau ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo aku e ʻimi i kuʻu kāne.” | and therefore to-morrow I will go on board a double canoe and set sail to seek my husband.'" |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.1 | I ke ahiahi iho, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia i nā ʻaialo kāne ona, nā mea mālama waʻa hoʻi o ke aliʻi, e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa no ka holo aku e ʻimi i ke kāne. | That very evening she commanded her retainers, those who guarded the chief's canoe, to get the canoe ready to set sail to seek the husband. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia (Kaʻōnohiokalā) i hiki mai a hiki i kona hala ʻana i ka moana i ia pō iho. | but he did not come until that night when she had left and was out at sea. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.2 sent.1 | A hala ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka moana, a hiki ma Oʻahu, noho ihola ʻo ia ma nā hale kuaʻāina. | When she sailed, she came to Oahu and stayed in the country people's houses. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.2 sent.2 | Pēlā ʻo ia i hele ai a hiki i ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me Kekalukaluokēwā. | So she journeyed until her meeting with Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe paha i Oʻahu, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, iho hou maila ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā e launa hou me Lāʻielohelohe, akā, i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ka hale aliʻi. | About the time that Laielohelohe was come to Oahu, that next day Kaonohiokala came again to visit Laielohelohe; but on his arrival, no Laielohelohe at the chief's house; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.2 | ʻAʻole nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nīnau mai i ka mea nāna e mālama ka hale aliʻi, no ka mea, inā e nīnau ʻo ia, manaʻo ʻia e hana ana i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe. | he did not question the guard for fear of his suspecting his sin with Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.3 | Akā, ua haʻi malū aku naʻe ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi i ke kumu o kona hele ʻana, a no ka nele o ko ke aliʻi makemake, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | Now Laielohelohe had secretly told the guard of the chief's house why she was going. And failing in his desires he returned above. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.3 sent.4 | ʻO kēia hāʻule ʻana naʻe a nā aliʻi i ka hewa, ua nakulu akula kēia lohe i ke aloaliʻi, ma o nā ʻaialo wale nō naʻe, a ua lohe pū ʻia nō hoʻi ko Lāʻielohelohe makemake ʻole. | The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of Laielohelohe's displeasure. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.1 | Iā ʻAiwohikupua e kuewa ana ma ke aloaliʻi, ʻo ia naʻe kekahi i lohe i kēia mau mea. | Now the vagabond, Aiwohikupua, was one of the chief's retainers, he was the one who heard these things. |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou. | And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents; |
| Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.4 | I ia iho hou ʻana mai o Kaʻōnohiokalā, nīnau i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, a laila, haʻi ʻia akula e like me kā ʻAiwohikupua ʻōlelo, a laila, hoʻi akula ʻo ia i luna. | When Kaonohiokala came again and questioned the guard then he was told as Aiwohikupua had said, and he went back up again. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.1 sent.1 | Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma ka mokuna kanakolukumamālua o kēia kaʻao ke kumu o ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻimi ʻana i kāna kāne, iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | In Chapter XXXII of this story the reason was told why Laielohelohe went in search of her husband. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.1 sent.2 | No laila, ʻimi akula ʻo ia mai Kauaʻi mai a Oʻahu, a Maui, i Lahaina kēia, lohe, aia ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i Hāna, ua hoʻi mai mai Hawaiʻi mai. | Now, she followed him from Kauai to Oahu and to Maui; she came to Lahaina, heard Kekalukaluokewa was in Hana, having returned from Hawaii. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.1 | Holo akula ʻo ia ma nā waʻa a pae ma Honuaʻula, i laila, lohe lākou, ʻo Hinaikamalama ka wahine a Kekalukaluokēwā; ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike ko Honuaʻula poʻe, ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine kēia. | She sailed by canoe and came to Honuaula; there they heard that Hinaikamalama was Kekalukaluokewa's wife; the Honuaula people did not know that this was his wife. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.2 | A no ka lohe ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe i kēia mea, lalelale koke akula lākou a hiki i Kaupō a me Kīpahulu. | When Laielohelohe heard this news, they hurried forward at once and came to Kaupo and Kipahulu. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.3 | A laila, hoʻomaopopo ʻia maila ka lohe mua o lākou i Honuaʻula, a ma laila aku lākou a kau nā waʻa ma Kapōhue. | There was substantiated the news they heard first at Honuaula, and there they beached the canoe at Kapohue, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.4 | Haʻalele lākou i nā waʻa, hele akula lākou a Waiohonu, lohe lākou, ua hala ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me Hinaikamalama i Kaʻuiki. | left it, went to Waiohonu and heard that Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama had gone to Kauwiki, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.5 | A hiki lākou i Kaʻuiki, ua hala loa akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mā i Honokalani. | and they came to Kauwiki; Kekalukaluokewa and his companion had gone on to Honokalani; |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.2 sent.6 | He nui nā lā i hala iā lākou ma ia hele ʻana. | many days they had been on the way. |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.1 | I ia hele ʻana a lākou a hiki i Kaʻuiki, ua ahiahi naʻe, nīnau akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i nā kamaʻāina i ka lōʻihi o kahi i koe a hiki i Honokalani, kahi a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana me Hinaikamalama, ʻōlelo mai ke kamaʻāina, “Napoʻo ka lā, hiki,” a hele akula lākou, me ke kamaʻāina pū. | On their arrival at Kauwiki, that afternoon, Laielohelohe asked a native of the place how much farther it was to Honokalani, where Kekalukaluokewa and Hinaikamalama were staying. Said the native, "You can arrive by sundown." They went on, accompanied by the natives, |
| Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2 | A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi. | and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.1 | Hele akula ke kamaʻāina, a ʻike aku i nā aliʻi e inu ʻawa ana, hoʻi maila, a haʻi maila iā lākou nei. | The natives went and saw the chiefs drinking awa, and returned and told them. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.2 | A laila, hoʻouna hou akula nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele hou e nānā i nā aliʻi, me ka ʻī aku naʻe, “E hele ʻoe e nānā a ʻike i nā aliʻi e hiamoe ana, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe, a hele pū aku kākou.” | Then Laielohelohe sent the natives again to go and see the chiefs, saying, "You go and find out where the chiefs sleep, then return to us." |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.1 sent.4 | I ia manawa, ʻakahi nō a haʻi aku ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kāna kāne male (hoʻāo). | Then for the first time she told the natives that she was Kekalukaluokewa's married wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.2 sent.1 | Ma mua naʻe o ko Lāʻielohelohe hālāwai ʻana me Kekalukaluokēwā, ua lohe mua aku ʻo ia i ka hāʻule ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe i ka hewa me Kaʻōnohiokalā. | Before Laielohelohe's meeting, with Kekalukaluokewa he had heard of her falling, into sin with Kaonohiokala; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.2 sent.2 | I lohe nō i kahi kahu o Kauakahialiʻi, ka mea i lilo ai i kuhina nui ma ka ʻaoʻao o ʻAiwohikupua. | he heard it from one of Kauakahialii's men, the one who became Aiwohikupua's chief counsellor; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.2 sent.3 | A no ka lohe ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i ka hewa ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia kāna mea i hele mai ai e haʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | and, because of that man's hearing about Laielohelohe, he came there to tell Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe mā i hiki aku ai ma ka hale a Kekalukaluokēwā e noho ana, aia hoʻi, e hiamoe mai ana lāua ma kahi hoʻokahi; ua hoʻouhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu hoʻokahi; e moe ana naʻe i ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | When Laielohelohe and her companions came to the house where Kekalukaluokewa was staying, lo! they lay sleeping in the same place under one covering, drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.2 | A komo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a noho ihola ma ke poʻo o lāua (Kekalukaluokēwā mā), honi ihola i ka ihu a uē malū ihola i loko ona, akā, ua hoʻohanini ʻia nā māpuna waimaka o Lāʻielohelohe no ka ʻike ʻana iho, he wahine ʻē kā kāna kāne. | Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their head, kissed him and wept quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw another woman sleeping by her husband, |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.3 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki iā lāua ke ʻike aʻe i kēia, no ka mea, ua lumilumi ʻia lāua e ka ʻona a ka ʻawa. | nor did they know this; for they were drunk with awa. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.1 | ʻO ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki iā Lāʻielohelohe ke hoʻomanawanui i kona ukiuki iā Hinaikamalama, no laila, komo akula ʻo ia ma waena o lāua a pale akula iā Hinaikamalama, hoʻohuli maila iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a apo akula i kāna kāne a hoʻāla akula. | Then Laielohelohe did not stay her anger against Hinaikamalama, so she got between them, pushed Hinaikamalama away, took Kekalukaluokewa and embraced him, and wakened him. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, puoho aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a ʻike ihola, ʻo kāna wahine. | Then Kekalukaluokewa started from his sleep and saw his wife; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.4 sent.3 | I ia wā, hikilele maila ʻo Hinaikamalama mai ka hiamoe mai a ʻike ihola, he wahine ʻē kēia me lāua, holo akula ʻo ia mai o lāua nei aku me ka huhū nui, me ka manaʻo hoʻi, ʻaʻole kēia ʻo kā Kekalukaluokēwā wahine. | just then, Hinaikamalama waked suddenly from sleep and saw this strange woman with them; she ran away from them in a rage, not knowing this was Kekalukaluokewa's wife. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.5 sent.1 | A ʻike akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā iā Hinaikamalama e hele ana me ka maka kūkona, a laila, ʻī akula, “E Hinaikamalama, e holo ana ʻoe i ke aha me kou maka inaina? | When Kekalukaluokewa saw the anger in Hinaikamalama's eyes as she went, then he said, "O Hinaikamalama, will you run to people with angry eyes? |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.6 sent.1 | Mai kuhi ʻoe i kēia wahine he wahine ʻē. | Do not take this woman for a stranger, |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻela kona huhū mai ona aku, a pani ʻia ihola ka hilahila a me ka makaʻu ma ka hakahaka o ka huhū. | Then her rage left her and shame and fear took the place of rage. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.1 | I ka wā naʻe i ala aʻe ai ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai ka hiamoe ʻona ʻawa aʻe a ʻike maila i ka wahine, iā Lāʻielohelohe, honi ihola ma ke ʻano mau o ka hiki malihini ʻana. | When Kekalukaluokewa awoke from his drunken sleep and saw his wife Laielohelohe, they kissed as strangers meet. |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.2 | A laila, ʻī maila ʻo ia i kāna wahine, “E Lāʻielohelohe, ua lohe iho nei wau nou. | Then he said to his wife, "Laielohelohe, I have heard about your |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.3 | Ua hāʻule ʻoe i ka hewa me ka haku o kāua (Kaʻōnohiokalā), a no laila, ua pono akula nō ʻoe me ia, a ua pono nō hoʻi wau ke noho aku ma lalo o ʻolua, no ka mea, nona mai kēia noho hanohano ʻana, a aia nō hoʻi iā ia ka make a me ke ola. | falling into sin with our lord, Kaonohiokala, and now this is well for you and him, and well for me to rule under you two; for from him this honor comes, and life and death are with him; |
| Ch.33 p.178 para.7 sent.5 | ʻAʻole naʻe no koʻu makemake ka hāʻawi aku iā ʻoe, akā, no ka makaʻu i ka make.” | it was not for my pleasure that I gave you up, but for fear of death." |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.1 | A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kāna kāne, “ʻAuhea ʻoe, kuʻu kāne o ka wā heu ʻole. | Then Laielohelohe said to her husband, "Where are you, husband of my childhood? |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.2 | Ua pololei kou lohe, a he ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua hāʻule wau i ka hewa me ua haku lā o ka ʻāina. | What you have heard is true, and it is true that I have fallen into sin with the lord of the land, |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i māhuahua. | not many times, |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.4 | ʻElua wale nō a māua hana ʻana i ka hewa. | only twice have we sinned; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.5 | Akā, e kuʻu kāne, ʻaʻole naʻu i ʻae e hāʻawi iaʻu e hoʻohaumia i kuʻu kino me ua haku lā o kāua, akā, na kuʻu mea nāna i mālama iaʻu i ʻae e hana wau i ka hewa, no ka mea, i ka lā a ʻoukou i hele mai ai, ʻo ia nō ka lā a ua haku lā o kāua i noi mai ai iaʻu e hoʻohaumia iā māua, akā, no koʻu makemake ʻole, no laila, ua kuhikuhi aku wau i koʻu ʻae ʻole iā ia. | but, my husband, it was not I who consented to defile my body with our lord, but it was my guardian who permitted the sin; for on the day when you went away, that very day our lord asked me to defile myself; but I did not wish it, therefore I referred my refusal to him; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.6 | Akā, i ka hoʻi ʻana i luna a hoʻi hou mai, nonoi aʻela kēlā iā Kapūkaʻihaoa, a no laila, ua launa kino māua ʻelua manawa. | but on his return from above he asked Kapukaihaoa, and so we met twice; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.7 | A no koʻu makemake ʻole, ua hūnā wau iaʻu iho ma nā hale kuaʻāina, a no ia mea nō hoʻi, ua haʻalele wau i kahi aʻu i hoʻonoho ai, a ua ʻimi mai nei wau iā ʻoe. | and because I did not like it, I hid myself in the country people's houses, and for the same reason have I left the seat appointed me, and have sought you; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.8 | A i koʻu hiki ʻana mai nei hoʻi, loaʻa iho nei ʻoe iaʻu me kēlā wahine. | and when I arrived, I found you with that woman. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.11 | No laila, ma kēia pō, e hoʻokaʻawale ʻoe i kēlā wahine.” | therefore, leave this woman this very night." |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.12 | A no kēia mea, ua pono ka ʻōlelo a ka wahine i mua o kāna kāne, akā, ma kēia ʻōlelo hope a Lāʻielohelohe, i ia manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ke ahi ʻenaʻena o ke aloha wela o Hinaikamalama no Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, e kaʻawale ana lāua mai ko lāua launa hewa ʻana. | Now his wife's words seemed right to her husband; but at Laielohelohe's last request to separate them from their sinful companionship, then was kindled the fire of Hinaikamalama's hot love for Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.1 | Hoʻi akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i Haneoʻo, a noho ihola ma kona hale mau. | Hinaikamalama returned home to Haneoo to live; |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.2 sent.2 | I kēlā lā kēia lā o Hinaikamalama ma kona hale aliʻi, he mea mau ia ka noho ma ka puka o ka hale, a huli ke alo i Kaʻuiki, no ka mea, ua hoʻopuni ʻia ʻo ia e ke aloha wela. | every day that Hinaikamalama stayed at her chief-house, she was wont to sit at the door of the house and turn her face to Kauwiki, for the hot love that wrapped her about. |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi lā, i ke aliʻi wahine e hoʻonānā ana i kona aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā, piʻi aʻela ʻo ia a me kona mau kahu i luna o Kaiwiopele a noho ihola ma laila. | One day, as the princess sought to ease the love she bore to Kekalukaluokewa, she climbed Kaiwiopele with her attendants, and sat there |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2 | Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei: | with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows: |
| Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.4 | Ka uhi paʻapū pōʻele i kuʻu manawa, | Thick darkness wraps my heart. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.2 sent.2 | I ka lele aʻe a ke ehu kai o Hanualele, | As flies the sea spray of Hanualele, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.1 | A pau kāna oli ʻana, uē ihola ʻo ia, a nāna i uē, uē pū me nā kahu ona. | After this song she wept, and seeing her weep, her attendants wept with her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.3 sent.2 | Noho ihola lākou ma ia lā a ahiahi, hoʻi akula i ka hale, kēnā maila nā mākua a me nā kahu e ʻai, akā, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā ia ka ʻono o ka ʻai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha. | They sat there until evening, then they returned to the house; her parents and her attendants commanded her to eat, but she had no appetite for food because of her love. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.1 | A pēlā nō hoʻi ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, iā Hinaikamalama i haʻalele aku ai iā Kekalukaluokēwā i ka pō a Lāʻielohelohe i hiki mai ai, ua pono ʻole ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi kāne. | It was the same with Kekalukaluokewa, for when Hinaikamalama left Kekalukaluokewa that night, when Laielohelohe came, the chief was not happy, |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.4 sent.2 | A no laila, ua hoʻomanawanui ʻo ia i kekahi mau lā ma hope mai o ko lāua kaʻawale ʻana. | but he endured it for some days after their separation. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.5 sent.1 | A ma kēlā lā, iā Hinaikamalama i piʻi ai i luna o Kaiwiopele, a ma ia pō iho, hiki ʻo ia i o Hinaikamalama lā me ka ʻike ʻole o Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ua hiamoe ʻo ia. | And on the day when Hinaikamalama went up on Kaiwiopele, that same night, he went to Hinaikamalama without Laielohelohe's knowledge, for she was asleep. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i hiki aku ai, pololei akula nō ʻo ia a ma kahi a ke aliʻi wahine e hiamoe ana, lālau akula i ka wahine ma ke poʻo, a hoʻāla akula. | When Kekalukaluokewa came, he went right to the place where the princess slept, took the woman by the head and wakened her. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻolele ʻia ka ʻōʻili o Hinaikamalama me ka manaʻolana nō o kāna ipo, akā, i ka lālau ʻana aʻe, aia naʻe ʻo kāna mea i manaʻo ai. | Then Hinaikamalama's heart leaped with the hope it was her lover; now when she seized him it was in truth the one she had hoped for. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.3 | I ia manawa, kāhea aʻela ʻo ia i nā kahu e hoʻā ke kukui, a ma ka wanaʻao, hoʻi akula ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā me kāna hānau kama (Lāʻielohelohe). | Then she called out to the attendants to light the lamps, and at dawn Kekalukaluokewa returned to his true wife, Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.1 | Ma ia manawa mai, he mea mau iā Kekalukaluokēwā ka hele pinepine i o Hinaikamalama i kēlā pō kēia pō me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia, a hala he anahulu ʻokoʻa o ko Kekalukaluokēwā hoʻomau ʻana e hana hewa me Hinaikamalama me ka ʻike ʻole o kāna wahine, no ka mea, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ko Lāʻielohelohe ʻike e ka ʻona ʻawa mau ma muli o ka makemake o kāna kāne. | After that, Kekalukaluokewa went to Hinaikamalama every night without being seen; ten whole days passed that the two did evil together without the wife knowing it; for in order to carry out her husband's desire Laielohelohe's senses were darkened by the effects of awa. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.7 sent.2 | I kekahi lā, kupu ka manaʻo aloha i kekahi wahine kamaʻāina no Lāʻielohelohe, no laila, hele maila ua kamaʻāina wahine nei e launa me ke aliʻi wahine. | One day one of the native-born women of the place felt pity for Laielohelohe, therefore the woman went to visit the princess. |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.8 sent.1 | Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me nā kānaka ma ka hale kahi olonā, i ia manawa i launa ai ka wahine kamaʻāina me Lāʻielohelohe, me ka ʻī aku ma kāna ʻōlelo hoʻohuahualau, “Pehea ko aliʻi kāne? | "While Kekalukaluokewa was in the fiber-combing house with the men, the woman visited with Laielohelohe, and she said mysteriously, ''How is your husband? |
| Ch.33 p.180 para.9 sent.1 | ʻAʻole anei he uilani, a kaniʻuhū mai i kekahi manawa no ka wahine?” | Does he not struggle and groan sometimes for the woman?" |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.2 sent.1 | “ʻAe paha,” wahi a Lāʻielohelohe, “akā, i kaʻu ʻike aku a māua e noho nei, he ʻoluʻolu ko māua noho ʻana.” | "Perhaps so," answered Laielohelohe, "but so far as I see we are living very happily." |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo maopopo akula ke kamaʻāina, me ka ʻī aku, “ʻAuhea ʻoe. | Then the woman told her plainly, "Where are you? |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.3 | I ka wanaʻao, ala akula kaʻu kāne i ka mahi ʻai ma ua mahina ʻai nei a māua. | my husband gets up to dig in our garden. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.4 | I kuʻu kāne naʻe e mahi ʻai ana, hoʻi mai ana nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā mai Haneoʻo mai. | As he was digging, Kekalukaluokewa came along from Haneoo; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.6 | Hoʻi aʻe kuʻu kāne, a ʻōlelo iaʻu, ʻaʻole naʻe wau i hoʻomaopopo. | my husband returned and told me, but I was not sure. |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.7 | A ma ia pō mai, i ka puka a ka mahina, ala aʻela wau me kaʻu kāne, a iho akula i ka paeaea ʻāweoweo ma ke kai o Haneoʻo. | On the next night, at moonrise, I got up with my husband, and we went to fish for red fish in the sea at Haneoo; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.8 | Iā māua e hele ana, a hiki i ke ʻalu kahawai, nānā akula māua, e hōʻea mai ana kēia mea ma luna o ke ʻāhua i hala hope iā māua. | as we came to the edge of the gulch, we saw some one appear above the rise we had just left; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.9 | I ia manawa, alu aʻela māua e peʻe ana, aia naʻe, ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā kēia e hele nei, a laila, ukali akula māua ma ko ia ala mau kapuaʻi a hiki māua ma kahi i kokoke i ka hale o Hinaikamalama. | then we turned aside and hid; it was Kekalukaluokewa coming; then we followed his footsteps until we came close to Hinaikamalama's house; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.11 | Iā māua i ka lawaiʻa a hoʻi mai māua a ma kahi nō a mākou i hālāwai mua ai, loaʻa ihola māua iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele ana. | After we had fished and returned to the place where we met him first, we met him going back, |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.13 | Pau ia, i kēia lā hoʻi, ʻōlelo ponoʻī maila ke kahu o Hinaikamalama iaʻu, he kaikuahine no kuʻu kāne, anahulu aʻe nei ka launa ʻana o nā aliʻi. | that is all, and this day Hinaikamalama's own guard told me — my husband's sister she is — ten days the chiefs have been together; |
| Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.14 | Naʻu naʻe i hoʻohuahualau aku, a no laila, hū mai koʻu aloha me kaʻu kāne iā ʻoe, hele mai nei wau e haʻi aku iā ʻoe.” | that is my secret: and therefore my husband and I took pity on you and I came to tell you." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i wikiwiki i ka huhū, akā, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai iā ia, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe. | not at once did she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.3 | ʻĪ aku naʻe ʻo ia i ke kamaʻāina, “Malia i hoʻokina ai kuʻu kāne iaʻu i ka inu ʻawa. | She said to the woman, "No wonder my husband forces me to drink awa |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.4 | Iaʻu paha e moe ana i ka ʻona ʻawa, hele kēlā, akā, ma kēia pō, e ukali ana wau iā ia.” | so that when I am asleep under the influence of the awa, he can go; but to-night I will follow him." |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.1 | I ia pō iho, hoʻomaka hou ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā e hāʻawi i ka ʻawa, a laila, hoʻokō akula nō kāna wahine, akā, ma hope o ka pau ʻana o ka inu ʻawa ʻana, puka koke akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i waho o ka hale, a hoʻolualuaʻi akula a pau loa ka ʻawa i ka luaʻi ʻia. | That night Kekalukaluokewa again gave her the awa, then she obeyed him, but after she had drunk it all, she went outside the house immediately and threw it up; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.2 | ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike mai kāna kāne i kēia hana maʻalea a kāna wahine, a i ka hoʻi ʻana aku i ka hale, hāʻawi mua ihola ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ʻano maʻalea. | and afterwards her husband did not know of his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay down and pretended to sleep. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.3 sent.1 | A ʻike maila ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā he hiamoe ʻiʻo ko kāna wahine no ka ʻona ʻawa, i ia manawa, hoʻomaka hou ke kāne i kāna hana mau, a hele akula i o Hinaikamalama lā. | When Kekalukaluokewa thought that his wife was fast asleep under the effects of the awa, then he started to make his usual visit to Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.1 | I ia ukali ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe, aia hoʻi, ua loaʻa pono akula kāna kāne iā ia e hana ana i ka hewa me Hinaikamalama. | Thus following, lo! she found her husband with Hinaikamalama. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.2 | I ia manawa, ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā, ʻoiai, aia ma ko Hinaikamalama wahi moe lāua, “E kuʻu kāne, ua puni wau iā ʻoe. | Then Laielohelohe said to Kekalukaluokewa, when she came to Hinaikamalama's house where they were sleeping, "My husband, you have deceived me; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.3 | Malia ʻoe e hoʻokina nei iaʻu i ka ʻawa; he hana kā kāu! | no wonder you compelled me to drink awa, you had something to do; |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.4 | A no laila, ua loaʻa maopopo aʻe nei ʻolua iaʻu, no laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole e pono iā kāua ke hoʻomanawanui i ka noho ʻana ma ʻaneʻi. | now I have found you two, I tell you it is not right to endure this any longer. |
| Ch.34 p.183 para.4 sent.5 | E pono iā kāua ke hoʻi i Kauaʻi, a no laila, e hoʻi kāua ʻānō.” | We had best return to Kauai; we must go at once." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.1 | ʻIke maila kāna kāne i ka maikaʻi o ka manaʻo o ke aliʻi wahine, kū aʻela lāua, a hoʻi akula i Honokalani. | Her husband saw that the princess was right; they arose and returned to Honokalani |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.2 | A ma ia ao ʻana aʻe, hoʻomākaukau koke nā waʻa no ka hoʻokō i ka ʻōlelo a Lāʻielohelohe, me ka manaʻo, i ia pō iho e holo ai. | and next day the canoes were hastily prepared to fulfill Laielohelohe's demand, thinking to sail that night; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.1 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i holo, no ka mea, ua hōʻōmaʻimaʻi aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā, a no laila, ua hala i ia pō, a i kekahi pō iho, hana hou nō ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kāna hana, a no ia mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i kona aloha i kāna kāne, a hoʻi akula i Kauaʻi ma kona mau waʻa me kona manaʻo hou ʻole aku iā Kekalukaluokēwā. | but they did not, for Kekalukaluokewa pretended to be ill, and they postponed going that night. The next day he did the same thing again, so Laielohelohe gave up her love for her husband and returned to Kauai with her canoe, without thinking again of Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.2 sent.1 | Iā Lāʻielohelohe ma Kauaʻi ma hope iho o kona haʻalele ʻana i kāna kāne, i kekahi lā, hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā mai Kahakaekaea mai, a hālāwai ihola me Lāʻielohelohe, a hala ʻehā malama o ko lāua hui kalohe ʻana. | The next day after Laielohelohe reached Kauai after leaving her husband, Kaonohiokala arrived again from Kahakaekaea, and met with Laielohelohe. Four months passed of their amorous meetings; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.4 sent.2 | Ua lilo ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i ka wahine ʻē, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea i noho lōʻihi ai.” | Kekalukaluokewa has taken a stranger to wife, and this is why I was so long away." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.1 | A no kēia ʻōlelo aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kāna kāne, “E kiʻi ʻoe i ko wahine, a hoʻihoʻi mai e noho pū kākou.” | Then Laieikawai said to her husband, "Get your wife and bring her up here and let us live together." |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.2 | I ia manawa nō a lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻieikawai, a iho maila, me ka manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, e kiʻi ana ma muli o kāna kauoha, ʻaʻole kā! | Therefore. Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai thought, to carry out her command. Not so! |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.6 sent.1 | I kēia hele ʻana o Kaʻōnohiokalā, hoʻokahi makahiki i ia manawa, ʻaʻole ʻo kana mai ʻo ka haʻohaʻo o Lāʻieikawai no ka hele lōʻihi o kāna kāne. | On this journey Kaonohiokala stayed away a year; now Laieikawai did not think her husband's long stay strange, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.6 sent.2 | Ua manaʻo aʻe ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kumu o kēia hele lōʻihi, ua pono ʻole lā ʻo Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā. | she laid it to Laielohelohe's troubles with Kekalukaluokewa. |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.1 | A no kēia mea, ake nui aʻela ʻo ia e ʻike i ka pono o kona kaikaina. | Then she longed to see how it was with her sister, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.2 | I ia wā, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona makuahōnōwai kāne, me ka nīnau aku, “Pehea lā wau e ʻike ai i ka pono o koʻu kaikaina? | so Laieikawai went to her father-in-law and asked, "How can I see how it is with my sister, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.3 | No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai nei kuʻu kāne lani, ua hewa ka noho ʻana o Lāʻielohelohe me Kekalukaluokēwā, a no ia mea, ua hoʻouna aku nei wau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā e kiʻi aku i ka wahine a hoʻi mai. | for I have heard from my husband and high one that Laielohelohe is having trouble, with Kekalukaluokewa, and so I have sent Kaonohiokala to fetch the woman and return hither; |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.4 | Akā, i ka hele ʻana aku nei, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai, ʻo ka pau kēia o ka makahiki o ka hele ʻana; ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai. | but he has not come back, and it is a year since he went, |
| Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.5 | No laila, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ʻike noʻu, i ʻike hiki ke ʻike aku ma kahi mamao i ʻike au i ka pono o koʻu hoahānau.” | so give me power to see to that distant place to know how it is with my relatives." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.2 | E nānā aku ʻoe i ko makuahōnōwai wahine. | and look for your mother-in-law; |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.3 | Inā ua hiamoe, a laila, e hele aku ʻoe a komo i loko o ka heiau kapu, inā e ʻike aku ʻoe i ka ipu, ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a ua haku ʻia ka hulu ma ka lihilihi o ke poʻi, ʻo ia ua ipu lā. | if she is asleep. then go into the taboo temple; if you see a gourd plaited with straw and feathers mounted on the edge of the cover, that is the gourd. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.6 | Ua ulana ʻia i ke ʻie, a hana ʻia i ka hulu. | they are plaited with straw and inwrought with feathers. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.1 | “A i kou hiki ʻana i kahi o ua ipu lā e kū ana, wehe aʻe ʻoe i ke poʻi, a laila, hoʻokomo iho ʻoe i ko poʻo i ka waha o ua ipu lā, a laila, kāhea iho ʻoe ma ka inoa o ua ipu lā,'E Laukapalili ē, hō mai i ka ʻike' | And when you come to where the gourd is standing take off the cover, then put your head into the mouth of the gourd and call out the name of the gourd, 'Laukapalili, Trembling Leaf, give me wisdom.' |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.2 | A laila, loaʻa iā ʻoe ka ʻike e hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻike aku i kou kaikaina, a me nā mea a pau o lalo. | Then you shall see your sister and all that is happening below. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.3 | Eia naʻe, i kou kāhea ʻana, mai kāhea ʻoe me ka leo nui, o kani auaneʻi, lohe mai ko makuahōnōwai wahine, ʻo Laukieleʻula, ka mea nāna e mālama i ua ipu ʻike lā.” | Only when you call do not call in a loud voice; it might resound; your mother-in-law. Laukieleula, might hear, the one who guards the gourd of wisdom." |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.4 | He mea mau naʻe iā Laukieleʻula, ma ka pō ʻo ia e ala ai e mālama i ua ipu lā o ka ʻike, a ma ke ao, he hiamoe. | Laukieleula was wont to watch the gourd of wisdom at night, and by day she slept. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.1 | I kekahi kakahiaka, i ka wā e hoʻomaka mai ai ka mehana o ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, hele akula ʻo ia e mākaʻi iā Laukieleʻula, aia naʻe e hiamoe ana. | Very early next morning, at the time when the sun's warmth began to spread over the earth, she went to spy out Laukieleula; she was just asleep. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.2 | A ʻike ihola kēlā ua hiamoe, hoʻokō aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ke kauoha a Moanalihaikawaokele, a hele akula ʻo ia e like me ka mea i aʻoaʻo ʻia mai iā ia. | When she saw she was asleep Laieikawai did as Moanalihaikawaokele had directed, and she went as he had instructed her. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.1 | A hiki kēia ma kahi o ka ipu, ka mea i kapa ʻia, “Kaipuokaʻike,” wehe aʻela kēia i ke poʻi o ka ipu, a kūpou ihola kona poʻo ma ka waha o ua ipu nei, a kāhea ihola ma ka inoa o ua ipu nei. | When she came to the gourd, the one called "the gourd of wisdom," she lifted the cover from the gourd and bent her head to the mouth of the gourd, and she called the name of the gourd, |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.2 | I ia wā ka hoʻomaka ʻana e ʻike i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao. | then she began to see all that was happening at a distance. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.3 | I ia awakea, leha aʻela nā maka o Lāʻieikawai i lalo nei, aia hoʻi, ua hana ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe. | At noon Laieikawai's eyes glanced downward, lo! Kaonohiokala sinned with Laielohelohe. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.2 | Akā, i kuʻu nānā ʻana aku nei, aia naʻe, ua hewa ka haku lani oʻu. | but while I was looking my high lord sinned; |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.5 sent.5 | A no kēia mea, he mea ʻē ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pū aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula, hele akula kona mau mākuahōnōwai i kahi o ka ipu ʻike, aia hoʻi, ʻike leʻa akula lāua e hana ana i ka hewa e like me kā Lāʻieikawai mau ʻōlelo. | Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd — lo! they plainly saw the sin committed as Laieikawai had said. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.1 | I kekahi lā aʻe, ʻākoakoa aʻela lākou a pau, ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā mākuahōnōwai, e hele a ʻike i ka pono o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ia mea. | That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in- law, to see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision. |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kuʻu ʻia akula ke alanui mai Kahakaekaea aku a kū i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, i ia wā, ua lele koke ka ʻōʻili o Kaʻōnohiokalā no ke alanui i kuʻu ʻia mai i mua ona. | Then the pathway was let down from Kahakaekaea and dropped before Kaonohiokala; then Kaonohiokala's heart beat with fear, because the road dropped before him; |
| Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.3 | ʻAʻole naʻe i liʻuliʻu ma hope iho o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā haʻohaʻo ʻana. | not for long was Kaonohiokala left to wonder. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.1 | I ia manawa, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ka lewa, a hoʻopiha ʻia i nā leo wawalo o ka hanehane, me ka leo uē, “Ua hāʻule ka lani! | Then the air was darkened and it was filled with the cry of wailing spirits and the voice of lamentation — "The divine one has fallen! |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.1 sent.3 | A i ka pau ʻana aʻe o ka pouli ma ka lewa, aia hoʻi, e kau mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele me Laukieleʻula, a me Lāʻieikawai i luna o ke alanui ānuenue. | And when the darkness was over, lo! Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula and Laieikawai sat above the rainbow pathway. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.1 | A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i mua o Kaʻōnohiokalā, “Ua hewa kāu hana, e Kaʻōnohiokalā ē, no ka mea, ua haumia loa ʻoe, a no laila, ʻaʻole e loaʻa hou iā ʻoe he wahi noho i loko o Kahakaekaea, a ʻo kou uku hoʻopaʻi, e lilo ana ʻoe i mea e hoʻomākaʻukaʻu ʻia ai ma nā alanui, a ma ka puka o nā hale, a ʻo kou inoa, he lapu, a ʻo kāu mea e ʻai ai, ʻo nā pulelehua, a ma laila kou kuleana a mau i kāu pua.” | And Moanalihaikawaokele said to Kaonohiokala, "You have sinned, O Kaonohiokala, for you have defiled yourself and, therefore, you shall no longer have a place to dwell within Kahakaekaea, and the penalty you shall pay, to become a fearsome thing on the highway and at the doors of houses, and your name is Lapu, Vanity, and for your food you shall eat moths; and thus shall you live and your posterity." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.2 | I ia manawa, kāʻili ʻia akula ke alanui mai ona akula, ma muli o ka mana o kona makua kāne. | Then was the pathway taken from him through his father's supernatural might. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.2 sent.3 | A pau kēia mau mea, hoʻi akula lākou i Kahakaekaea. | Then they returned to Kahakaekaea. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.3 sent.1 | (Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma kēia kaʻao, ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā ka lapu mua ma kēia mau moku, a ma ona lā nā lapu e ʻauana nei i kēia mau lā, ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana i ke ʻano o ka lapu, he ʻuhane ʻino.) | (In this story it is told how Kaonohiokala was the first ghost on these islands, and from his day to this, the ghosts wander from place to place, and they resemble evil spirits in their nature.) |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.1 | Iā lākou i hoʻi ai i luna, ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā ola, hālāwai akula lākou me Kahalaomāpuana i loko o Keʻalohilani. | On the way back after Kaonohiokala's punishment, they encountered Kahalaomapuana in Kealohilani, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.3 | A ma kēia hālāwai ʻana o lākou, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka moʻolelo o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻia ʻana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamāhiku o kēia kaʻao. | And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story, |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.1 | Iā lākou ma Kahakaekaea, i kekahi manawa, nui maila ke aloha o Lāʻieikawai iā Lāʻielohelohe, akā, ʻaʻole e hiki ma kona manaʻo. | At Kahakaekaea, sometimes Laieikawai longed for Laielohelohe, but she could do nothing; |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.2 | He mea mau naʻe iā Lāʻieikawai ka uē pinepine no kona kaikaina, a he mea haʻohaʻo nō hoʻi i kona mau mākuahōnōwai ka ʻike aku i ko Lāʻieikawai mau maka, ua ʻano maka uē. | often she wept for her sister, and her parents-in-law thought it strange to see Laieikawai's eyes looking as if she had wept. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.3 | Nīnau aku naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i ke kumu o kēia mea, a laila, haʻi akula ʻo ia, he maka uē kona no kona kaikaina. | Moanalihaikawaokele asked the reason for this: then she told him she wept for her sister. |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.1 | ʻĪ mai naʻe ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “ʻAʻole e ʻae ʻia kou kaikaina e noho pū me kākou, no ka mea, ua haumia ʻo ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, akā, inā he manaʻo kou i ko kaikaina, a laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kekalukaluokēwā.” | Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "Your sister can not live here with us, for she is defiled with Kaonohiokala; but if you want your sister, then you go and fill Kekalukaluokewa's place." |
| Ch.34 p.189 para.6 sent.2 | Akā, ua ʻae koke aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kēia mau mea. | Now Laieikawai readily assented lo this plan. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.1 | A ma ka lā o Lāʻieikawai i hoʻokuʻu ʻia mai ai, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, “E hoʻi ʻoe a me kou kaikaina. | And on the day when Laieikawai was let down, Moanalihaikawaokele said, "Return to your sister |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.1 sent.2 | E noho malū ʻoe a hiki i kou manawa e make ai, a ma kēia lā aku, ʻaʻole e kapa ʻia kou inoa ʻo Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo kou inoa mau ʻo KAWAHINEOKALIʻULĀ, a ma ia inoa ou e kūkulu aku ai kou hanauna iā ʻoe, a ʻo ʻoe nō ke akua o kou mau hanauna.” | and live virgin until your death, and from this time forth your name shall be no longer called Laieikawai, but your name shall be 'The Woman of the Twilight,' and by this name shall all your kin bow down to you and you shall be like a god to them." |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.2 sent.1 | I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i nā mea a pau e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ma luna, a pau ia, hoʻi akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele i luna, a noho ma ka peʻa kapu o Kūkulu o Tahiti. | Then. Moanalihaikawaokele said all these things told above, and when he had ended he returned to the heavens and dwelt in the taboo house on the borders of Tahiti. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.3 sent.1 | I ia manawa, hoʻoili akula ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā i ke aupuni i ka makāula, ʻo Lāʻieikawai hoʻi ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā, ua noho ʻo ia ma kona ʻano akua, a ma ona lā i kūkulu aku ai ka makāula, a me kona hanauna e like me ka ʻōlelo a Moanalihaikawaokele iā ia. | Then, The Woman of the Twilight placed the government upon the seer; so did Laieikawai, the one called The Woman of the Twilight, and she lived as a god, and to her the seer bowed down and her kindred, according to Moanalihaikawaokele's word to her. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.1 | A ma ia ʻano nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i noho ai a hiki i kona make ʻana. | And so Laieikawai lived until her death. |
| Ch.34 p.191 para.4 sent.2 | A mai ia manawa mai a hiki i kēia mau lā, ke hoʻomana ʻia nei nō e kekahi poʻe ma ka inoa ʻo Kawahineokaliʻulā (Lāʻieikawai). | And from that time to this she is still worshiped as The Woman of the Twilight. |